DIVA SYSTEMS CORP
S-4/A, 1999-01-21
CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES
Previous: SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS, NSAR-B/A, 1999-01-21
Next: AFFILIATED MANAGERS GROUP INC, 8-K, 1999-01-21



<PAGE>
 
    
 As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21, 1999     
                                                     Registration No. 333-64483
===============================================================================
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 4     
                                      TO
                              NOTE EXCHANGE OFFER
                                      ON
                                   FORM S-4
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                ---------------
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                                ---------------
<TABLE>
 <S>                               <C>                              <C>
             Delaware                            4841                          94-3226532
 (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial           (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)         Identification Number)
</TABLE>
 
                      333 Ravenswood Avenue, Building 205
                         Menlo Park, California 94025
                                (650) 859-6400
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                ---------------
                                 PAUL M. COOK
                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                           DIVA Systems Corporation
                      333 Ravenswood Avenue, Building 205
                         Menlo Park, California 94025
                                (650) 859-6400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  Copies to:
                             Barry E. Taylor, Esq.
                           Meredith S. Jackson, Esq.
                       Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
                           Professional Corporation
                              650 Page Mill Road
                              Palo Alto, CA 94304
                                (650) 493-9300
 
                                ---------------
  Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_] __________
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the
same offering. [_] __________
 
  The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
 
===============================================================================
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment.  A        +
+registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the   +
+Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may +
+offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement        +
+becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or  +
+the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these      +
+securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be    +
+unlawful prior to the registration or qualification under the securities laws +
+of any such State.                                                            +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                  
               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 21, 1999     
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 
                             Offer to Exchange its
           12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due March 1, 2008, Series B
              which have been registered under the Securities Act
                       for any and all of its outstanding
           12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due March 1, 2008, Series A
 
                                  -----------
   
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
                TIME ON FEBRUARY 19, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.     
 
                                  -----------
 
  DIVA Systems Corporation (the "Company") hereby offers, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus (as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus") and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal" and together
with this Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange $1,000 principal
amount at maturity of its 12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due March 1, 2008,
Series B (the "New Notes") which have been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration
statement of which this Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount
at maturity of its outstanding 12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due March 1, 2008,
Series A (the "Old Notes"), of which $463,000,000 principal amount at maturity
is outstanding as of the date hereof. The Old Notes were originally issued at a
discount price of $540 per Old Note.
   
  The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered Old Notes
prior to midnight, New York City time, on February 19, 1999, unless extended
(the "Expiration Date").  Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples
of $1,000 principal amount at maturity.  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum amount of Old Notes
being tendered for exchange.  However, the Exchange Offer is subject to certain
customary conditions.  In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer
and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes, the Company will promptly
return the Old Notes to the holders thereof.  The Company will not receive any
proceeds from the Exchange Offer.  See "The Exchange Offer."     
 
  The terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material respects to
those of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes (i) will have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and
therefore will not be subject to certain restrictions on transfer applicable to
the Old Notes and (ii) will not be entitled to certain registration or other
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), including
the provision in the Registration Rights Agreement that if the Exchange Offer
is not consummated by the time period specified therein, interest on the Old
Notes (in addition to interest otherwise accruing on the Old Notes after March
1, 2003) will accrue at the rate of 0.5% per annum of the Accreted Value (as
defined) of the Old Notes on the preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date (as
defined) and be payable in cash semi-annually on March 1 and September 1
commencing September 1, 1999, until the Exchange Offer is consummated.  See
"Description of the Old Notes -- Registration Rights; Additional Interest."
The New Notes will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture (the
"Indenture") governing the Old Notes.  See "Description of the Old Notes" and
"The Exchange Offer."  The definitions of certain terms used herein are set
forth in "Description of the Old Notes -- Certain Definitions."
                                                   (Continued on following page)
   
  This Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal are first being mailed to
Holders on January 22, 1999.     
 
  See "Risk Factors" on page 10 for information that should be considered in
connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
                                  -----------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
 EXCHANGE    COMMISSION    OR   ANY    STATE    SECURITIES   COMMISSION    NOR
  HAS   THE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY  STATE   SECURITIES   COMMISSION   PASSED
   UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO
    THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
                 
              The date of this Prospectus is January 21, 1999     
<PAGE>
 
(Continued from Cover Page)
 
  The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
February 19, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement") by and among the
Company and Merrill Lynch & Co., Chase Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter (the "Initial Purchasers"), a copy of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  The
Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the Company's obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement to register the Old Notes under the Securities
Act.  Once the Exchange Offer is consummated, the Company will have no further
obligations to register any of the Old Notes not tendered by the holders of
the Old Notes (together with the holders of the New Notes, the "Holders") for
exchange.  See "Risk Factors --Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Old
Notes. "
 
  The Old Notes were initially represented (i) in the case of Old Notes
initially purchased by "qualified institutional buyers" (as such term is
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), by four global Old Notes in
fully registered form, all registered in the name of a nominee of The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), and (ii) in the case of Old Notes initially
purchased by persons other than U.S. persons in reliance upon Regulation S
under the Securities Act, by four global Regulation S Old Notes in fully
registered form, all registered in the name of a nominee of DTC for the
accounts of Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Cedel Bank, societe anonyme
("Cedel Bank").  The New Notes exchanged for the Old Notes represented by the
global Old Notes and the global Regulation S Old Notes will both be
represented (a) in the case of "qualified institutional buyers," by one global
New Note in fully registered form, registered in the name of the nominee of
DTC, and (ii) one global Regulation S New Note in fully registered form
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC for the accounts of Euroclear and
Cedel Bank.  The global New Note and global Regulation S New Note will be
exchangeable for definitive New Notes in registered form, in denominations of
$1,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples thereof.  The New
Notes in global form will trade in The Depository Trust Company's Same-Day
Funds Settlement System, and secondary market trading activity in such New
Notes will therefore settle in immediately available funds.  See "The Exchange
Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer; Delivery and Form."
 
  The New Notes will accrete in principal amount at the rate of 12 5/8% per
annum from the date of issuance thereof until March 1, 2003.  Thereafter, the
New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 12 5/8% per annum, payable
semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing
September 1, 2003. Old Notes validly tendered and accepted for exchange will
continue to accrete in principal amount at the rate of 12 5/8% per annum to,
but not including, the date of issuance of the New Notes.  Such accretion will
become a part of the Accreted Value (as defined in "Description of the Old
Notes -- Certain Definitions") of the New Notes.  Any Old Notes not tendered
or accepted for exchange will continue to accrete in principal amount at the
rate of 12 5/8% per annum in accordance with its terms.
 
  The New Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or
in part, at any time on or after March 1, 2003, at the redemption prices set
forth herein, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of redemption.  On or prior to March 1, 2001, up to 35% of the Accreted Value
of the New Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company with the net
cash proceeds of one or more sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) (as such terms are defined in "Description of the Old Notes -- Certain
Definitions") at a redemption price of 112.625% of the Accreted Value on the
date of redemption; provided, however, that New Notes representing $301.0
million of aggregate principal amount at maturity of the New Notes remain
outstanding immediately after such redemption.  Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control (as defined in "Description of the Old Notes -- Certain
Definitions"), the Company must repurchase all or a portion of such Holder's
New Notes at 101% of the aggregate Accreted Value thereof (if prior to March
1, 2003) or the principal amount thereof (if on or after March 1, 2003),
together with accrued and unpaid interest if any, to the date of repurchase.
See "Description of the Old Notes" and "Description of the New Notes."
 
  The Company is making the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the
Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities Exchange
Commission (the "SEC" or "Commission") as set forth in the Staff's Exxon
Capital Holdings Corp. SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989), Morgan
Stanley & Co., Inc. SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991), Shearman &
Sterling SEC No-Action Letter (available
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
July 7, 1993), and other interpretive letters addressed to third parties in
other transactions.  However, the Company has not sought its own interpretive
letter and there can be no assurance that the Staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect
to the Exchange Offer as it has in such interpretive letters to third
parties.  Based on these interpretations by the Staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance, and subject to the two immediately following sentences,
the Company believes that New Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer in
exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by a Holder thereof (other than a Holder who is a broker-dealer)
without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act; provided, that such New Notes are acquired
in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and that such Holder is not
participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate, in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
such New Notes.  However, any Holder of Old Notes who is an "affiliate" of the
Company or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing New Notes, or any broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes from the
Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A")
or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, (a) will not be
able to rely on the interpretations of the Staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance of the SEC set forth in the above-mentioned interpretive
letters, (b) will not be permitted or entitled to tender such Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer and (c) must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or
other transfer of such Old Notes unless such sale is made pursuant to an
exemption from such requirements.  See "Risk Factors -- Consequences to Non-
Tendering Holders of Old Notes."  In addition, as described below, if any
broker-dealer holds Old Notes acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making or other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer")
and exchanges such Old Notes for New Notes, then such Participating Broker-
Dealer must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resales of such New Notes.
 
  Each Holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes in
the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an
"affiliate" of the Company, (ii) any New Notes to be received by it are being
acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (iii) it has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Notes, and (iv) if such Holder is
not a broker-dealer, such Holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such
New Notes.  Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives New Notes for its
own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it acquired
the Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities and must agree that it will deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale
of such New Notes.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. Based on the position taken by the Staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance of the SEC in the interpretive letters referred to above,
the Company believes that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their
prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes received upon
exchange of such Old Notes (other than Old Notes which represent an unsold
allotment from the original sale of the Old Notes) with a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act, which may be the prospectus prepared
for an exchange offer so long as it contains a description of the plan of
distribution with respect to the resale of such New Notes.  Accordingly, this
Prospectus may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the period
referred to below in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange
for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-
Dealer for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading
activities.  Subject to certain provisions set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed that this Prospectus may be used by a
Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of such New Notes for a
period ending 180 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement
(subject to extension under certain limited circumstances described below) or,
if earlier, when such Participating Broker-Dealer is no longer required to
deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading
activities.  See "Plan of Distribution." Any Participating Broker-Dealer who
is an "affiliate" of the Company may not rely on such interpretive letters and
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
  In that regard, each Participating Broker-Dealer who surrenders Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have agreed, by execution of
the Letter of Transmittal, that upon receipt of notice from the Company of the
occurrence of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement
contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus untrue in any
material respect or which causes this Prospectus to omit to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by
reference herein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading or of the occurrence of certain other events specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement, such Participating Broker-Dealer will suspend
the sale of New Notes pursuant to this Prospectus until the Company has
amended or supplemented this Prospectus to correct such misstatement or
omission and has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to
such Participating Broker-Dealer or the Company has given notice that the sale
of the New Notes may be resumed, as the case may be.  If the Company gives
such notice to suspend the sale of the New Notes, it shall extend the 180-day
period referred to above during which Participating Broker-Dealers are
entitled to use this Prospectus in connection with the resale of New Notes by
the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving
of such notice to and including the date when Participating Broker-Dealers
shall have received copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus necessary
to permit resales of the New Notes or to and including the date on which the
Company has given notice that the sale of New Notes may be resumed, as the
case may be.
 
  The New Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company, will rank
pari passu (equally) in right of payment with all existing and future
unsubordinated unsecured Indebtedness (as defined in "Description of the Old
Notes -- Certain Definitions") of the Company and will be senior in right of
payment to all future subordinated Indebtedness of the Company.  As of
September 30, 1998, the Company had approximately $269.5 million of
Indebtedness (not giving effect to any amounts attributable to the value of
warrants issued in conjunction with the Old Notes).  Approximately $52,000 of
such Indebtedness is secured, and the New Notes will be subordinated to such
secured Indebtedness.  Further, the Company is a holding company and expects
to conduct a substantial portion of its business through subsidiaries.
Although the Company currently has only one subsidiary, the Company intends to
establish additional subsidiaries in the future.  The New Notes will be
effectively subordinated to future Indebtedness and other liabilities
(including any subordinated Indebtedness and trade payables) of the Company's
subsidiaries.  See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Leverage; Ability to Service
Indebtedness; Restrictive Covenants" and "-- Holding Company Structure;
Dependence of Company on Subsidiaries for Repayment of Notes."  The Indenture
permits the Company and its subsidiaries to incur substantial additional
Indebtedness, including secured Indebtedness, subject to certain limitations.
The Company's subsidiaries will be separate legal entities, do not guarantee
the Old Notes and will not be required to guarantee the New Notes, and are not
otherwise directly or indirectly obligated in respect of the New Notes, and
the Company is permitted to make substantial investments in these
subsidiaries.
 
  Any Old Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will remain
outstanding and will be entitled to all the same rights and will be subject to
the same limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement (except for those rights which terminate upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer).  Following consummation of the Exchange
Offer, the Holders of Old Notes will continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer thereof and the Company will have no further
obligation to such Holders (other than to the Initial Purchasers under certain
limited circumstances) to provide for registration under the Securities Act of
the Old Notes held by them.  To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, a Holder's ability to sell untendered Old
Notes could be adversely affected.  See "Prospectus Summary -- Certain
Consequences of a Failure to Exchange Old Notes."
 
  THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CONTAIN IMPORTANT
INFORMATION.  HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES ARE URGED TO READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE
RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER
THEIR OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
  Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Old
Notes or New Notes.  The Company does not intend to list the New Notes on a
national securities exchange or to seek approval for
 
                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
quotation through the Nasdaq National Market.  As the Old Notes were issued
and the New Notes are being issued to a limited number of institutions who
typically hold similar securities for investments, the Company does not expect
that an active public market for the New Notes will develop.  In addition,
resales by certain Holders of any outstanding Old Notes and the New Notes of a
substantial percentage of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of such
New Notes could constrain the ability of any market maker to develop or
maintain a market for the New Notes.  To the extent that a market for the New
Notes should develop, the market value of the New Notes will depend on
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other
factors, including the financial condition, performance and prospects of the
Company.  Such factors might cause the New Notes to trade at a discount from
face value.  See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Public Market for the New Notes
and No Assurance of Active Trading Market."  The Company has agreed to pay the
expenses of the Exchange Offer.
 
  The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the New
Notes offered hereby.  No dealer-manager is being used in connection with the
Exchange Offer.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Plan of Distribution."
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is not currently subject to the periodic reporting and other
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act").  The Company has agreed that, whether or not it is
required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, for so long as any
of the Old Notes and New Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the
Holders of the Old Notes and New Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on
Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including
a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon
by the Company's independent auditors and (ii) all reports that would be
required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to
file such reports, in each case, within the time periods set forth in the
rules and regulations of the SEC.  In addition, for so long as the Company is
not a reporting Company under the Exchange Act and any of the Old Notes and
New Notes remain outstanding, the Company has agreed to make available to any
prospective purchaser of the Old Notes and New Notes or beneficial owner of
the Old Notes and New Notes in connection with any sale thereof, the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
  Statements made herein concerning the contents of any contract or other
documents are not necessarily complete.  Requests for relevant documents or
other information should be submitted in writing to the Company's Vice
President and Treasurer at the Company's principal executive offices at 333
Ravenswood Avenue, Building 205, Menlo Park, California 94025, or by telephone
at (650) 859-6400.
 
  Market data and certain industry forecasts used throughout this Prospectus
were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available
information and industry publications.  Industry publications generally state
that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed
to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is
not guaranteed.  Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market
research, while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified
by the Company and the Company makes no representation as to the accuracy of
such information.  Unless otherwise indicated, the source for all industry
data in this Prospectus is Veronis, Suhler & Associates.
 
  DIVA is a trademark of the Company.  The Company has filed applications for
federal registration of this trademark.  This Prospectus also makes reference
to trade names and trademarks of other companies.
 
  The Indenture requires the Company to furnish Holders of the Old Notes and
New Notes annual reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly
reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited
financial statements.
 
 
                                       v
<PAGE>
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  This Prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-4
(together with all amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement") filed by
the Company with the SEC under the Securities Act.  This Prospectus, which
forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which
have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits
and schedules filed therewith for further information with respect to the
Company and the New Notes offered hereby.  Statements contained herein
concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete and, in
each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed by the Company with
the SEC and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such
reference.  The Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto
may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by
the SEC: New York Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, New York, New
York 10048, and Chicago Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661.  The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the SEC.  Copies of the Registration Statement may be
obtained from the SEC's Internet address at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                      vi
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and the consolidated financial
statements, including the related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  References to "DIVA" or "the Company" are to DIVA Systems
Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated, information in this Prospectus
reflects a two-for-one stock split effected by the Company in March 1998.
 
                                  The Company
 
  DIVA provides a true video-on-demand ("VOD") service over the cable
television infrastructure.  The Company's VOD service offers immediate in-home
access to a diverse and continuously available selection of hundreds of movies
with VCR functionality (i.e., pause, play, fast forward and rewind) and high
quality digital picture and sound.  DIVA's proprietary technology is designed
to provide an economically viable turnkey digital VOD system that offers movies
at prices comparable to those charged for videotape rentals, pay-per-view
("PPV") and near video-on-demand ("NVOD") movies, but with greater convenience
and functionality.  In order to shorten the time to market for the Company's
VOD service, DIVA provides a turnkey solution for cable operators that combines
a technology platform with programming content and marketing and billing
services.
 
  The technology foundation of the Company's VOD system is its proprietary,
scalable and modular video server (the "Sarnoff Server"), a massively parallel
processing computer capable of storing hundreds of movie titles, any of which
can be simultaneously delivered to multiple customers.  Even though only one
copy of each movie title is resident on the system, customers may view and
interact (i.e., pause, play, fast forward and rewind) independently with the
same or different movie titles at any time.  In contrast to PPV services and
NVOD, which require continuous broadcasting of programming content to all homes
in a cable system, the Company's technology delivers programming content to
viewers on a "pointcast" basis, as requested by individual customers.  DIVA's
solution results in lower bandwidth requirements for cable operators, while
increasing convenience and variety for cable operators' customers.
 
  DIVA believes that its VOD service offers significant advantages to cable
operators, who face increased competition for subscribers from DBS companies,
the telecommunications industry and other video delivery services.  To date,
DIVA has entered into discussions for deployment of its VOD system with a
number of multiple systems operators ("MSOs") in the United States that have
upgraded or have begun the process of upgrading to two-way capable hybrid
fiber/coaxial ("HFC") plant.  DIVA has deployed its VOD service in a single
headend location in cable systems owned by Lenfest Communications, Inc.
("Lenfest"), Adelphia Communications Corporation ("Adelphia"), Cablevision
Systems Corporation ("Cablevision") and Rifkin & Associates ("Rifkin") and will
launch its VOD service in systems owned by Chambers Communications Corp.
("Chambers") in the first quarter of 1999.
 
  The Company has obtained the rights to provide a broad array of entertainment
content through license arrangements with Warner Bros. (including New Line
Cinema, Turner and WarnerVision), Sony Pictures (including Columbia, Tristar
and Sony Classics), Universal Pictures, Polygram, Walt Disney Pictures,
Twentieth Century Fox, MGM, HBO and other specialized programmers.  Under these
arrangements, the Company has rights to over 3,000 video titles for its initial
deployments, including new releases, library titles and classics, special
interest videos, children's videos and adult-content movies.  The Company has
expanded its license arrangements to include additional studios and specialized
programmers and is pursuing distribution rights for new entertainment
offerings, including on-demand music videos and educational, instructional and
other content.
 
  The Company was founded in June 1995 when it acquired certain exclusive
rights for consumer applications of the Sarnoff Server from Sarnoff Real Time
Corp. ("SRTC"), a company formed as a spin-off from Sarnoff Corporation
("Sarnoff"), formerly RCA Labs, which was responsible for inventing color
television.  Sarnoff, a premier visual image laboratory, played a key role in
developing the DIRECTV satellite system and the high definition television
("HDTV") standard.  DIVA acquired SRTC in April 1998.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                               The Exchange Offer
 
The Exchange Offer..........      $1,000 principal amount at maturity of
                                  the New Notes in exchange for each $1,000
                                  principal amount at maturity of the Old
                                  Notes.  As of the date hereof,
                                  $463,000,000 in aggregate principal
                                  amount at maturity of Old Notes were
                                  outstanding.  The Company will issue the
                                  New Notes to Holders on or promptly after
                                  the Expiration Date.
 
                                  Based on an interpretation by the Staff
                                  of the SEC set forth in the Staff's Exxon
                                  Capital Holdings Corp. SEC No-Action
                                  Letter (available April 13, 1989), Morgan
                                  Stanley & Co., Inc. SEC No-Action Letter
                                  (available June 5, 1991), Shearman &
                                  Sterling SEC No-Action Letter (available
                                  July 7, 1993), and other no-action
                                  letters issued to third parties, the
                                  Company believes that New Notes issued
                                  pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
                                  exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
                                  resale, resold and otherwise transferred
                                  by Holders thereof without compliance
                                  with the registration and prospectus
                                  delivery provisions of the Securities
                                  Act.  However, any Holder who is an
                                  "affiliate" of the Company or who intends
                                  to participate in the Exchange Offer for
                                  the purpose of distributing the New
                                  Notes, or any broker-dealer who purchased
                                  Old Notes from the Company to resell
                                  pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
                                  available exemption under the Securities
                                  Act (i) cannot rely on the interpretation
                                  by the Staff of the SEC set forth in the
                                  above referenced no-action letters, (ii)
                                  cannot tender its Old Notes in the
                                  Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply with
                                  the registration and prospectus delivery
                                  requirements of the Securities Act in
                                  connection with any sale or transfer of
                                  the Old Notes, unless such sale or
                                  transfer is made pursuant to an exemption
                                  from such requirements.  See "Risk
                                  Factors -- Consequences to Non-Tendering
                                  Holder of Old Notes."
 
                                  Each Participating Broker-Dealer that
                                  receives New Notes for its own account
                                  pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
                                  acknowledge that it will deliver a
                                  prospectus in connection with any resale
                                  of such New Notes.  The Letter of
                                  Transmittal states that by so
                                  acknowledging and by delivering a
                                  prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer
                                  will not be deemed to admit that it is an
                                  "underwriter" within the meaning of the
                                  Securities Act.  This Prospectus may be
                                  used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in
                                  connection with resales of New Notes
                                  received in exchange for Old Notes where
                                  such Old Notes were acquired by such
                                  Participating Broker-Dealer as a result
                                  of market-making activities or other
                                  trading activities and not acquired
                                  directly from the Company.  The Company
                                  has agreed that for a period of 180 days
                                  after the effective date of the
                                  Registration Statement, it will make this
                                  Prospectus available to any Participating
                                  Broker-Dealer for use in connection with
                                  any such resale.  See "Plan of
                                  Distribution."
 
 
                                       2
<PAGE>

    
Expiration Date.................  February 19, 1999, unless the Exchange
                                  Offer is extended, in which case the term
                                  "Expiration Date" means the latest date
                                  and time to which the Exchange Offer is
                                  extended.     
 
Accretion of the New Notes and
the Old Notes...................  No cash interest will accrue or be
                                  payable in respect of the New Notes prior
                                  to March 1, 2003.  Thereafter, interest
                                  will accrue at the rate of 12 5/8% per
                                  annum, payable semi-annually in arrears
                                  on each March 1 and September 1,
                                  commencing September 1, 2003.  The Old
                                  Notes validly tendered and accepted for
                                  exchange will continue to accrete in
                                  principal amount at the rate of 12 5/8%
                                  per annum to, but excluding, the issuance
                                  date of the New Notes and will cease to
                                  accrete in principal amount upon
                                  cancellation of the Old Notes and
                                  issuance of the New Notes.  Any Old Notes
                                  not tendered or accepted for exchange
                                  will continue to accrete in principal
                                  amount at the rate of 12 5/8% per annum
                                  in accordance with its terms.  The
                                  Accreted Value of the New Notes upon
                                  issuance will equal the Accreted Value of
                                  the Old Notes accepted for exchange
                                  immediately prior to issuance of the New
                                  Notes.

Conditions to the Exchange      
Offer...........................  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain
                                  customary conditions.  The conditions are
                                  limited and relate in general to
                                  proceedings which have been instituted or
                                  laws which have been adopted that might
                                  impair the ability of the Company to
                                  proceed with the Exchange Offer.  As of
                                  the date hereof, none of these events had
                                  occurred, and the Company believes their
                                  occurrence to be unlikely.  If any such
                                  conditions do exist prior to the
                                  Expiration Date, the Company may (i)
                                  refuse to accept any Old Notes and return
                                  all previously tendered Old Notes, (ii)
                                  extend the Exchange Offer or (iii) waive
                                  such conditions.  See "The Exchange Offer
                                  -- Conditions."
 
Procedures for Tendering Old    
Notes...........................  Each Holder of Old Notes wishing to
                                  accept the Exchange Offer must complete,
                                  sign and date the Letter of Transmittal,
                                  or a facsimile thereof, in accordance
                                  with the instructions contained herein
                                  and therein, and mail or otherwise
                                  deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or
                                  such facsimile, together with such Old
                                  Notes to be exchanged and any other
                                  required documentation to The Bank of New
                                  York, as Exchange Agent (the "Exchange
                                  Agent"), at the address set forth herein
                                  and therein or effect a tender of such
                                  Old Notes pursuant to the procedures for
                                  book-entry transfer as provided for
                                  herein.  By executing the Letter of
                                  Transmittal or effecting a book-entry
                                  transfer, each Holder will represent to
                                  the Company that, among other things, the
                                  New Notes acquired pursuant to the
                                  Exchange Offer are being obtained in the
                                  ordinary course of business of the person
                                  receiving such New Notes, whether or not
                                  such person is the Holder, that neither
                                  the Holder nor any
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                  such other person has an arrangement or
                                  understanding with any person to
                                  participate in the distribution of such
                                  New Notes and that neither the Holder nor
                                  any such person is an "affiliate," as
                                  defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
                                  Act, of the Company.  Each Participating
                                  Broker-Dealer that receives New Notes not
                                  acquired directly from the Company must
                                  acknowledge that it will deliver a copy
                                  of this Prospectus in connection with any
                                  resale of such New Notes.  See "The
                                  Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
                                  Tendering" and "Plan of Distribution."

Special Procedures for          
Beneficial Owners...............  Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are
                                  registered in the name of a broker,
                                  dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
                                  other nominee and who wishes to tender
                                  such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer
                                  should contact such registered Holder
                                  promptly and instruct such registered
                                  Holder to tender such Old Notes on such
                                  beneficial owner's behalf.  If such
                                  beneficial owner wishes to tender on such
                                  beneficial owner's own behalf, such owner
                                  must, prior to completing and executing
                                  the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
                                  its Old Notes, either make appropriate
                                  arrangements to register ownership of the
                                  Old Notes in such beneficial owner's name
                                  or obtain a properly completed bond power
                                  from the registered Holder.  The transfer
                                  of registered ownership may take
                                  considerable time and may not be able to
                                  be completed prior to the Expiration
                                  Date.  See "The Exchange Offer --
                                  Procedures for Tendering."
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures..  Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender
                                  their Old Notes and whose Old Notes are
                                  not immediately available or who cannot
                                  deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
                                  Transmittal or any other documents
                                  required by the Letter of Transmittal to
                                  the Exchange Agent, or cannot complete
                                  the procedure for book-entry transfer,
                                  prior to the Expiration Date must tender
                                  their Old Notes according to the
                                  guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
                                  in "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed
                                  Delivery Procedures."
 
Withdrawal Rights...............  Tenders may be withdrawn at any time
                                  prior to midnight, New York City time, on
                                  the Expiration Date by delivering a
                                  written notice of such withdrawal to the
                                  Exchange Agent in conformity with certain
                                  procedures set forth under "The Exchange
                                  Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
 
Acceptance of Old Notes and
Delivery of New Notes...........  The Company will accept for exchange any
                                  and all Old Notes which are properly
                                  tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to
                                  midnight, New York City time, on the
                                  Expiration Date.  The New Notes issued
                                  pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
                                  delivered promptly following the
                                  Expiration Date.  Any Old Notes not
                                  accepted for exchange will be returned
                                  without
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                                  expense to the tendering Holder thereof
                                  as promptly as practicable after the
                                  expiration or termination of the Exchange
                                  Offer.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms
                                  of the Exchange Offer."
 
Certain Tax Considerations......  The exchange pursuant to the Exchange
                                  Offer should not be a taxable event for
                                  federal income tax purposes.  See
                                  "Certain Federal Income Tax
                                  Considerations."
 
Exchange Agent..................  The Bank of New York.
 
                                  Risk Factors
 
  Each Holder of Old Notes should consider, among other risks, the following
risks relating to the Exchange Offer:
 
  .  The Company is highly leveraged with total debt of approximately $250.7
     million as of September 30, 1998, accreting to $463.0 million in 2003;
 
  .  The Company will require substantial additional capital for the
     continued development and commercial deployment of its VOD service;
 
  .  The Company is a development stage company with limited revenues and
     history of losses;
 
  .  As a result of the Company's limited operating history and the emerging
     nature of the market in which it competes, the Company is unable to
     accurately forecast its revenues and may incur fluctuations in its
     operating results;
 
  .  The Company's future success depends in large part on its ability to
     sign long-term service contracts with cable operators to deploy DIVA's
     VOD service;
 
  .  The Company's agreements with the substantial majority of the cable
     operators that currently deploy DIVA's VOD service are conditioned upon
     the successful completion of an initial deployment phase;
 
  .  The Company has completed limited commercial deployments to date;
 
  .  The Company, which expects to derive a substantial portion of its future
     revenues from providing its VOD service to cable operators and their
     subscribers, is dependent on acceptance by subscribers of DIVA's VOD
     service;
 
  .  The Company intends to aggressively expand its operations, which will
     place significant demands on its management, operating, third party
     manufacturing and financial resources;
 
  .  The Company's VOD service is dependent on advanced cable distribution
     networks;
 
  .  The home video entertainment industry is characterized by rapid
     technological change;
 
  .  The Company is dependent on integration with industry deployed digital
     platforms, including set-top boxes.
 
  .  The Company depends and will continue to depend on third parties to
     manufacture the major elements of its VOD system, some of whom are
     single-source suppliers;
 
  .  The Company's future success depends, in part, on its ability to protect
     its intellectual property and maintain the proprietary nature of its
     technology;
 
  .  The Company's success will depend, in part, on its ability to obtain
     timely access to programming content on commercially acceptable terms;
     and
 
  .  The market for in-home video entertainment services is competitive.
 
  For a more complete discussion of these and other risks associated with the
Exchange Offer, see "Risk Factors."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
                               Terms of New Notes
 
  The Exchange Offer applies to up to $463,000,000 aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the Company's Old Notes.  The New Notes will be obligations of
the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the Old Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the same Indenture.  See "Description of the New
Notes."  The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes in all material respects except that the New Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and hence do not include certain rights to
registration thereunder and do not contain transfer restrictions or terms with
respect to additional interest payments applicable to the Old Notes.  See
"Description of the New Notes."
 
New Notes Offered...............  $463,000,000 aggregate principal amount
                                  at maturity of 12 5/8% Senior Discount
                                  Notes due 2008, Series B.
 
Maturity........................  March 1, 2008.
 
Interest........................  The New Notes will accrete in value
                                  through March 1, 2003 (the "Full
                                  Accretion Date") at a rate of 12 5/8% per
                                  annum, compounded semi-annually.  Cash
                                  interest will neither accrue nor be
                                  payable on the New Notes prior to the
                                  Full Accretion Date.  Thereafter, the New
                                  Notes will bear interest at the rate of
                                  12 5/8% per annum, payable in cash semi-
                                  annually in arrears on March 1 and
                                  September 1, commencing September 1,
                                  2003.
 
Ranking.........................  The New Notes will be senior unsecured
                                  obligations of the Company, will rank
                                  pari passu (equally) in right of payment
                                  with all existing and future
                                  unsubordinated unsecured Indebtedness (as
                                  defined in "Description of the Old Notes
                                  -- Certain Definitions") of the Company
                                  and will be senior in right of payment to
                                  all future subordinated Indebtedness of
                                  the Company.  Further, the New Notes are
                                  unsecured and will be effectively
                                  subordinated to any unsecured
                                  Indebtedness of the Company with respect
                                  to the assets securing such
                                  Indebtedness.  As of September 30, 1998,
                                  the Company had approximately $269.5
                                  million of Indebtedness (not giving
                                  effect to any amounts attributable to the
                                  value of warrants issued in conjunction
                                  with the Old Notes), of which
                                  approximately $52,000 is secured.
                                  However, the Company is a holding company
                                  and the New Notes will be effectively
                                  subordinated to future Indebtedness and
                                  other liabilities (including any
                                  subordinated Indebtedness and trade
                                  payables) of the Company's subsidiaries.
                                  See "Risk Factors-- Substantial Leverage;
                                  Ability to Service Indebtedness;
                                  Restrictive Covenants" and "-- Holding
                                  Company Structure; Dependence of Company
                                  on Subsidiaries for Repayment of Notes."
 
Sinking Fund....................  None.
 
Optional Redemption.............  The New Notes may be redeemed at the
                                  option of the Company, in whole or in
                                  part, at any time on or after March 1,
                                  2003, at a premium declining to par on
                                  March 1, 2006, plus accrued and unpaid
                                  interest through the redemption date.
 
                                  In addition, at any time prior to or on
                                  March 1, 2001, the Company may redeem up
                                  to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
                                  at maturity of the New Notes at a
                                  redemption price of
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                  112.625% of the Accreted Value on the
                                  date of redemption, with the net cash
                                  proceeds of one or more sales of Capital
                                  Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
                                  provided, however, that New Notes
                                  representing at least $301.0 million of
                                  aggregate principal amount at maturity
                                  remain outstanding immediately after the
                                  occurrence of such redemption.
 
Change of Control...............  In the event of a Change of Control, the
                                  Company must repurchase the New Notes at
                                  a price equal to 101% of the aggregate
                                  principal amount or Accreted Value
                                  thereof, as applicable, plus accrued and
                                  unpaid interest to the date of purchase.
                                  There can be no assurance that the
                                  Company will have the financial resources
                                  necessary to repurchase the New Notes
                                  upon a Change of Control.  See "Risk
                                  Factors -- Substantial Leverage; Ability
                                  to Service Indebtedness; Restrictive
                                  Covenants" and "Description of the Old
                                  Notes -- Events of Default."
 
Covenants.......................  The Indenture contains certain covenants
                                  that, among other things, limit the
                                  ability of the Company and its Restricted
                                  Subsidiaries (as defined in "Description
                                  of the Old Notes -- Certain Definitions")
                                  to make certain restricted payments,
                                  incur additional Indebtedness and issue
                                  and sell Capital Stock (as defined in
                                  "Description of the Old Notes -- Certain
                                  Definitions"), pay dividends or make
                                  other distributions, repurchase equity
                                  interests or subordinated Indebtedness,
                                  engage in sale or leaseback transactions,
                                  create certain liens, enter into certain
                                  transactions with affiliates, sell assets
                                  of the Company or its Restricted
                                  Subsidiaries, issue or sell equity
                                  interests of the Company's Restricted
                                  Subsidiaries or enter into mergers and
                                  consolidations.  In addition, under
                                  certain circumstances, the Company will
                                  be required to offer to purchase the New
                                  Notes at a price equal to 100% of the
                                  principal amount or Accreted Value
                                  thereof, as applicable, plus accrued and
                                  unpaid interest to the date of purchase,
                                  with the proceeds of certain asset
                                  sales.  See "Description of the Old Notes
                                  -- Certain Covenants" and "Description of
                                  the New Notes."
 
Exchange Rights.................  Holders of New Notes will not be entitled
                                  to any exchange or registration rights
                                  with respect to the New Notes.  Holders
                                  of Old Notes are entitled to certain
                                  exchange rights pursuant to the
                                  Registration Rights Agreement.  Under the
                                  Registration Rights Agreement, the
                                  Company is required to offer to exchange
                                  the Old Notes for New Notes having
                                  substantially identical terms which have
                                  been registered under the Securities
                                  Act.  This Exchange Offer is intended to
                                  satisfy such obligation.  Once the
                                  Exchange Offer is consummated, the
                                  Company will have no further obligations
                                  to register any Old Notes not tendered by
                                  the Holders thereof for exchange. See
                                  "Risk Factors -- Consequences to Non-
                                  Tendering of Old Notes."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
Form of New Notes...............  The New Notes will be represented by one
                                  permanent global Note in definitive,
                                  fully registered form, to be deposited
                                  with The Bank of New York, as the Trustee
                                  (the "Trustee") under the Indenture, as
                                  custodian for, and registered in the name
                                  of, a nominee of DTC.  Any New Notes sold
                                  in offshore transactions in reliance on
                                  Regulation S under the Securities Act
                                  will be represented by one permanent
                                  global Note in definitive, fully
                                  registered form deposited with the
                                  Trustee as custodian for, and registered
                                  in the name of, a nominee of DTC for the
                                  accounts of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
                                  of New York, Brussels office, as operator
                                  of Euroclear and Cedel Bank.  See "The
                                  Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry Transfers;
                                  Delivery and Form."
 
Use of Proceeds.................  The Company will not receive any proceeds
                                  from the Exchange Offer.
 
 
            Certain Consequences of a Failure to Exchange Old Notes
 
  The Old Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state
securities laws and therefore may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred
except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and any other applicable securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom
or in a transaction not subject thereto, and in each case in compliance with
certain other conditions and restrictions, including the Company's and the
Trustee's right in certain cases to require the delivery of opinions of
counsel, certifications and other information prior to any such transfer.  Old
Notes which remain outstanding after consummation of the Exchange Offer will
continue to bear a legend reflecting such restrictions on transfer.  In
addition, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, Holders of Old Notes which
remain outstanding will not be entitled to any rights to have such Old Notes
registered under the Securities Act or to any similar rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement (subject to certain limited exceptions applicable
solely to the Initial Purchasers). The Company currently does not intend to
register under the Securities Act any Old Notes which remain outstanding after
consummation of the Exchange Offer (subject to such limited exceptions, if
applicable).
 
  To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer,
any trading market for Old Notes which remain outstanding after the Exchange
Offer could be adversely affected.
 
  The New Notes and any Old Notes which remain outstanding after consummation
of the Exchange Offer will vote together as a single class for purposes of
determining whether Holders of the requisite percentage in outstanding
principal amount at maturity thereof have taken certain actions or exercised
certain rights under the Indenture.
 
  The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, if the Exchange Offer was
not consummated within the time period specified therein, additional interest
will accrue on the Old Notes at a rate of 0.50% per annum (over the rate at
which interest is then accruing) of the Accreted Value on the preceding Semi-
Annual Accrual Date and be payable in cash semiannually on March 1 and
September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 1999, until the Exchange
Offer is consummated or a shelf registration statement is declared effective.
See "Description of the Old Notes -- Registration Rights."  Following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, neither the Old Notes nor the New Notes
will be entitled to any such additional interest.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following Summary Consolidated Financial Data should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related
notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Three Months
                                                          Ended           Period from
                            Year Ended June 30,       September 30,       July 1, 1995
                          -------------------------  ----------------    (inception) to
                           1996     1997     1998     1997     1998    September 30, 1998
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------------
                                    (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Revenue.................  $    --  $    --  $    82  $    --  $    63       $    145
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Operating expenses:
 Programming............      281    4,020    5,370    1,026    1,871         11,542
 Operations.............       --    1,340    4,542      706    2,166          8,048
 Engineering and
  development...........    8,435   11,763   18,070    4,751    4,974         43,242
 Sales and marketing....    1,071    2,960    4,384      659    1,225          9,640
 General and
  administrative........    1,482    3,673    8,552    1,272    2,973         16,680
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........       31      891    5,261    1,023    2,246          8,429
 Amortization of
  intangible assets.....       --       --      517       --      516          1,033
 Acquired in-process
  research and
  development(1)........       --    4,061   18,656       --       --         22,717
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
   Total operating
    expenses............   11,300   28,708   65,352    9,437   15,971        121,331
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Operating loss..........   11,300   28,708   65,270    9,437   15,908        121,186
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Other (income) expense,
 net:
 Equity in (income)
  loss of investee......     (357)   2,080    1,631      829       --          3,354
 Interest income........      (65)    (410)  (5,632)    (773)  (2,674)        (8,781)
 Interest expense.......      395    3,590   13,730      745    8,021         25,736
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
   Total other (income)
    expense, net........      (27)   5,260    9,729      801    5,347         20,309
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Net loss before
 extraordinary item.....   11,273   33,968   74,999   10,238   21,255        141,495
Extraordinary loss--
 early extinguishment of
 debt...................       --       --   10,676       --       --         10,676
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Net loss................  $11,273  $33,968  $85,675  $10,238  $21,255       $152,171
Accretion of redeemable
 warrants...............       --       91      763      170      385          1,239
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
Net loss attributable to
 common stockholders....  $11,273  $34,059  $86,438  $10,408  $21,640       $153,410
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======       ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share:
 Loss before
  extraordinary item....  $  1.04  $  2.22  $  4.61  $  0.65  $  1.27       $   9.89
 Extraordinary loss--
  early extinguishment
  of debt...............       --       --     0.65       --       --           0.74
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------       --------
   Net loss.............  $  1.04  $  2.22  $  5.26  $  0.65  $  1.27       $  10.63
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======       ========
Shares used in per share
 computations...........   10,895   15,316   16,447   16,087   17,011         14,434
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======       ========
Other Data:
Depreciation and
 amortization...........  $    31  $   891  $ 5,778  $ 1,023  $ 2,762       $  9,462
Capital expenditures....    2,568    6,044   13,364    3,131    4,171         26,147
Deficiency of earnings
 to fixed charges(2)....  (11,630) (31,888) (84,044)  (9,870) (21,255)      (148,817)
Net cash used in
 operating activities...   (7,636) (23,876) (37,197)  (6,761)  (8,892)       (77,601)
Net cash provided by
 (used in) investing
 activities.............    2,932   (4,878) (41,378)      99  (34,008)       (77,332)
Net cash provided by
 financing activities...    8,708   24,984  245,890   46,036       47        279,629
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        As of September 30, 1998
                                                        ------------------------
                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments.....         $184,543
Property and equipment, net............................           20,113
Total assets...........................................          220,085
Long-term debt.........................................          250,711
Redeemable warrants....................................            1,524
Total stockholders' deficit............................          (36,712)
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In connection with the acquisition of Norstar Multimedia Inc. in July 1996
    and SRTC in April 1998, the Company wrote off acquired in-process research
    and development of $4.1 million and $18.7 million, respectively, as a one-
    time charge to operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 and
    1998, respectively.
(2) In calculating the deficiency of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings"
    consist of net loss before income tax expense, fixed charges, and
    undistributed income or losses attributable to an entity less than 50%
    owned by the Company accounted for under the equity method, where there is
    no guarantee, directly or indirectly, to service the debt of such entity.
    Fixed charges consist of net interest expense, including such portion of
    rental expense that is attributed to interest.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,
prospective investors should carefully consider the following factors in
evaluating the Exchange Offer.  In addition, this Prospectus includes
"forward-looking" statements.  Although the Company believes that its plans,
intentions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are
reasonable, it can give no assurance that such plans, intentions or
expectations will be achieved.  Actual results will differ and such
differences may be material.  Important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially from the Company's forward-looking statements are
set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus.  All forward-looking
statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth
below.
 
Substantial Leverage; Ability to Service Indebtedness; Restrictive Covenants
 
  As a result of the issuance of the Old Notes, the Company is highly
leveraged.  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had total debt of
approximately $250.7 million, accreting to $463.0 million in 2003.  As of
September 30, 1998, the actual accreted value of such debt (not giving effect
to any amounts attributable to the value of the warrants issued in conjunction
with such debt) was $269.5 million.  The Indenture permits the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness.  See
"Description of the Old Notes -- Certain Covenants."  The Company believes its
existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet its cash
requirements for approximately the next 18 months.  Thereafter, the Company
will require substantial additional indebtedness primarily to fund operating
deficits and to finance the continued development and enhancement of its VOD
system and to fund capital expenditures in connection with commercial
deployment of its system.  See "-- Substantial Future Capital Requirements."
As a result, the Company expects that it will continue to have substantial
indebtedness.  The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have
important consequences to the holders of the New Notes, including, but not
limited to, the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain additional
financing in the future for working capital, system deployments, development
and enhancement of its VOD system, capital expenditures, acquisitions and
other general corporate purposes may be materially limited or impaired; (ii)
the Company's cash flow, if any, will not be available for the Company's
business because a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow must be
dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness; (iii)
the terms of future permitted indebtedness may limit the Company's ability to
redeem the New Notes in the event of a Change of Control (as defined); and
(iv) the Company's high degree of leverage may make it more vulnerable to
economic downturns, may limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures
and may reduce its flexibility in responding to changing business and economic
conditions.
 
  The ability of the Company to make scheduled debt service payments
(including with respect to the New Notes) will depend upon the Company's
ability to achieve significant and sustained growth in its cash from
operations and to complete necessary additional financings.  The Company's
ability to generate sufficient cash from operations is dependent upon, among
other things, the market acceptance and customer demand for DIVA's VOD
service, the Company's ability to successfully continue the development and
enhancement of its system including the Sarnoff Server, set-top box and
network, including compatibility with evolving industry standards as they are
defined, the future operating performance of the Company, integration of its
digital platform with those provided by major cable industry suppliers, the
Company's ability to obtain long-term contracts with MSOs and the rate of and
success of commercial deployment of its VOD system.  The Company expects that
it will continue to generate operating losses and negative cash flow for at
least the next several years.  No assurance can be given that the Company will
be successful in achieving and maintaining a level of cash from operations
sufficient to permit it to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on
its indebtedness. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash from
operations to service its indebtedness, it may have to forego or delay
development and enhancement of its VOD system and service, reduce or delay
system deployments, restructure or refinance its indebtedness or seek
additional equity capital or debt financing.  There can be no assurance that
(i) any such strategy could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, in
light of the Company's high leverage or (ii) any such strategy would yield
sufficient proceeds to service the Company's indebtedness, including the New
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
Notes.  Any failure by the Company to satisfy its obligations with respect to
the New Notes or any other indebtedness could result in a default under the
Indenture and could cause a default under agreements governing other
indebtedness of the Company.  In the event of such a default, the holders of
such indebtedness would have enforcement rights, including the right to
accelerate such debt and the right to commence an involuntary bankruptcy
proceeding against the Company.  Absent a certain level of successful
commercial deployment of its VOD service, ongoing technical development and
enhancement of its VOD system and significant growth of its cash flow, the
Company will not be able to service its indebtedness.
 
  The Indenture imposes operating and financial restrictions on the Company
and its subsidiaries.  These restrictions will affect, and in certain cases
significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the
Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, create liens
upon assets, apply the proceeds from the disposal of assets, make investments,
make dividend payments and other distributions on capital stock and redeem
capital stock.  See "Description of the Old Notes."  There can be no assurance
that such covenants will not adversely affect the Company's ability to finance
its future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business
activities that may be in the interest of the Company.  However, the
limitations in the Indenture will be subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions.  In particular, while the Indenture will
restrict the Company's ability to incur indebtedness by requiring that
specified leverage ratios are met, it will permit the Company and its
subsidiaries to incur substantial indebtedness (which may be secured
indebtedness), without regard to such ratios, to finance the acquisition of
equipment, inventory or network assets or to finance or support working
capital and capital expenditures for its business.
 
Substantial Future Capital Requirements
 
  The Company will require substantial additional funds for the continued
development and commercial deployment of its VOD service.  As of September 30,
1998, the Company had approximately $184.5 million in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments.  From inception until September 30, 1998, the
Company had an accumulated deficit of $152.2 million.  The Company has made
and expects to continue to make significant investments in working capital and
capital expenditures in order to continue required development activities,
continue to commercially deploy its VOD service and fund operations until such
time, if at all, as the Company begins to generate positive cash flows from
operations.  The Company expects that its cash flow from operating and
investing activities will be increasingly negative over at least the next
several years.  The Company believes that its existing cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet its working capital and
capital expenditure requirements for approximately the next 18 months.
Thereafter, the Company will need to raise significant additional funds to
support its operations.  However, the Company may need to raise additional
funds earlier if its estimates of working capital and/or capital expenditure
requirements change or prove to be inaccurate.  The Company may also need to
raise significant additional funds in order to respond to unforeseen
technological or marketing hurdles or to take advantage of unanticipated
opportunities.  Actual capital requirements may vary from expectations and
will depend on numerous future factors and conditions, many of which are
outside of the Company's control, including, but not limited to (i) the
ability of the Company to meet its development and deployment schedules; (ii)
the accuracy of the Company's assumptions regarding the rate and extent of
commercial deployment and market acceptance by cable operators and customers;
(iii) the extent that cable operators choose to deploy DIVA Converter Units
("DCUs") as opposed to set-top boxes manufactured by cable industry suppliers
that are DIVA-compatible; (iv) the number of customers choosing DIVA's VOD
service and their buying patterns; (v) the nature and penetration of new
services to be offered by the Company; (vi) unanticipated costs; and (vii) the
need to respond to competitive pressures and technological changes.  The
Company has no present commitments or arrangements assuring it of any future
equity or debt financing, and there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain any such equity or debt financing on favorable terms or at
all.  In the event that the Company is unable to obtain such additional
capital, the Company will be required to delay the expansion of its business
or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
Development Stage Company; Limited Revenues; History of Losses
 
  The Company is a development stage company with limited commercial operating
history, having commercially deployed its VOD service on a limited basis
beginning in September 1997.  The Company has incurred substantial net losses
in the period since inception through September 30, 1998 of approximately
$152.2 million.  The Company expects to continue to incur substantial losses
and experience substantial negative cash flow for at least the next several
years as it continues to develop and deploy its VOD service.  The Company's
limited operating history makes the prediction of future operating results
difficult or impossible. Through September 30, 1998, the Company recognized
revenues of approximately $145,000.  DIVA does not expect to generate any
substantial revenues unless and until its VOD service is deployed at a
significant number of additional headend locations and it has a substantial
number of customers.
 
  The Company's prospects should be considered in light of the risks, expenses
and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stage of
development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets.  The
Company's future success depends in part on its ability to accomplish a number
of objectives, including, but not limited to (i) further technical development
of and reduction of the cost of manufacturing the Sarnoff Server and other
system components and modification of the service software for future
advances, (ii) modification of its headend equipment and of headend equipment
provided by cable industry suppliers and further integration of all such
headend equipment and related systems in order to achieve cost reductions and
reduce physical space requirements for widespread VOD deployment in a large
number of headends, (iii) continued scaling of the entire end-to-end system
and its implementation for use with larger numbers of customers and an
increased number of movie titles, (iv) further development of the Sarnoff
Server required for large-scale deployment of its VOD service and for other
interactive and digital applications, (v) continued integration of its digital
platform with two-way digital platforms developed and to be developed by cable
industry equipment suppliers, including set-top boxes and headend equipment,
(vi) integrating its digital platform or software with other digital
applications and services selected by the cable operator, including joint or
coordinated integration of set-top box and headend components and software
provided by the Company and cable industry equipment suppliers to enable such
other digital applications, (vii) designing and accessing content packages and
service offerings that will attract ongoing consumer demand for DIVA's VOD
service on competitive economic terms, (viii) enhancement of its system to
offer additional services, including music videos and time-shifting, (ix)
completion of initial deployments with acceptable system performance and
consumer acceptance, (x) integrating DIVA's VOD service with other digital
services that cable operators may offer, (xi) entering into long-term service
contracts on acceptable terms with MSOs and (xii) raising significant
additional debt and/or equity financing to fund the Company's cash
requirements. See "Business -- Research and Development Activity."
 
Uncertainty of Future Revenues; Fluctuating Operating Results
 
  As a result of the Company's limited operating history and the emerging
nature of the market in which it competes, the Company is unable to accurately
forecast its revenues.  The Company does not have historical financial data
for a significant number of periods on which to base planned operating
expenses and plans its operating expenses based on anticipated deployments,
which require significant investments before any revenues are generated.  If
deployments in a particular period do not meet expectations, it is likely that
the Company will not be able to adjust significantly its level of expenditures
for such period, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.
The Company expects to incur significant operating expenses in order to
continue development activities, secure initial deployments, continue to
commercially deploy its VOD service and expand its operations.  The cost of
deployments is highly variable and will depend upon a wide variety of factors,
including the cable system architecture, the size of the service area served
by a single Sarnoff Server, local labor rates and other economic factors.  In
particular, the Company must install Sarnoff Servers at a headend in advance
of generating any significant revenues from customers served by such headend.
To the extent that expenses are not subsequently followed by increased
revenues, the Company's
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes,
would be materially adversely affected.
 
  The timing and amount of future revenues will depend in large part upon the
Company's ability to obtain long-term contracts with cable companies and the
successful deployment of DIVA's VOD service pursuant to such agreements.  New
deployment agreements are expected to be secured on an irregular basis, if at
all, and there may be prolonged periods of time during which the Company does
not enter into new agreements or expanded arrangements.  Furthermore, actual
deployments under such agreements are expected to occur at irregular
intervals, and the Company will have little control over when such deployments
will occur, which will make revenues difficult to forecast.  Factors that may
affect the Company's operating results included, but are not limited to: (i)
the Company's success in obtaining and retaining customers and the rate of
customer churn, (ii) customers' usage of the Company's VOD service and their
buying patterns, (iii) the rate of growth in customers, (iv) the cost of
continued development of the DIVA system and other costs relating to the
expansion of operations, (v) pricing changes by the Company and its
competitors, (vi) prices charged by and the timing of payments to suppliers,
(vii) the mix of the Company's service offerings sold, (viii) the timing of
payments from cable operators, (ix) the introduction of new service offerings
by the Company's competitors, (x) the evolution of alternative forms of in-
home entertainment systems, (xi) economic conditions in the cable television
industry, (xii) the market for home video entertainment services and (xiii)
general economic conditions.  Any one of these factors, most of which are
outside of the Company's control, could cause the Company's operating results
to fluctuate significantly in the future.  In response to a changing
competitive environment and in order to respond to local viewing patterns, the
Company may choose or may be required from time to time to make certain
pricing, service or marketing decisions or enter into strategic alliances or
investments or be required to develop upgrades or enhancements to its system
that could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash
flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
  Due to the foregoing factors, the Company's revenues and operating results
are difficult to forecast.  The Company believes that its quarterly revenues,
expenses and operating results will vary significantly in the future and that
period-to-period comparisons are not meaningful and are not indicative of
future performance.  As a result of the foregoing factors, it is likely that
in some future quarters or years the Company's operating results will fall
below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which would have a
material adverse effect on the trading price of the New Notes.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
Dependence on Cable Operator Participation; Unproven Business Model
 
  The Company's future success depends in large part on its ability to sign
long-term service contracts with cable operators to deploy DIVA's VOD
service.  The Company's ability to enter into long-term commitments will
depend upon, among other things, successful commercial deployment of the
Company's fully-integrated VOD system and the Company's ability to demonstrate
that its VOD service is reliable and more attractive to customers than
alternative entertainment services such as PPV and NVOD.  To date, the Company
has entered into long-term contracts with Lenfest and Chambers and contingent
contracts, subject to significant conditions, with Adelphia, Cablevision and
Rifkin.  See "Business -- Deployment Agreements and Relationships."  The
Company is in discussions with various other cable operators regarding its VOD
service.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to enter
into definitive agreements with any of these or any other cable operators or
that the ongoing viability of DIVA's VOD service will be successfully
demonstrated.  If cable operators are not persuaded to deploy the Company's
VOD service, there can be no assurance that the Company's VOD system can be
modified and successfully marketed to other potential video providers, and
such modifications would require additional time and capital if pursued.
 
  The Company must negotiate separate agreements with each cable operator.
The Company's business model is significantly different from those commonly
employed in the cable television industry and is based on
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
assumptions regarding consumer acceptance and buying patterns that are as yet
unproven.  Cable operators generally enter into service agreements on a
wholesale basis and own, install and fund all customer and headend equipment.
By contrast, DIVA owns, installs and funds all headend hardware and software
components of its VOD service and intends to generate earnings through long-
term, revenue sharing agreements with MSOs, involving "per view" and other
content prices set by DIVA.  Certain MSOs may desire to own the headend
equipment and license the related software components of the VOD system or to
determine the type, number or pricing of product offerings contained in the
VOD service.  The Company believes that it may not be able to do business at
all with such MSOs unless it alters its business model.  Even if MSOs
generally accept the equipment/software ownership and price setting concepts
of the Company's existing business model, different pricing models or revenue
sharing concepts may be required in order to establish business relationships
with some MSOs.  It is likely that MSOs will find it difficult to determine
the net effect on revenue of either adding DIVA's service to their product
mix, or replacing elements of their service offerings with the Company's VOD
service. DIVA's VOD service may provide lower margins than competitive
services such as NVOD and may also be viewed as cannibalizing existing MSO
offerings. Consequently, until the economics of DIVA's business model are
proven, cable operators may be reluctant to broadly deploy its VOD service in
their systems or may be unwilling to deploy it at all.  There can be no
assurance that DIVA will be able to successfully alter its business model,
that such an alteration would not produce a material adverse change to the
economics of DIVA's business model or that cable operators will be willing to
deploy DIVA's VOD service on these or any other terms.  VOD is a new market,
and the Company's VOD service is only one possible means available to cable
operators for providing movies in the home.  Further, consumer acceptance of
the Company's VOD service and the intensity of subscriber buying behavior are
not established.  See "-- Dependence on Single Service; Acceptance by
Subscribers."  There can be no assurance of broad consumer acceptance of
DIVA's service or that those consumers that do utilize the VOD service will do
so with a frequency and at prices that will not materially affect the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations, including the New
Notes.  Although the Company believes that it has an economically viable
turnkey solution, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in achieving wider adoption of its VOD service by the cable
industry or that it will be able to attract and retain customers on economic
terms that do not materially adversely affect its ability to generate cash
flow.  The inability of the Company to enter into definitive agreements with
cable operators or the lack of acceptance of DIVA's VOD service by cable
operators and their subscribers would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes.  See "Business."
 
Long-Term Cable Operator Agreements Dependent on Initial Commercial Deployment
 
  The Company's agreements with each of Adelphia, Cablevision and Rifkin are
conditioned upon the successful completion of an initial commercial deployment
phase, which is designed to allow both parties to verify the business
viability of DIVA's VOD service, in accordance with certain criteria set forth
in the agreements.  The Company is currently in the initial commercial
deployment phase with each of these cable operators.  Following the initial
commercial deployment phase, if any such cable operator is satisfied that
DIVA's VOD service meets its business and operational expectations, DIVA will
continue and expand the existing deployment and commence further commercial
deployment in certain of such cable operators' systems or other cable systems
on an agreed-to schedule.  If DIVA's VOD service does not demonstrate business
viability or if the cable operator otherwise determines that such service does
not meet its business or operational expectations, none of Adelphia,
Cablevision nor Rifkin is obligated to deploy DIVA's VOD service.  There can
be no assurance that the Company will successfully complete its initial
commercial deployment phases or that DIVA's VOD system and service will be
deployed beyond the initial phases in any such cable operator's systems.  In
the event the Company fails to successfully complete initial commercial
deployment in any such cable operator's systems in accordance with the
contracts, the Company will be unable to generate any cash flow from such
systems and other prospective cable companies may be reluctant to enter into
long-term commitments with the Company due to concerns about the viability of
DIVA's VOD system.  The long-term Lenfest contract follows the completion of
an initial commercial deployment phase, and the long-term Chambers contract is
not
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
contingent upon the successful completion of an initial commercial deployment
phase.  The Company expects that contracts with some MSOs in the future will
require such a contingency.
 
Limited Commercial Deployments to Date
 
  The Company has commercially deployed its VOD service in a single headend
location in cable systems owned by Lenfest, Adelphia, Cablevision and Rifkin.
Prior to launch of the service to commercial subscribers, the Company (i)
installed a Sarnoff Server at each headend location with associated DIVA
control and management systems; (ii) installed DCUs in an agreed-to number of
homes and business locations and delivered DIVA's VOD service without charge
to such locations; and (iii) completed technical testing designed to stress
both the MSO's two-way HFC plant and DIVA's system and VOD service.  During
these periods, the Company experienced delays due to set-top box development,
two-way cable plant readiness, and integration and related stability testing
of the Company's and the cable operator's operating platforms and systems.
The Company experienced both fewer causes of delay and delays of more limited
duration with each successive installation.  While the Company anticipates
continued reduction in the duration of these periods that precede commercial
deployments, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience
other delays in the testing, rollout or delivery of its VOD service, that the
Company will not experience periods of increased delay in testing, rollout and
delivery as it migrates its total end-to-end digital platform to one
integrated with third party set top boxes and headend equipment, or that the
Company's VOD service can be delivered on the scale anticipated by the
Company.  The existing commercial deployments, unless expanded in scope, will
not serve more than a limited number of customers.  Until the Company is able
to deploy on a large scale in one cable system, the scalability of the
Company's VOD system will remain unproven.  Further, there can be no assurance
that unforeseen problems will not develop as the Company evolves its
technology, products and services, or that the Company will be successful in
the continued development, cost reduction, integration and commercial
implementation of its technology, products and services on a wide scale.  See
"Business."
 
Dependence on Single Service; Acceptance by Subscribers
 
  The Company expects to derive a substantial portion of its future revenues
from providing its VOD service to cable operators and their subscribers.  The
Company's future financial performance will depend on the successful
introduction and broad customer acceptance of DIVA's VOD service, as to which
there can be no assurance.  Numerous factors could have a material adverse
effect on the level of consumer acceptance, including, but not limited to, the
degree of consumer sensitivity to (i) the price of DIVA's service, (ii) the
number and type of product offerings contained in DIVA's service and (iii) the
availability, functions and cost of a single set-top box that both enables
DIVA's VOD service and replaces the customer's existing set-top box.  Since
there is no existing market for true VOD service, there can be no assurance
that an acceptable level of consumer demand will be achieved.  If sufficient
demand for DIVA's VOD service does not develop due to lack of market
acceptance, technological change, competition or other factors, the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to
generate sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes, would be materially adversely affected.
 
Risks Associated with Anticipated Growth
 
  The Company intends to aggressively expand its operations.  The growth in
size and scale of the Company's business has placed and is expected to
continue to place significant demands on its management, operating,
development, third party manufacturing and financial resources.  The Company's
ability to manage growth effectively will require continued implementation of
and improvements to its operating, manufacturing, development and financial
systems and will require the Company to expand and continue to train and
manage its employee base.  These demands likely will require the addition of
new management personnel and the development of additional expertise by
existing management personnel.  Although the Company believes that it has made
adequate allowances for the costs and risks associated with future growth,
there can be no assurance that the Company's systems, procedures or controls
or financial resources will be adequate to support the
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
Company's operations or that management will be able to keep pace with such
growth.  If the Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, the
Company's business, operating results, financial condition and ability to
achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes, will be materially adversely affected.  See "Management."
 
Dependence on Advanced Cable Distribution Networks
 
  DIVA's system requires deployment on cable systems upgraded to HFC
architecture linking headends with nodes serving not more than 2,000 homes,
with the return path from the customer to the headend activated to enable two-
way operation.  According to the Cablevision Blue Book, approximately 60% of
the total U.S. homes passed by cable had been upgraded to HFC architecture
with return path capability at the end of 1997, and only a limited portion of
the upgraded plant is currently activated for two-way transmission.  A number
of cable operators have announced and begun to implement major infrastructure
investments to deploy two-way capable HFC systems which require significant
financial, managerial, operating and other resources.  HFC upgrades have been,
and likely will continue to be, subject to delay or cancellation. In addition,
the Company believes that the widespread deployment of VOD services such as
DIVA's will not occur until MSOs decide to deploy digital services through
this upgraded plant and invest in new digital set-top boxes.  There can be no
assurance that these or any other cable operators will continue to upgrade
their cable plant or that sufficient, suitable cable plant will be available
in the future to support DIVA's VOD service.  The failure of cable operators
to complete planned upgrades in a timely and satisfactory manner, or at all,
and the lack of suitable cable plant to support DIVA's VOD service would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service
its indebtedness, including the New Notes.  In addition, the Company will be
highly dependent on cable operators to continue to maintain their cable
infrastructure in such a manner that the Company will be able to provide
consistently high performance and reliable service.  Therefore, the future
success and growth of the Company's business will also be subject to economic
and other factors affecting the ability of cable operators to finance
substantial capital expenditures to maintain and upgrade the cable
infrastructure.  See "Business -- Business Strategy," "-- Deployment
Agreements and Relationships" and "-- Technology."
 
Risk of Technological Change and New Product Development
 
  Rapid technological developments are expected to occur in the home video
entertainment industry.  As a result, the Company has modified and expects to
continue to modify its research and development plan.  Such modifications,
including those related to the set-top box, have resulted in delays and
increased costs.  Furthermore, the Company expects that it will be required to
continue to enhance its current VOD service and develop and introduce
increased functionality and performance to keep pace with technological
developments and consumer preferences.  In particular, the Company must (i)
continue technical development of and reduce the cost of manufacturing the
Sarnoff Server and other system components and modification of the service
software for future advances, (ii) modify its headend equipment and headend
equipment provided by cable industry suppliers and integrate all of such
headend equipment and related systems in order to achieve cost reductions and
reduce physical space requirements for widespread VOD deployment in a large
number of headends, (iii) complete a scalable turnkey system and test it for
use with larger numbers of customers and a large number of movie titles, (iv)
continue further development of the Sarnoff Server required for large-scale
deployment of its VOD service and for other interactive and digital
applications, (v) in order to achieve broader deployment, integrate its
digital platform with two-way digital platforms developed and to be developed
by cable industry equipment suppliers, including set top boxes and headend
equipment, (vi) integrate its digital platform and/or software with other
digital applications and services selected by the cable operator, including
joint or coordinated integration of set top box and headend components and
software provided by the Company and cable industry equipment suppliers to
enable such other digital applications, (vii) design content packages and
service offerings that will attract ongoing consumer demand and (viii) enhance
its system to offer additional services, including music videos and time-
shifting.  There can be no assurance that DIVA will, on a satisfactory
timetable, be able to accomplish any of these tasks or do so while maintaining
the same functionality.  See "Business --
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Engineering and Development Activity." There can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in developing and marketing product and service
enhancements or new services that respond to technological and market changes
or that the Company will not experience difficulties that could delay or
prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of such new
services or enhancements.  The Company has encountered delays in product
development, service integration and field tests and other difficulties
affecting both software and hardware components of its system and its ability
to operate successfully over HFC plant.  In addition, many of the Company's
competitors have substantially greater resources than the Company to devote to
further technological and new product development.  See "-- Competition for
VOD Services."  There can be no assurance that technological and market
changes or other significant developments in VOD technology by the Company's
competitors will not render DIVA's VOD service obsolete.
 
Compliance with Industry Standards; Need to Integrate with Set-Top Box
Manufacturers
 
  The cable industry has launched an initiative called "open cable," which
will redefine the requirements and features of digital set top converters as
well as the requirements and features of their control systems located in the
boxes themselves and in cable headends.  The open cable initiative is managed
by CableLabs on behalf of the cable MSOs and is supported by some of the cable
equipment manufacturers, including General Instrument Corporation ("General
Instrument") and Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. ("Scientific-Atlanta").  The open
cable initiative is defining future digital platform requirements as they
relate to set-top box requirements and control systems, which could affect
DIVA's digital platform and its efforts to integrate its digital platform and
VOD application with digital set top and headend equipment manufactured by
third party cable industry suppliers.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in complying with the requirements of the open
cable initiative as they are finally adopted, or that compliance will not
cause difficulties that could delay or prevent successful development,
introduction or broad deployment of its VOD service.
 
  For the initial deployments, DIVA is using a separate DIVA proprietary set-
top box that is deployed in parallel with the customer's analog cable set-top
box.  All of the MSOs with which DIVA has contingent and long-term contracts
have indicated their strong preference for a single box solution that both
enables DIVA's VOD service and replaces the subscriber's existing set-top
box.  Although the Company is developing a single box that meets these
requirements, DIVA has determined that it also needs to port its VOD solution
to other digital platforms that are or will be broadly deployed in the cable
industry, including those that may be offered by General Instrument,
Scientific-Atlanta and other companies.  In this regard, DIVA has signed a
non-binding letter of intent with General Instrument pursuant to which the
Company has agreed to cooperate with General Instrument to make DIVA's VOD
system compatible with General Instrument's Digital Network System ("DNS").
Pursuant to the letter of intent, the Company and General Instrument have
demonstrated the successful port of DIVA's VOD application to the DNS, and the
initial implementation of this integration is being tested on a limited, non-
commercial basis with Lenfest.  The Company and General Instrument are
continuing joint development efforts to more closely integrate the VOD service
with DNS, including achieving cost reductions, reducing physical space
requirements of headend equipment and enabling delivery of the DIVA service
with encryption capability.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be successful in accomplishing the General Instrument integration on a cost-
effective basis or at all or that this letter of intent will lead to a
definitive agreement with General Instrument.  Further, failure to complete
the joint development as contemplated by the General Instrument letter of
intent could result in delay in implementation of a one box solution, delay of
rollout of the DIVA service under existing and contemplated long-term
deployment agreements with MSOs, reluctance on the part of other MSOs to enter
into long-term agreements with the Company and reallocation of resources to
internal or other third party single box development efforts.  The Company
previously entered into a non-binding letter of intent with Scientific-Atlanta
to achieve compatibility between DIVA's VOD System and Scientific-Atlanta's
Digital Broadband Delivery System.  This letter of intent has since expired
without resulting in a definitive agreement, and limited development or
integration activities have occurred.  If DIVA is unable to pursue and
complete a relationship with Scientific-Atlanta to achieve compatibility
between their respective systems, the Company's ability to enter into
relationships with MSOs that require a single box solution and choose to
deploy Scientific-Atlanta's Digital Broadband Delivery System may be
significantly impaired.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  Although DIVA has developed an on-screen interactive guide or navigator that
is closely integrated with its VOD service, MSO customers and their
subscribers are likely to expect a seamless link between the navigator and
industry standard electronic programming guides ("EPGs") that provide
information regarding programming schedules.  The ability to create cross
access points between the navigator and various EPGs may be limited by the
engineering and memory characteristics of the digital platforms provided by
major cable industry suppliers. Further, positioning the navigator as the
first or one of the first screens viewed by a subscriber, which would create
enhanced revenue and promotional opportunities, may be limited by these third-
party platform characteristics or by existing or future agreements between EPG
providers and MSOs.
 
Reliance on Third-Party Manufacturers; Exposure To Component Shortages
 
  The Company depends and will continue to depend on third parties to
manufacture the major elements of its VOD system.  The Company expects to
subcontract manufacturing of the DCU to Jabil Circuit, Inc., components of its
Video Session Manager to Pioneer Standard and the Sarnoff Server to another
manufacturer.  All of such subcontractors are bound by confidentiality
agreements.  As a result of the complexity of the Company's hardware
components, manufacturing and quality control are time consuming processes.
Consequently, there can be no assurance that these manufacturers will be able
to meet the Company's requirements in a timely and satisfactory manner or the
Company would be able to find or maintain a suitable relationship with
alternate qualified manufacturers for any such elements.  The Company's
reliance on third-party manufacturers involves a number of additional risks,
including the absence of guaranteed capacity and reduced control over delivery
schedules, quality assurance, production yields and costs.  In the event the
Company is unable to obtain such manufacturing on commercially reasonable
terms, DIVA's business, operating results and financial condition and its
ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including
the New Notes, would be materially adversely affected.
 
  Certain of the Company's subassemblies and components used in the Sarnoff
Server, the Video Session Manager and the DCU are procured from single sources
and others are procured only from a limited number of sources.  Consequently,
the Company may be adversely affected by worldwide shortages of certain
components, significant price increases, reduced control over delivery
schedules, and manufacturing capability, quality and cost.  Although the
Company believes alternative suppliers of products, services, subassemblies
and components are available, the lack of alternative sources could materially
impair the Company's ability to deploy its VOD system.  Manufacturing lead
times can be as long as nine months for certain critical components.
Therefore, the Company may require significant working capital to pay for such
components well in advance of revenues. Moreover, a prolonged inability to
obtain certain components could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes, and could result in damage to MSO or customer relationships. See
"Business -- Operations."
 
Uncertainty of Protection of Patents and Proprietary Rights
 
  The Company's future success depends, in part, on its ability to protect its
intellectual property and maintain the proprietary nature of its technology
through a combination of patents, licenses and other intellectual property
arrangements.  The Company has licensed rights to the Sarnoff Server and the
DCU initially developed by Sarnoff.  Sarnoff and the Company have filed
applications and intend to file additional applications for patents covering
the Sarnoff Server.  Sarnoff and the Company have filed applications for
patents covering the DCU, and the Company has filed patent applications, and
intends to file additional and derivative patent applications covering the
interactive service and its technology.  There can be no assurance, however,
that any patents issued to Sarnoff or the Company will not be challenged,
invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will
provide proprietary protection to the Company.  Despite the efforts of Sarnoff
and the Company to safeguard and maintain these proprietary rights, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in doing so or that the
Company's competitors will not independently develop or patent technologies
that are substantially equivalent or superior to the Company's technologies.
On August 18, 1998, the Company received
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
a notice from a third party licensing company stating that it has acquired
rights in two U.S. patents and that the Company's VOD system and process are
described in the claims of these patents.  The Company responded to the letter
in late November 1998 stating that DIVA does not infringe and will consider
the matter closed unless it hears back promptly.  The Company has not received
a response.  In early November 1998, DIVA received a letter from a company
that represents a group of companies that hold MPEG-2 patents, offering to
make available a license to that group of patents.  The Company and outside
patent counsel are preparing a response.  The Company has filed trademark
applications on certain marks and logos.  In July 1996, DIVA received a notice
from a third party claiming that the Company's use of one of its trademarks
infringes a trademark right held by such party.  DIVA responded to the letter
in late July 1996, asserting that the use of the trademark does not infringe
on the trademark right that the party holds.  The Company has received no
further response.  In August 1998, the Company received a notice from a third
party, which provides integrated circuits for digital multimedia applications,
claiming that such third party's trademark application gives it priority over
the Company's use of the "DIVA" mark.  The Company sent a response to this
letter in late November 1998 stating that it does not believe there is an
infringement issue and inviting further discussions.  DIVA has not received a
response to this letter.  DIVA could encounter similar challenges to its
trademarks in the future.
 
  Since patent applications in the U.S. are not publicly disclosed until the
patent has been issued, applications may have been filed which, if issued as
patents, would relate to the Company's products.  In addition, the Company has
not conducted a comprehensive patent search relating to the technology used in
the Sarnoff Server or the Company's VOD system.  The Company is subject to the
risk of claims and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual
property rights of others.  There can be no assurance that third parties will
not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future based on
patents or trade secrets or that such claims will not be successful.  Parties
making such claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief
which could effectively block the Company's ability to provide its VOD service
in the U.S. and internationally, and could result in an award of substantial
damages.  In the event of a successful claim of infringement, the Company, its
MSOs and other end users may be required to obtain one or more licenses from
third parties. There can be no assurance that the Company or its customers
could obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at
all.  The defense of any lawsuit could result in time consuming and expensive
litigation regardless of the merits of such claims, and damages, license fees,
royalty payments and restrictions on the Company's ability to provide its VOD
service, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.
 
Risks Associated with Programming Content
 
  DIVA's success will depend, in part, on its ability to obtain access to
sufficient movies (including new releases and library titles), special
interest videos and other programming content on commercially acceptable
terms.  Although DIVA has entered into arrangements with most of the major
movie studios and a number of other content providers for its initial
deployments, there can be no assurance that DIVA will be able to continue to
obtain the content, during the segment of time available to VOD providers and
others such as PPV, to support its VOD service beyond the geographic area of
its initial deployments.  DIVA could encounter increased competition for
access to movie titles from competitors with greater resources and stronger
relationships with major movie studios than the Company, including other VOD,
NVOD or DBS providers and providers of video rentals.  Such competitors could
successfully negotiate with movie studios to obtain exclusive access to
certain titles.  Furthermore, studios could delay the period of time before a
title becomes available to the Company, and reduce the period of time in which
a title may be available for the VOD market.  In addition, studios may require
the Company to make prepayments prior to the time that customers pay for
viewing a title or require the Company to enter into long-term contracts with
minimum payments.  Further, studios may increase the license fees currently
charged to DIVA. DIVA's failure to obtain timely access to such content on
commercially acceptable terms would have a material adverse effect on its
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
Competition for VOD Services
 
  The market for in-home video entertainment services is intensely
competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological change.  The
Company expects competition in the market for VOD services to intensify and
increase in the future.  A number of companies have announced an intention to
introduce a VOD service or deliver VOD components that might be deployed by a
video service provider.  Intertainer, a company owned in part by Comcast Cable
Communications ("Comcast"), Intel Corporation ("Intel"), Sony Corp. of America
and NBC, is currently conducting trials with Comcast and US West to provide
VOD and other services over high speed networks such as ADSL (Asymmetric
Digital Subscriber Line) and cable modems primarily to the personal computer,
but plans to provide services to television sets in the future.  It is
possible that companies currently operating overseas will adapt their
technology and offer it through high-speed networks in the U.S.  Elmsdale
Media is currently conducting a trial for its VOD system in Cardiff, Wales for
NTL Inc.  VideoNet is conducting a trial in Britain over telephone wires
offering VOD and other interactive services to non-paying customers.  Hongkong
Telecom began offering commercial interactive services, including VOD, in
March 1998 and has gained over 100,000 paying subscribers.  Other companies
internationally and domestically have also announced plans to provide VOD
services which vary in degree of commercial viability. There can be no
assurance that these or other companies will not provide equivalent or more
attractive capabilities that could be more acceptable to cable operators and
their subscribers.
 
  It is also possible that such competitors may form new alliances, develop a
competitive VOD service and rapidly acquire significant market share.  Such
competition would materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition.  Companies that are or may be
capable of delivering VOD components include Concurrent Computer Corp,
Celerity Systems Inc., Mitsubishi Electronics America, Nippon Electric Corp.,
nCube, Pioneer and its affiliates, SeaChange International, Inc., Silicon
Graphics Inc., Unisys, General Instrument, Scientific-Atlanta, Sony
Corporation, Vivid Technology Inc. and FreeLinQ Communications Corporation.
Some of these competitors have developed VOD products that have undergone
tests or trials and may succeed in obtaining market acceptance of their
products more rapidly than the Company.  In addition, Time Warner Inc.
previously field tested an integrated system solution utilizing components
from a number of the aforementioned entities.  This trial has since been
terminated. Notwithstanding termination of its field trial in Orlando, Time
Warner Inc. has reached agreements with certain industry suppliers for
elements that might be used in designing and integrating a next generation VOD
system solution for an initial deployment in 1999.  Cablevision is operating a
limited trial of an in-house VOD solution.  Certain of the Company's
competitors or potential competitors have developed affiliations with cable
operators or alternative distribution providers or develop services or
technologies that may be better or more cost effective than the Company's VOD
service.  These services or technologies may be more attractive to cable
operators, particularly those that desire to own all hardware and software
components of the VOD service.  In addition, certain of these potential
competitors are either directly or indirectly affiliated with content
providers and cable operators and could therefore materially impact the
Company's ability to sign long-term services contracts with such cable
operators and obtain content from such providers.  Although the Company is
pursuing joint development efforts to port its VOD service to digital
platforms that are or will be broadly deployed in the cable industry, these
third party equipment manufacturers have the financial and technical ability
to develop and sustain deployment of their own proprietary VOD platforms.
There can be no assurance that DIVA will not face competition from these
suppliers or their affiliates or that they will support the integration of
Company's VOD service with their own components.  See "--Compliance with
Industry Standards; Need to Integrate with Set-Top Box Manufacturers."
 
  The Company may also face competition from cable operators or other
organizations, including but not limited to the telephone companies, providers
of DBS, PPV and NVOD, cable programmers and Internet service providers, who
could provide VOD-like services through cable and alternative delivery
platforms, including the Internet, telephone lines and satellite.  For
example, DIVA could encounter competition from companies such as
Microsoft/WebTV Plus, @Home or video streaming companies that in the future
may be able to deliver movies over the Internet to the television, or from
consumer use of purchased or rented digital video discs or variants thereof.
In addition, the competitive environment in which the Company will operate may
inhibit its ability to offer DIVA's VOD service to cable operators and other
types of operators that compete with one another in the
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
same territory.  A cable operator may require DIVA to provide its VOD service
exclusively to such cable operator in a particular territory.  Further, cable
operators themselves may offer competing services, including increased NVOD
offerings, or may be unwilling to use DIVA's VOD service exclusively.  There
can be no assurance that any cable operator will commit exclusively to DIVA's
VOD service.  In particular, cable operators may trial a number of different
alternatives. The Company will also face competition for viewers from
providers of home video rentals, which are increasingly entering into revenue
sharing arrangements with content providers. These arrangements have resulted
in a significant increase in the number of copies available for rental and an
extension in the rental period at major video chains and, accordingly, have
made home video rentals more attractive to consumers.
 
  Many of the Company's competitors and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, and significantly greater
financial, technical, marketing and distribution resources than the Company.
As a result, they may be able to respond to new or emerging technologies and
changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the
development, promotion and sale of their products and services more
effectively than the Company.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that
competitive pressures faced by the Company will not materially adversely
affect its business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes.
 
Holding Company Structure; Dependence of Company on Subsidiaries for Repayment
of Notes
 
  The Notes will be obligations of the Company exclusively.  Although the
Company currently has only one subsidiary, the Company anticipates that in the
future a substantial portion of its operations will be conducted through
direct and indirect subsidiaries.  The Company's cash flow and, consequently,
its ability to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes, will
therefore depend upon the cash flow of its subsidiaries and the payment of
funds by those subsidiaries to the Company in the form of loans, dividends or
otherwise.  The subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have
no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the
Notes or to make any funds available therefor, whether in the form of loans,
dividends or otherwise.  In addition, the Company's subsidiaries are likely to
become parties to financing arrangements, including secured financing
arrangements, as the Company expects that a substantial portion of its future
financing will be at the subsidiary level on a project basis, and such
financing arrangements may contain limitations on the ability of such
subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make loans or advances to the Company.
Because the Company's subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the payment
of the principal or interest on the Notes, any right of the Company to receive
assets of any of its subsidiaries upon liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent right of holders of the Notes to participate in the distribution or
realize proceeds from those assets) will be effectively subordinated to the
claims of the creditors of any such subsidiary (including trade creditors and
holders of indebtedness, including subordinated indebtedness, of such
subsidiary), except if and to the extent the Company is itself recognized as a
creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would
nonetheless be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the
assets of such subsidiary held by other creditors and may under certain
circumstances be subordinate to the general unsecured obligations of such
subsidiary.  The Indenture permits the incurrence of substantial additional
indebtedness by the Company's subsidiaries.
 
  The New Notes are unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated
to any secured Indebtedness of the Company with respect to the assets securing
such Indebtedness.  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had an aggregate of
approximately $52,000 of secured Indebtedness.  The Indenture permits the
Company and its subsidiaries to incur secured indebtedness to finance, among
other things, the acquisition of equipment, inventory and network assets and
to finance and support working capital and capital expenditures for its VOD
business.  In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or similar proceedings with respect to the Company, the holders
of secured indebtedness will be entitled to proceed against the collateral
that secures such indebtedness, and to receive proceeds from the sale and
other distributions in respect of such collateral, and such collateral will
not be available for satisfaction of any amounts owed under the New Notes.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
In addition, to the extent such assets do not satisfy in full the secured
indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness would have a claim for any
shortfall that would be pari passu (or effectively senior if the indebtedness
were issued by a subsidiary) with the New Notes.  Accordingly, there may only
be limited assets remaining to satisfy any claims of the Holders of the New
Notes upon an acceleration of the New Notes.
 
  In addition, in the event of any distribution or payment of the assets of
the Company in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or
reorganization, holders of any secured indebtedness will have a secured claim
to the assets of the Company that constitute their collateral, prior to the
satisfaction of any unsecured claim from such assets.  In the event of a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, holders of the New
Notes will be entitled to payment from the remaining assets of the Company
only after payment of, or provision to, all senior and secured indebtedness.
In any of the foregoing events, there can be no assurance that there would be
sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the New Notes.  In the event of
default under the Indenture, any holders of secured indebtedness of the
Company and its subsidiaries would have certain rights to repossess, foreclose
upon and sell the assets securing such indebtedness.  Any such circumstances
would materially adversely affect the market value of the New Notes and the
Company's ability to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the New
Notes.
 
Original Issue Discount
 
  The New Notes will be treated as issued with substantial original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Consequently, purchasers of
the New Notes generally will be required to include amounts in gross income
for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash
payments to which the income is attributable.  Furthermore, the New Notes may
be subject to the high yield discount obligation rules, which will defer and
may, in part, eliminate the Company's ability to deduct for U.S. federal
income tax purposes the original issue discount attributable to the New
Notes.  Accordingly, the Company's after-tax cash flow might be less than if
the original issue discount on the New Notes was deductible when it accrued.
See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations" for a more detailed discussion
of the U.S. federal income tax consequences for the Company and the beneficial
owners resulting from their purchase, ownership and disposition of the New
Notes.
 
  If a bankruptcy case were commenced by or against the Company under the
Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the "Bankruptcy Code"), after the
issuance of the New Notes, the claim of a holder with respect to the principal
amount thereof may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the initial
offering price and (ii) that portion of the original issue discount that is
not deemed to constitute "unmatured interest" for purposes of the Bankruptcy
Code.  Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of
any such bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest."
 
Fraudulent Conveyance Risks
 
  Under applicable provisions of the federal bankruptcy law or comparable
provisions of state fraudulent transfer law, if the Company, at the time of
issuance of, or making any payment in respect of, the New Notes, (a)(i) is or
was rendered insolvent thereby, was engaged or about to engage in a business
or transaction for which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital, or
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability
to pay such debts as they matured and (ii) the Company received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for such issuance or (b) the
Company issued the New Notes or made any payment thereunder with intent to
hinder, defraud or delay any of its creditors, the obligations of the Company
under some or all of the New Notes could be voided or held to be unenforceable
by a court, the obligations of the Company under the New Notes could be
subordinated to claims of other subordinated creditors, or the New Note
Holders could be required to return payments already received.  In particular,
if the Company were to cause a subsidiary to pay a dividend in order to enable
the Company to make payments in respect of the New Notes, and such transfer
were deemed a fraudulent transfer, the New Note Holders could be required to
return the payment.  In any of the foregoing cases, there could be no
assurance that the Holders would ultimately recover the amounts owing under
the New Notes.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
  The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending
upon the law applied in any such case.  Generally, however, the Company would
be considered insolvent if the sum of its debts, including contingent
liabilities, was greater than all of its assets at a fair valuation, if it had
unreasonably small capital to conduct its business, or if the present fair
salable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required
to pay the probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent
liabilities, as they become absolute and matured.  The Company believes that
it will not be insolvent at the time of or as a result of the Exchange Offer,
that it will not engage in a business or transaction for which its remaining
assets constitute unreasonably small capital and that it did not and does not
intend to incur or believe that it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay
such debts as they mature.  There can be no assurance, however, that a court
passing on such questions would agree with the Company's analysis.
 
  The Indenture provides that, under certain circumstances, subsidiaries of
the Company will be required to guarantee the obligations of the Company under
the Indenture and the New Notes.  In the event any subsidiary enters into such
a guarantee, if bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings were initiated by or
against that subsidiary within 90 days (or, possibly, one year) after that
subsidiary issued a guarantee, or if that subsidiary incurred obligations
under its guarantee in anticipation of insolvency, all or a portion of the
guarantee could be avoided as a preferential transfer under federal bankruptcy
or applicable state law.  In addition, a court could require Holders of the
New Notes to return all payments made within any such 90-day (or, possibly,
one year) period as preferential transfers.
 
Dependence on Key Personnel
 
  The Company's performance is substantially dependent on the performance of
its officers and key employees.  Given the Company's early stage of
development, the Company is dependent on its ability to retain and motivate
qualified personnel, especially its management.  The Company does not have
"key person" life insurance policies on any of its employees.  There can be no
assurance that key personnel will continue to be employed by the Company or
that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel in the
future.  The Company's future success also depends on its ability to identify,
hire, train and retain technical, sales, marketing and managerial personnel.
Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain such personnel in
the future.  The inability to attract and retain its officers and key
employees and the necessary technical, sales, marketing and managerial
personnel could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.
See "Business -- Employees" and "Management."
 
Government Regulation
 
  The Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") has broad jurisdiction over
the telecommunications and cable industries.  The majority of FCC regulations,
while not directly affecting DIVA, do affect cable companies, upon which DIVA
will significantly rely for the marketing and distribution of its VOD service
to customers.  As such, the indirect effect of these regulations may adversely
affect DIVA's business.  The Communications Act of 1934, as significantly
amended by Congress in 1992 and more recently by the Telecommunications Act of
1996 (as so amended, the "Act"), provides a significant regulatory framework
for the operation of cable systems.  Rules promulgated by the FCC under the
Act impose restrictions and obligations that could affect how the cable
operator offers or prices DIVA's VOD service; examples include (i) regulation
of rates for certain tiers or packages of programming and for equipment (set-
top boxes) used to deliver regulated tiers of service, (ii) prohibition of
bundling equipment and service charges together into one charge to the
customer, (iii) equipment rate averaging, (iv) prohibition of forced tier buy-
through, and (v) imposition of various consumer protection, billing and
disclosure requirements.  None of these impose direct rate or service
restrictions on the Company.
 
  In addition, certain FCC rules, and FCC rulemakings in process or required
in the future under the Act could directly affect DIVA's DCU and related
development efforts, as well as the joint efforts of DIVA and third-party
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
equipment manufacturers such as General Instrument to port the Company's VOD
solution to digital platforms that are broadly deployed in the cable industry,
by imposing requirements that the set-top boxes (i) be designed to be
compatible with other consumer electronics equipment that is used to deliver
services provided by cable companies, (ii) be commercially available to
consumers from vendors other than cable operators, and (iii) not defeat or
interfere with the national emergency alert system, closed captioning for the
hearing impaired, or any "V" chip requirements that may be imposed.  FCC rules
to date have focused on analog equipment, rather than digital equipment such
as DIVA's.  However, it is anticipated that as digital equipment, transmission
and services are deployed by cable operators, the FCC will extend analog rules
to digital transmission, or craft rules specific to digital platforms.  An
example being discussed is digital "must carry" which would require cable
operators to transmit on their systems not only the analog channels of local
broadcast television stations in all markets, but the newly authorized digital
broadcast channels as well.  Digital "must carry" for local over-the-air
broadcast licensees could consume a significant amount of the increased
channel capacity being created by cable operators through their upgrades.
There can be no assurance that the Company's VOD service will be successful in
competing with other analog and digital services for access to cable operator
transmission capacity that remains after implementation of digital "must
carry" in any local market.
 
  Local franchising authorities retain certain statutory and general
regulatory authority with respect to cable operators including the ability to
regulate or exclude content that they deem inappropriate under local community
standards.  The Company's VOD service includes adult offerings and, because
local community standards will vary, DIVA works closely with the local cable
operator to determine the extent of adult content, which in some communities
may be entirely excluded.  DIVA's VOD system also enables individual
subscribers to exclude entirely or restrict access to such content.  DIVA's
operating results could be impacted by the decisions of local regulatory
authorities and cable operators regarding such content.
 
  Finally, the Act authorizes, but does not require, local franchising
authorities to impose a fee of up to 5% on the gross revenues derived by third
parties from the provision of cable service over a cable system.  To the
extent that DIVA provides its VOD service directly to cable subscribers
(rather than providing it to cable operators for resale to cable subscribers)
and the local franchise agreement has been amended or renewed and includes
appropriate language, the Company could be required to pay a franchise fee of
up to 5% of gross revenues derived from its VOD service in a specific
franchise area to the local franchising authority.  At present, only the
Lenfest deployment uses this business model, and it will not be used in any
other of the currently scheduled deployments.
 
  There are other rulemakings that have been and still are being undertaken by
the FCC which will interpret and implement provisions of the Act.  It is
anticipated that the Act will stimulate increased competition generally in the
telecommunications and cable industries, which may adversely impact the
Company.  No assurance can be given that changes in current or future laws or
regulations, including those limiting or abrogating exclusive MSO contracts,
in whole or in part, adopted by the FCC or other federal, state or local
regulatory authorities would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business.
 
  In addition, VOD services are licensed by the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission, and DIVA is seeking to determine the basis on
which it may offer its service in Canada, the extent of regulatory controls
and the terms of any revenue arrangements that may be required as conditions
to the deployment of DIVA's VOD service in Canada.  DIVA may not be able to
obtain distribution rights to movie titles in Canada under regulatory and
financial arrangements acceptable to DIVA.  See "Business -- Programming."
 
Control by Insiders
 
  The Company's executive officers and directors, together with entities
affiliated with such individuals, and Acorn Ventures, Inc. beneficially own
approximately 42.7% of the Common Stock (assuming conversion of all
outstanding Preferred Stock into Common Stock).  Accordingly, these
stockholders have significant influence over the affairs of the Company.  This
concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company.  See "Management" and "Principal
Stockholders."
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Old Notes
 
  Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company will have no further
obligation to register the Old Notes.  Thereafter, any Holder of Old Notes who
does not tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, including any Holder
which is an "affiliate" (as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act) of the Company which cannot tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer,
will continue to hold restricted securities which may not be offered, sold or
otherwise transferred, pledged or hypothecated except pursuant to Rule 144 and
Rule 144A under the Securities Act or pursuant to any other exemption from
registration under the Securities Act relating to the disposition of
securities; provided, that an opinion of counsel is furnished to the Company
that such an exemption is available.  These restrictions may limit the trading
market and price for the Old Notes.
 
Year 2000 Compliance
 
  Many computer systems and software and electronic products are coded to
accept only two-digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four-digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates.  As a result, computer systems and software ("IT Systems")
and other property and equipment not directly associated with information
systems ("Non-IT Systems"), such as phones, other office equipment used by
many companies, including the Company and MSOs, may need to be upgraded,
repaired or replaced to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements. Although
DIVA has determined that most of its principal internal corporate headquarters
IT Systems are Year 2000 compliant, certain of such internal systems,
including DIVA's Windows NT operating system and internal networking systems
are not Year 2000 compliant or have not been evaluated by DIVA.
 
  The Company has been informed by most of its suppliers and MSOs that
currently deploy DIVA's VOD service that such suppliers and MSOs will be Year
2000 compliant by the Year 2000.  Any failure of these third parties systems
to timely achieve Year 2000 compliance could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, operating results and financial condition and its
ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including
the New Notes. The Company has not determined the state of compliance of
certain third-party suppliers of services such as phone companies, long
distance carriers, financial institutions and electric companies, the failure
of any one of which could severely disrupt the Company's ability to carry on
its business as well as disrupt the business of the Company's customers.
 
  Failure to provide Year 2000 compliant business solutions to MSOs or to
receive such business solutions from its suppliers could result in liability
to the Company or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.  Despite
the Company's efforts to address the Year 2000 effect on its internal systems
and business operations, such effect could result in a material disruption of
its business or have a material adverse effect on its business, operating
results and financial condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash
flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes. DIVA has not
developed a contingency plan to respond to any of the foregoing consequences
of internal and external failures to be Year 2000, but expects to develop such
a plan.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Year 2000."
 
Absence of a Public Market for the New Notes and No Assurance of Active
Trading Market
 
  The New Notes are being offered to the Holders of the Old Notes.  Prior to
this Exchange Offer, there was no existing trading market for the Old Notes
and there were no existing New Notes.  The Company does not intend to apply
for listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or on the Nasdaq
National Market. Although the New Notes will be eligible for trading in the
PORTAL Market, the New Notes may trade at a discount from their initial
offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for
similar securities, the Company's performance and other factors.  In
connection with the issuance of the Old Notes, the Company was advised by the
Initial Purchasers that they intended to make a market in the Old Notes
following the issuance thereof; however, the Initial Purchasers are not
obligated to do so and any such market-making activities may be discontinued
at any time without notice.  Therefore, there can be no assurance that an
active
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
market for the New Notes will develop, either prior to or after performance of
the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.  In
addition the market price of the Old Notes has significantly fluctuated since
their original issuance, and the Company anticipates that the market for the
New Notes may similarly fluctuate.  See "Description of the Old Notes --
 Registration Rights" and "Plan of Distribution."
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
  The statements contained in this Prospectus that are not historical facts
are "forward-looking statements," which can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as "estimates," "projects," "anticipates,"
"expects," "intends," "believes," or the negative thereof or other variations
thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy that involve
risks and uncertainties.  These forward-looking statements, including
statements regarding market opportunity, deployment plans, market acceptance,
the Company's business model of long-term revenue sharing contracts, capital
requirements, anticipated net losses and negative cash flow, revenue growth,
anticipated operating expenditures and product development plans are only
estimates or predictions and cannot be relied upon.  No assurance can be given
that future results will be achieved; actual events or results may differ
materially as a result of risks facing the Company or actual results differing
from the assumptions underlying such statements.  Such risks and assumptions
include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this "Risk Factors"
section, which could cause actual results to vary materially from the future
results indicated, expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements.
All written and oral forward-looking statements made in connection with this
Prospectus which are attributable to the Company or persons acting on its
behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the risk factors and other
cautionary statements included in this Prospectus.  The Company disclaims any
obligation to update information contained in any forward-looking statement.
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company will not
receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes offered in the
Exchange Offer.  In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated in
this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange Old Notes in like
principal amount at maturity, the form and terms of which are the same in all
material respects as the form and terms of the New Notes except that the New
Notes (i) will have been registered under the Securities Act and therefore
will not be subject to certain restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old
Notes and (ii) will not be entitled to certain registration or other rights
under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the provision in the
Registration Rights Agreement that provides if the Exchange Offer is not
consummated within the time period specified therein, additional interest will
accrue on the Old Notes at a rate of 0.50% per annum (over the rate at which
interest is then accruing) of the Accreted Value on the preceding Semi-Annual
Accrual Date and be payable in cash semi-annually on March 1 and September 1
of each year, commencing September 1, 1999, until the Exchange Offer is
consummated or a shelf registration statement is declared effective.  The Old
Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will be retired and canceled and
cannot be reissued.  Accordingly, issuance of the New Notes will not result in
any increase in the Indebtedness of the Company.
 
  The net proceeds to the Company from the offering of the Old Notes (the "Old
Notes Offering") were approximately $200.0 million after deducting placement
fees and other offering costs, the extinguishment of the Company's
subordinated discount notes due 2006 (the "1996 Notes") and a one-time charge
to the extinguishment of the 1996 Notes.  The Company expects to use the net
proceeds of the Old Notes Offering to fund capital expenditures and operating
expenses in connection with the rollout and expansion of the Company's VOD
service, continued system development and sales and marketing activities,
investments permitted by the Indenture and for working capital and other
general corporate purposes.  Pending use of such net proceeds, the Company has
invested, and intends to continue to invest, such funds in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment-grade securities to the extent permitted by the
Indenture.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  The Company has not paid any dividends since its inception and does not
intend to pay any dividends on its capital stock in the foreseeable future.
The Company anticipates that it will retain all future earnings, if any, for
use in its operations and expansion of the business.  In addition, the terms
of the Indenture restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends on, or make
distributions in respect of, its Capital Stock.  See "Description of the Old
Notes -- Covenants."
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the total cash, cash equivalents and short-
term investments and capitalization of the Company as of September 30, 1998.
This table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  As of
                                                           September 30, 1998
                                                          ---------------------
                                                          (in thousands, except
                                                               share data)
<S>                                                       <C>
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments........       $184,543
                                                                ========
Debt:
  12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2008.................       $250,659
  Other..................................................             52
                                                                --------
    Total debt...........................................        250,711
                                                                --------
Redeemable warrants......................................          1,524
                                                                --------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares
   authorized, 21,377,035 shares issued and outstanding
   (1)(2)................................................             21
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 65,000,000 shares au-
   thorized, 17,262,509 shares issued and outstanding
   (1)(3)................................................             17
  Additional paid-in capital.............................        115,421
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage.......       (152,171)
                                                                --------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................        (36,712)
                                                                --------
      Total capitalization...............................       $215,523
                                                                ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Share numbers reflect an amendment and restatement of the Company's
    Certificate of Incorporation, filed in March 1998, which effected a two-
    for-one stock split, an increase in the authorized shares of Common Stock
    to 65,000,000 and an increase in the authorized shares of Preferred Stock
    to 30,000,000.
(2) Excludes 1,073,906 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and 750,000 shares
    of Series C Preferred Stock and 200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock
    reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants and 250,928 shares of
    Series AA Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options
    outstanding at September 30, 1998.
(3) Excludes 5,291,119 and 4,762,800 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon exercise of options and warrants, respectively, outstanding
    at September 30, 1998.  See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following selected consolidated statement of operations and consolidated
balance sheet data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.  The selected consolidated financial data as of June 30,
1998 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 1998,
have been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The selected consolidated financial data as of
September 30, 1998, and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and
1998, and for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to September 30, 1998,
have been derived from the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The information presented below under
"Other Data" is unaudited.  The selected consolidated financial data should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the year ended June 30, 1998, the related notes thereto, and the related
independent auditor's report.  See "Risk Factors."  Since its inception, the
Company has engaged principally in development and start-up activities.
Accordingly, the Company's results of operations are not necessarily
indicative of, and should not be relied upon as an indicator of, the future
performance of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Period from
                                                      Three Months     July 1, 1995
                                                          Ended         (inception)
                            Year Ended June 30,       September 30,         to
                          -------------------------  ----------------  September 30,
                           1996     1997     1998     1997     1998        1998
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------------
                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenue.................  $    --  $    --  $    82  $    --  $    63    $    145
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Operating expenses:
Programming.............      281    4,020    5,370    1,026    1,871      11,542
Operations..............       --    1,340    4,542      706    2,166       8,048
Engineering and
 development............    8,435   11,763   18,070    4,751    4,974      43,242
Sales and marketing.....    1,071    2,960    4,384      659    1,225       9,640
General and
 administrative.........    1,482    3,673    8,552    1,272    2,973      16,680
Depreciation and
 amortization...........       31      891    5,261    1,023    2,246       8,429
Amortization of
 intangible assets......       --       --      517       --      516       1,033
Acquired in-process
 research and
 development(1).........       --    4,061   18,656       --       --      22,717
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Total operating
 expenses...............   11,300   28,708   65,352    9,437   15,971     121,331
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Operating loss..........   11,300   28,708   65,270    9,437   15,908     121,186
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Other (income) expense,
 net:
Equity in (income) loss
 of investee............     (357)   2,080    1,631      829       --       3,354
Interest income.........      (65)    (410)  (5,632)    (773)  (2,674)     (8,781)
Interest expense........      395    3,590   13,730      745    8,021      25,736
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Total other (income)
 expense, net...........      (27)   5,260    9,729      801    5,347      20,309
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Net loss before
 extraordinary item.....   11,273   33,968   74,999   10,238   21,255     141,495
Extraordinary  loss--
 early extinguishment of
 debt...................       --       --   10,676       --       --      10,676
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Net loss................  $11,273  $33,968  $85,675  $10,238  $21,255    $152,171
Accretion of redeemable
 warrants...............       --       91      763      170      385       1,239
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Net loss attributable to
 common stockholders....  $11,273  $34,059  $86,438  $10,408  $21,640    $153,410
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======    ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share:
Loss before
 extraordinary item.....  $  1.04  $  2.22  $  4.61  $  0.65  $  1.27    $   9.89
Extraordinary  loss--
 early extinguishment of
 debt...................       --       --     0.65       --       --        0.74
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------    --------
Net loss................  $  1.04  $  2.22  $  5.26  $  0.65  $  1.27    $  10.63
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======    ========
Shares used in per share
 computations...........   10,895   15,316   16,447   16,087   17,011      14,434
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Period from
                                                     Three Months    July 1, 1995
                                                        Ended         (inception)
                           Year Ended June 30,      September 30,         to
                         -------------------------  ---------------  September 30,
                          1996     1997     1998     1997    1998        1998
                         -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------------
                                (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Other Data:
Depreciation and
 amortization........... $    31  $   891  $ 5,778  $1,023  $ 2,762    $  9,462
Capital expenditures....   2,568    6,044   13,364   3,131    4,171      26,147
Deficiency of earnings
 to fixed charges(2).... (11,630) (31,888) (84,044) (9,870) (21,255)   (148,817)
Net cash used in
 operating activities...  (7,636) (23,876) (37,197) (6,761)  (8,892)    (77,601)
Net cash provided by
 (used in) investing
 activities.............   2,932   (4,878) (41,378)     99  (34,008)    (77,332)
Net cash provided by
 financing activities...   8,708   24,984  245,890  46,036       47     279,629
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          As of June 30,              As of
                                     ---------------------------  September 30,
                                      1996      1997      1998        1998
                                     -------  --------  --------  -------------
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-
 term investments................... $ 4,004  $    234  $197,564    $184,543
Restricted cash.....................      --     3,588        --          --
Property and equipment, net.........   2,537     7,063    19,349      20,113
Total assets........................  21,462    16,408   233,398     220,085
Long-term debt......................  25,156    28,440   243,031     250,711
Redeemable warrants.................     285       376     1,139       1,524
Total stockholders' deficit.........  (7,909)  (16,281)  (15,119)    (36,712)
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In connection with the acquisition of Norstar Multimedia Inc. in July 1996
    and SRTC in April 1998, the Company wrote off acquired in-process research
    and development of $4.1 million and $18.7 million, respectively, as a one-
    time charge to operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 and
    1998, respectively.
 
(2) In calculating the deficiency of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings"
    consist of net loss before income tax expense, fixed charges, and
    undistributed income or losses attributable to an entity less than 50%
    owned by the Company accounted for under the equity method, where there is
    no guarantee, directly or indirectly, to service the debt of such entity.
    Fixed charges consist of net interest expense, including such portion of
    rental expense that is attributed to interest.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, certain assumptions
regarding increases in customers, revenues and certain expenses.  Actual
results will differ and some differences may be material.  Important factors
that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company's
forward-looking statements are set forth below and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. See "Risk Factors."
 
Overview
 
  DIVA provides a true VOD service over the cable television infrastructure.
The Company's VOD service offers immediate in-home access to a diverse and
continuously available selection of hundreds of movies with VCR functionality
(i.e., pause, play, fast forward and rewind) and high quality digital picture
and sound.  DIVA's proprietary technology is designed to provide an
economically viable turnkey digital VOD system that offers movies at prices
comparable to those charged for videotape rentals, PPV and NVOD movies, but
with greater convenience and functionality.
 
  The Company was founded in June 1995 and is still in the development stage.
Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to
developing its VOD system, establishing strategic relationships, negotiating
deployment agreements, carrying out initial marketing activities and
establishing the operations necessary to support the commercial launch of the
Company's VOD service.  Through September 30, 1998, the Company has generated
minimal revenues, has incurred significant losses and has substantial negative
cash flow, primarily due to the engineering and development and start-up costs
required to develop its VOD service. Since inception through September 30,
1998, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $152.2 million.  The Company
currently intends to increase its operating expenses and its capital
expenditures in order to continue to deploy, develop and market its VOD
service.  As a result, the Company expects to incur substantial additional net
losses and negative cash flow for at least the next several years.
 
  Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company held approximately 40% of the stock of
SRTC.  On that date, the Company acquired the remaining 60% of the issued and
outstanding stock of SRTC in exchange for 3,277,539 shares of Series AA
Preferred Stock valued at $6.50 per share and the assumption of all
outstanding SRTC stock options.
 
  The Company accounted for the merger as a purchase, and, accordingly, the
operating results of SRTC have been included in the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements since the date of acquisition.  Approximately $6.2
million of the purchase price was allocated to intangible assets and $18.7
million has been allocated to acquired in-process research and development for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998. See "Results of Operations -- Operating
Expenses -- Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expenses" and Note 3
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Results of Operations
 
  Since its inception on July 1, 1995, the Company has engaged principally in
technology development and activities related to the startup of business
operations.  Accordingly, the Company's historical revenues and expenditures
are not necessarily indicative of, and should not be relied upon as an
indicator of, revenues that may be attained or expenditures that may be
incurred by the Company in future periods.
 
Revenues
 
  For All Periods Presented
 
  Revenues consist of per-movie viewing fees, monthly service fees and the
sale of monthly subscription packages.  The majority of revenues consist of
per-movie viewing fees paid by customers to view movies on
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
demand.  The Company initiated the commercial launch of its VOD service on
September 29, 1997 and began accruing movie viewing revenues and monthly
subscription fees in October 1997.  As of June 30, 1998, the Company's VOD
service was deployed commercially at four MSO locations.  Revenue for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 and the three months ended September 30, 1998
was $82,000 and $63,000, respectively.
 
  DIVA expects to realize monthly revenue pursuant to long-term revenue
sharing agreements with MSOs. Generally, the timing and extent of deployment
under each agreement is conditioned on a successful initial deployment phase,
followed by a staged rollout in the applicable MSO system based on an agreed
upon schedule.  DIVA installs, owns and operates its VOD system.  DIVA incurs
the capital expenditures necessary to deploy its VOD system a substantial
period of time prior to realizing any significant revenue.  See "Risk
Factors-- Long-Term Cable Operator Agreements Dependent on Initial Commercial
Deployment," and "Business -- Deployment Agreements and Relationships."
 
  The Company recognizes revenues under its MSO agreements only when its VOD
system is successfully integrated and operating and customer billing
commences.  Accordingly, the recognition of revenues will lag the announcement
of a new cable operator agreement by at least the time necessary to install
the service and to achieve meaningful penetration and movie buy rates.  In
addition, the Company believes the extent and timing of such revenues may
fluctuate based on a number of factors including the success and timing of
deployment and the Company's success in obtaining and retaining customers.
Revenues are expected to increase as the Company successfully deploys
additional VOD systems and achieves higher DIVA customer penetration.  The
Company has a limited number of customers, currently approximately 1,500, and
does not expect this number to increase substantially until the Company
deploys its VOD service utilizing General Instrument's integrated set-top
boxes.
 
Operating Expenses
 
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
 
  Programming Expense. Programming expense includes license fees payable to
content providers, costs for the acquisition and production of digitally
encoded programming content (i.e. movies, videos, previews, promotions, etc.)
and content duplication and distribution expenses.  Programming expense was
$281,000, $4.0 million and $5.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996 ("Fiscal 1996"), June 30, 1997 ("Fiscal 1997") and June 30, 1998 ("Fiscal
1998"), respectively. The increase in programming expense between Fiscal 1996
and Fiscal 1997 was the result of the scale up of programming related
operations, primarily production costs for programming content, and the hiring
of personnel for program acquisitions and program production services.
The increase in programming expense between Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1998 is due
to increases in the volume of digitally encoded programming content and the
hiring of additional personnel, primarily in the area of program
acquisitions.  To date, license fees payable to content providers have been
minimal.
 
  Operations Expense. Operations expense includes the cost of field
operations, both for initial launches and for the ongoing operations of the
Company's VOD service.  These costs include technical support, customer
service training and support, maintenance costs for headend equipment and
other field support costs.  In addition, operations expense includes personnel
and other costs which support the Company's ongoing manufacturing
relationships with third-party manufacturers for the Company's Sarnoff Server,
DCUs and other related hardware.  Operations expense was $0, $1.3 million and
$4.5 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1998, respectively.  The
increase in operations expense between Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1997 was
primarily due to the start-up and establishment of the operations and
manufacturing functions, including the opening of a regional operations center
outside of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  The increase in operations expense
between Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1998 was primarily the result of increased
personnel costs in both the operations and manufacturing areas as the Company
commercially launched its VOD service and increased its manufacturing
activities related to the production of the Company's DCUs.
 
  Engineering and Development Expense. Engineering and development expense
consists of salaries, consulting fees and other costs to support product
development, prototype hardware costs (primarily DCUs),
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
ongoing system software and integration and new services technology.  To date,
the most substantial portion of the Company's operating expenses has been
engineering and development expense.  Engineering and development expense was
$8.4 million, $11.8 million and $18.1 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and
Fiscal 1998, respectively.  The increase in engineering and development
expense was attributable to the hiring of additional engineering and
development personnel in connection with the Company's further development and
refinement of its VOD service technology, including activities directed toward
reducing the cost of its technology.  In addition, the Company has dedicated
significant engineering and development resources toward the integration of
its VOD technology with various industry adopted two-way digital platforms,
including digital set-top boxes.  Included in engineering and development
expense for Fiscal 1998 was approximately $11.5 million in prototype set-top
box costs and server development expenses.  Additional engineering and
development expenses of $1.6 million in Fiscal 1998 were attributable to the
consolidation of engineering and development expenditures from SRTC subsequent
to completion of the acquisition of SRTC.  The Company intends to increase
engineering and development expenses to fund continued development and
enhancements of its VOD service.  The Company believes significant investments
in engineering and development will be necessary to remain competitive and to
respond to market pressures.
 
  Sales and Marketing Expense. Sales and marketing expense consists of the
costs of marketing DIVA's VOD system to MSOs and their customers and includes
business development and marketing personnel, travel expenses, trade shows,
consulting fees and promotional costs.  In addition, sales and marketing
expense includes direct costs related to acquiring customers, such as
telemarketing, direct mailings, targeted advertising and promotional
campaigns.  Sales and marketing expense was $1.1 million, $3.0 million and
$4.4 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1998, respectively.  The
primary items contributing to the increase in marketing expense were the
hiring of additional personnel, promotional expenditures in connection with
the Company's recent commercial deployments and continued business development
activities (including participation in industry trade shows and exhibits in
Fiscal 1998) and product management costs.  The Company expects sales and
marketing expense to continue to increase as the Company pursues and enters
into new agreements.
 
  General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense
consists primarily of salaries and related expenses of management and
administrative personnel, professional fees and general corporate and
administrative expenses.  General and administrative expense covers a broad
range of the Company's infrastructure including corporate functions such as
executive administration, finance, legal, human resources and facilities.  In
addition, general and administrative expense includes costs associated with
the development, support and growth of the Company's complex information
system infrastructure.
 
  General and administrative expense was $1.5 million, $3.7 million and
$8.6 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1998, respectively.  The
increase in general and administrative expense between Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal
1997 relates primarily to increased personnel from two full-time employees at
June 30, 1996 to 20 full-time employees at June 30, 1997 and to 35 full-time
employees at June 30, 1998.  In addition, general and administrative expense
increased as a result of the growth of the Company in all phases of its
operations, including the commercial introduction of DIVA's VOD service in
Fiscal 1998.
 
  General and administrative expense is expected to increase substantially due
to the addition of management personnel required to support expansion of the
Company's business.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
includes depreciation of property and equipment, including Sarnoff Servers and
other headend hardware.  Generally, depreciation is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which
range from three to five years. Depreciation and amortization expense was
$31,000, $891,000 and $5.3 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal
1998, respectively.  The significant increase in depreciation and amortization
expense in Fiscal 1998 was the result of the Company's four commercial
deployments and the resulting increase in Sarnoff Servers and related headend
equipment placed in service as well as an overall increase in general capital
equipment used in other phases of the Company's operations.  Depreciation and
amortization expense is expected to continue to
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
increase substantially due to planned expenditures for capital equipment and
other capital costs associated with the deployment and expansion of the
Company's business.
 
  Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expense. During Fiscal 1997,
the Company acquired Norstar Multimedia, Inc. ("Norstar") for $4.1 million,
consisting of 857,370 shares of the Company's Class C Common Stock and cash
consideration of $3.4 million.  In connection with the Norstar acquisition,
the Company wrote off acquired in-process research and development expenses of
$4.1 million as a one-time charge to operations for Fiscal 1997 since the
Norstar technology acquired had not reached technological feasibility and
there was no future alternative use for this technology.
 
  In April 1998, the Company acquired in a stock-for-stock acquisition the 60%
of the issued and outstanding stock of SRTC not already owned by the Company.
The Company issued 3,277,539 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock and assumed
all outstanding SRTC stock options.  The Company accounted for the merger as a
purchase, and, accordingly, the operating results of SRTC have been included
in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements since April 1, 1998. As a
result of the SRTC acquisition, the Company allocated $6.2 million to
intangible assets and $18.7 million to acquired in-process research and
development expenses as a one-time charge to operations for Fiscal 1998.
 
  In connection with the acquisition of SRTC, the Company analyzed the
intangible assets acquired.  As a result of this analysis, two key
intangibles, server technology and existing assembled workforce, were
identified. The method used to estimate the fair market value of certain
assets was the cost approach. This approach is based on the theory that a
prudent investor would pay no more than the cost of constructing a similar
asset of like utility at prices applicable at the time of appraisal.  The cost
approach is often used to value an early stage technology, or non income-
generating asset.  Given that the server is in the early development stage,
the cost approach was used to value the server technology and the assembled
workforce.  In employing the cost approach, the Company first identified the
historical costs incurred by SRTC in developing the Sarnoff Server.  Then,
these costs were adjusted upward by 5% to reflect an inflation/wage adjustment
factor.  Additionally, the total costs were reduced by a 15% efficiency factor
to represent development savings based on the knowledge and experience of SRTC
personnel as of the current date. Such costs totaled $24.4 million.
 
  In connection with the server technology the Company identified two major
significant development programs:
 
  The first program includes redesigning the hardware and the software in
order to significantly reduce the cost of the current Sarnoff Server.  The
Company has determined that to successfully develop a commercial product, it
must significantly reduce the current cost per stream.  Additionally, the
Company has embarked on a development plan to reduce the footprint of the
server by approximately 20% and reprogram hundreds of thousands of lines of
code to more efficiently utilize the data.  This development effort includes
writing new storage algorithms and ISR code (improving the way the data is
read), rewriting the buffer code, using more DRAM memory, employing fiber
optic technology for remote access and developing other technology features.
The new server will be a total redesign, and there are significant risk
factors regarding its technological feasibility. The first version of the new
server product is expected to be introduced in early 1999 but will
continuously be upgraded throughout 1999.  The Company expects to spend
approximately $8.4 million and $5.2 million for new server development in
fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000, respectively.
 
  The second program is the second-generation development program.  This
program involves development of a completely new hardware and software
architecture for the server component used in the Company's VOD service
network.  This second-generation server is expected to use industry-standard
microprocessors and electronic circuit boards and chassis.  In addition, the
Company will use a commercially available real time operating system.  The
Company will also need to develop the VOD application for the second-
generation server.  The second-generation server is planned to be modular to
allow for more effective scaling of server capacity and to provide improved
fault handling.  Although the second-generation server is expected to employ
commercially available hardware and software as a basis for the platform, it
will require substantial research and
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
development to combine the hardware and software components into a
commercially available system.  Many of the concepts and technologies the
Company will be employing are new and have little or no previous commercial
history.  The Company expects to spend approximately $4.5 million and $7.8
million on the second-generation development for fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000,
respectively.
 
  The Company expects development of the second-generation server to be
completed by late 2000.  The completion of the aforementioned development
programs by late 2000 are key to the future commercial success of the
Company's VOD service.  The risks of completing the development effort were
significant as of April 1, 1998. SRTC and its predecessor have spent over 15
years developing a massively parallel server.  Should the Company be unable to
complete the development of the technology acquired, the Company's ability to
enter into long-term contracts with cable operators to provide an economical,
commercially viable VOD service would be greatly impaired.  Failure to
successfully develop these projects could impair the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.  Given these facts, and taking into consideration
the Company's intent to replace the four servers currently in use with the
new, enhanced technology, the Company believes a significant portion of the
purchase price of SRTC is allocable to in-process research and development.
However, given the significant time and capital expended by both Sarnoff and
SRTC, the Company believes it is appropriate to allocate a portion of the
technology value to existing core technology.
 
  With respect to such allocation, certain key elements of the core
technology, demonstrating technological feasibility, were identified that
could be leveraged into future server products.  The Company estimates that
approximately 25% of the adjusted research and development costs relate to the
core technology with a fair value estimate of $5.7 million.  The remaining 75%
of the costs relate to in-process research and development and result in a
fair value estimate of $18.7 million.
 
  The Company retained substantially all of SRTC's existing personnel, and as
a result the Company valued the assembled workforce using the cost approach.
This approach assigned costs to acquire and train the existing workforce on a
fully burdened basis of approximately $535,000 for the remaining 60%
ownership.
 
Other Income and Expense
 
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
 
  Other income and expense primarily consists of interest income and interest
expense and equity in income of SRTC.  Interest income consists of earnings on
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.  Interest income was
$65,000, $410,000 and $5.6 million for Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal
1998, respectively.  The increase in interest income is the result of
increased cash and cash equivalents balances which are invested in short-term
interest bearing accounts and an increase in short-term investments.  Interest
expense consisted primarily of accreted interest on the Company's outstanding
debt.  Interest expense increased substantially from $395,000 for Fiscal 1996
to $3.6 million for Fiscal 1997, and to $13.7 million in Fiscal 1998.  The
increase in interest expense for Fiscal 1997 was due to interest expense
incurred for a full year on the 1996 Notes in Fiscal 1997, as compared to a
partial year of interest expense incurred in Fiscal 1996.  The increase in
interest expense for Fiscal 1998 was due to the significant increase in the
Company's outstanding debt as a result of the offering of the Old Notes.  From
inception through June 30, 1998, the Company has not made any cash interest
payments on any of its discount notes.  Interest expense will increase
significantly as a result of the issuance of the Old Notes.
 
  In February 1998, the Company's 1996 Notes were exchanged for a portion of
the Old Notes. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources." In connection with
this exchange, the Company recorded an extraordinary loss of approximately
$10.7 million ($0.65 per share), consisting primarily of a cash premium paid
to holders of the 1996 Notes, resulting from the exchange of the 1996 Notes.
This one-time charge was included in the net loss for Fiscal 1998.
 
  In December 1995, the Company entered into an equity investment and license
agreement with SRTC, whereby the Company acquired 8,067,074 shares of SRTC
common stock, which represented approximately a
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
40% ownership interest in the equity of SRTC on an issued and outstanding
basis, in exchange for 6,654,000 shares of Common Stock, plus two shares of
Class B Common Stock.  This transaction was recorded at the estimated fair
value of the Common Stock and SRTC's common stock exchanged and had been
accounted for using the equity method.  The amount of the purchase price that
exceeded the Company's percentage ownership of SRTC's net book value at the
date of the acquisition is separately attributed to the Company's interest in
in-process research and development being performed by SRTC.  Such amount,
$659,000, was expensed as a nonrecurring charge in determining the Company's
equity in the results of operations of SRTC for Fiscal 1996.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
  The Company has not provided for or paid federal income taxes due to the
Company's net losses.
 
  As of June 30, 1998, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $94.2 million to offset future income subject to federal income
taxes and $70.4 million available to offset future California taxable income.
As of June 30, 1998, the Company had $4.5 million in net operating losses to
offset future New Jersey taxable income.  The extent to which such loss
carryforwards can be used to offset future taxable income may be limited
because of ownership changes pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Operating Expenses
 
  For the Three Months Ended September 30, 1997 and 1998
 
  Programming Expense. Programming expense was $1.0 million and $1.9 million
for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and September 30, 1998,
respectively.  The increase in programming expenses was attributable to the
Company's recent multiple commercial deployments and an increase in the
overall volume of programming content in the Company's library as well as
increased personnel costs in the area of program acquisition and program
production services.
 
  Operations Expense. Operations expense was $706,000 and $2.2 million for the
three months ended September 30, 1997 and September 30, 1998, respectively.
The increase in operations expense is due to increased costs, including
significant increases in personnel, to support the Company's existing and
future commercial deployments and to increased manufacturing support costs,
primarily in connection with manufacturing the Company's DCUs.
 
  Engineering and Development Expense. Engineering and development expense was
$4.8 million and $5.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 1997
and September 30, 1998, respectively.  Included in engineering and development
expense for the three months ended September 30, 1997 was approximately
$2.8 million in one-time prototype set-top box costs associated with a third-
party manufacturer for which there was no comparable expense for the three
months ended September 30, 1998.  The increase in engineering and development
expense between the three months ended September 30, 1997 and September 30,
1998, net of the aforementioned one-time prototype costs, was primarily due to
the hiring of additional engineering personnel in connection with the
Company's further development and refinement of its VOD service technology.
Included in engineering and development expense for the three months ended
September 30, 1998 was $1.4 million attributable to the Company's SRT division
and $1.2 million in server prototype expenses. (The SRT division was created
as a result of the Company's acquisition of SRTC on April 1, 1998.) There were
no comparable expenses for the three months ending September 30, 1997.
 
  Sales and Marketing Expense. Sales and marketing expense was $659,000 and
$1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and September 30,
1998, respectively.  The increase in sales and marketing expense was the
result of expanded business development activity, increased promotional and
product awareness expenditures and increased consumer marketing and branding
expenses in connection with the Company's existing commercial deployments.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense was
$1.3 million and $3.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 1997
and September 30, 1998, respectively.  The increase in general and
administrative expense was primarily the result of increased personnel
necessary to support the growth of the Company in all phases of its
operations, including existing and future commercial deployments.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was
$1.0 million and $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 1997
and September 30, 1998, respectively.  The increase is primarily due to an
increase in the number of servers and related hardware operating commercially
at MSO headends for the Company's VOD service.  During the three months ended
September 30, 1997 the Company had only one Sarnoff Server in service compared
with four Sarnoff Servers commercially operating during the three months ended
September 30, 1998.
 
  Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets
represents the amortization expense related to the intangible assets of $6.2
million which were recorded as a result of the Company's acquisition of SRTC
on April 1, 1998.  Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis
over 3 years.  For the three months ended September 30, 1998 amortization of
intangible assets was $516,000.  There was no comparable expense for the three
months ended September 30, 1997.
 
Other Income and Expense
 
  For the Three Months Ended September 30, 1997 and 1998
 
  Interest income was $773,000 and $2.7 million for the three months ended
September 30, 1997 and September 30, 1998, respectively.  The increase in
interest income is the result of increased cash and cash equivalents balances,
which are invested in short-term interest bearing accounts, and an increase in
short-term investments. Interest expense consists of accreted interest on the
Company's indebtedness. Interest expense increased substantially from $745,000
for the three months ended September 30, 1997 to $8.0 million for the three
months ended September 30, 1998. The increase in interest expense was due to
the significant increase in the Company's debt as a result of the offering of
the Old Notes.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
  From inception through September 30, 1998, the Company has financed its
operations primarily through the gross proceeds of private placements totaling
approximately $76.3 million of equity and $250.0 million of high yield debt
securities.  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investments totaling $184.5 million.
 
  In May 1996, the Company received $25.0 million in gross proceeds from the
sale of 47,000 units, consisting of 1996 Notes with an aggregate principal
amount at maturity of $47.0 million and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
1,898,800 shares of Common Stock.  Aggregate proceeds of $285,000 were
attributed to these warrants.  In connection with the new offering of units
described below, the Company subsequently retired all of the 1996 Notes in a
debt exchange.
 
  In July and August 1996, the Company completed the sale of Series C
Preferred Stock for approximately $25.9 million in gross proceeds.
 
  In August and September 1997, the Company completed the sale of Series D
Preferred Stock for approximately $47.4 million in gross proceeds.
 
  On February 19, 1998, the Company received $250.0 million in gross proceeds
from an offering of 463,000 units consisting of Old Notes with an aggregate
principal amount at maturity of $463.0 million and warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 2,778,000 shares of Common Stock.  Of these units, a total of
404,998 units were offered for sale and an additional 58,002 units were
exchanged for all the 1996 Notes.  Each unit consists of one Old Note and
three warrants each exercisable to purchase two shares of the Company's Common
Stock at $0.005
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
per share.  The Old Notes are senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company,
and rank pari passu with any future unsubordinated unsecured indebtedness.
The Old Notes will be senior to any future subordinated indebtedness of the
Company, but effectively will be subordinated to any secured indebtedness of
the Company. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had approximately $52,000
of secured indebtedness.
 
  The Old Notes were issued at a substantial discount from their aggregate
principal amount at maturity of $463.0 million.  Although cash interest is not
payable on the Old Notes prior to September 1, 2003, the Company's interest
expense includes the accretion of such interest expense and the carrying
amount of the Old Notes will accrete to face value by March 1, 2003.
Beginning September 1, 2003, cash interest will be payable on the notes semi-
annually in arrears on each March 1 and September 1 at the rate of 12 5/8% per
annum.  There are no principal payments due on the Old Notes prior to maturity
on March 1, 2008.
 
  The gross proceeds to the Company from the issuance of the Old Notes were
approximately $250.0 million.  In connection with the offering, the Company
allocated approximately $18.1 million of the proceeds to the warrants.  The
net proceeds from the offering of the Old Notes were approximately $200.0
million, after deducting placement fees and other offering costs, the
extinguishment of the 1996 Notes and a one-time premium paid in connection
with the extinguishment of the 1996 Notes.
 
  The Company expects to incur significant capital expenditures and operating
expenses in the future.  Capital expenditures include the Sarnoff Servers and
related headend equipment and general capital expenditures associated with the
anticipated growth of the Company.  The amount of capital expenditures will,
in part, be driven by the rate at which cable operators introduce the
Company's VOD service and the rate at which customers subscribe to the VOD
service.  In addition to capital expenditures, the Company anticipates
expending a significant portion of its resources for sales and marketing,
continued development and enhancement of its VOD technology, development of
new consumer services, operations and other expenses associated with the
delivery of the Company's VOD service to customers.  Actual capital
requirements may vary from expectations and will depend on numerous future
factors and conditions, many of which are outside of the Company's control,
including, but not limited to (i) the ability of the Company to meet its
development and deployment schedules; (ii) the accuracy of the Company's
assumptions regarding the rate and extent of commercial deployment and market
acceptance by cable operators and customers; (iii) the extent that cable
operators choose to deploy set-top boxes manufactured by cable industry
suppliers that are DIVA-compatible; (iv) the number of customers choosing
DIVA's VOD service and their buying patterns; (v) the nature and penetration
of new services to be offered by the Company; (vi) unanticipated costs; and
(vii) the need to respond to competitive pressures and technological changes.
The Company believes that its cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's liquidity needs for
approximately the next 18 months.  Thereafter, the Company will need to raise
significant additional funds to support its operations.  However, the Company
may need to raise additional funds earlier if its estimates of working capital
and/or capital expenditure requirements change or prove to be inaccurate.  The
Company may also need to raise significant additional funds in order to
respond to unforeseen technological or marketing hurdles or to take advantage
of unanticipated opportunities.  The Company has no present commitments or
arrangements assuring it of any future equity or debt financing, and there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain any such equity or
debt financing on favorable terms or at all.  In the event that the Company is
unable to obtain such additional capital, the Company will be required to
delay the expansion of its business or take other actions that could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service
its indebtedness, including the Old Notes.  To the extent the Company raises
additional cash by issuing equity securities, existing stockholders of the
Company will be diluted.  See "Risk Factors --  Substantial Future Capital
Requirements" and "-- Development Stage Company; Limited Revenues; History of
Losses."
 
Financial Market Risks
 
  The Company is exposed to financial market risks, including changes in
interest rates and marketable equity security prices.  The Company typically
does not attempt to reduce or eliminate its market exposures on its investment
securities because the majority of the Company's investments are short-term.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
  The fair value of the company's investment portfolio or related income would
not be significantly impacted by either a 100 basis point increase or decrease
in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of the major portion of
the Company's investment portfolio.
 
  All of the potential changes noted above are based on sensitivity analysis
performed on the Company's balances as of June 30, 1998.
 
Year 2000 Compliance
 
  Many computer systems and software and electronic products are coded to
accept only two-digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates.  As a result, computer systems and software ("IT Systems")
and other property and equipment not directly associated with information and
billing systems ("Non-IT Systems"), such as phones, other office equipment
used by many companies, including the Company and MSOs, may need to be
upgraded, repaired or replaced to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.
 
  The Company has conducted an internal review of most of its internal
corporate headquarters IT Systems, including finance, human resources,
Intranet applications and payroll systems.  DIVA has contacted most of the
vendors of its internal corporate headquarters IT Systems to determine
potential exposure to Year 2000 issues and has obtained certificates developed
in cooperation with DIVA's independent auditors from such vendors assuring
Year 2000 compliance.  Although DIVA has determined that most of its principal
internal corporate headquarters IT Systems are Year 2000 compliant, certain of
such internal systems, including DIVA's Windows NT operating system and
internal networking systems are not Year 2000 compliant or have not been
evaluated by DIVA.
 
  The Company has appointed a task force (the "Task Force") to oversee Year
2000 issues.  The Task Force is expected to review all IT Systems and Non-IT
Systems that have not been determined to be Year 2000 compliant and will
attempt to identify and implement solutions to ensure such compliance.  To
date, DIVA has spent an immaterial amount to remediate its Year 2000 issues.
DIVA presently estimates that the total cost of addressing its Year 2000
issues will be immaterial.  These estimates were derived utilizing numerous
assumptions, including the assumption that it has already identified its most
significant Year 2000 issues and that the plans of its third-party suppliers
and MSOs which currently deploy DIVA's VOD service will be fulfilled in a
timely manner without cost to the Company.  However, these assumptions may not
be accurate, and actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated.
 
  The Company has been informed by most of its suppliers and MSOs that
currently deploy DIVA's VOD service that such suppliers and MSOs will be Year
2000 compliant by the Year 2000.  The Company has been informed that the
companies that perform billing services for MSOs may not be fully Year 2000
compliant.  The Company understands that these companies have devoted
resources to becoming Year 2000 compliant.  Any failure of these third parties
systems to timely achieve Year 2000 compliance could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business operating results and financial condition and
its ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness,
including the New Notes.
 
  The Company has not determined the state of compliance of certain third-
party suppliers of services such as phone companies, long distance carriers,
financial institutions and electric companies, the failure of any one of which
could severely disrupt the Company's ability to carry on its business as well
as disrupt the business of the Company's customers.
 
  Failure to provide Year 2000 compliant business solutions to MSOs or to
receive such business solutions from its suppliers could result in liability
to the Company or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.  The
Company could be affected through disruptions in the operation of the
enterprises with which it interacts or from general widespread problems or an
economic crisis resulting from noncompliant Year 2000 systems.  Despite the
Company's efforts
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
to address the Year 2000 effect on its internal systems and business
operations, such effect could result in a material disruption of its business
or have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and
financial condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash flow to service
its indebtedness, including the New Notes. DIVA has not developed a
contingency plan to respond to any of the foregoing consequences of internal
and external failures to be Year 2000, but expects the Task Force to develop
such a plan.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) recently issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income.  SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and displaying
comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.  It does not,
however, require a specific format, but requires the Company to display an
amount representing total comprehensive income for the period in its
consolidated financial statements.  For all periods presented, comprehensive
loss equals net loss.
 
  The FASB also recently issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information.  SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for
the way public business enterprises are to report information about operating
segments in annual financial statements and requires those enterprises to
report selected information about operating segments in interim financial
reports.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997.  The Company has determined that it does
not have any separately reportable business segments.
 
  In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA) issued Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 98-1, "Software for Internal
Use," which provides guidance on accounting for the cost of computer software
developed or obtained for internal use.  SOP No. 98-1 is effective for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998.  The
Company does not expect that the adoption of SOP No. 98-1 will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities," which provides guidance on the financial reporting of
start-up costs and organization costs.  It requires costs of start-up
activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred.  SOP No. 98-5 is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998.  The Company does not expect that the adoption of SOP 98-5 will have
a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
Industry Overview
 
  The growth in the home video entertainment market over the past ten years
can be primarily attributed to the growth of cable television, home video and
DBS.  The cable television industry initially capitalized on the rapidly
growing market for home entertainment by providing basic cable television
services that offer consumers new programming in addition to the limited
number of programs offered by network television.  Basic cable services offer
subscribers a wide variety of general and special purpose television
programming for a monthly fee.  Basic cable subscription revenues increased
from approximately $5.3 billion in 1986 to approximately $18.6 billion in
1996, representing the largest portion of total cable television industry
revenues.
 
  The cable television industry continued to expand its product offerings with
the introduction of premium or pay cable services, and more recently with
PPV.  Premium or pay cable services provide individual channels, such as HBO
and Showtime, that offer popular movie releases, original programming and
exclusive sporting events not offered as part of a basic cable subscription.
Premium or pay cable revenues increased from approximately $3.9 billion in
1986 to approximately $5.2 billion in 1996.  PPV allows cable subscribers to
purchase a specific movie or event, such as a boxing match, at a preset start
time by calling a special telephone number or by using a remote control to
activate access through the set-top box.  Movie choices offered by
PPV services generally provide a limited selection of movies at any given
time, and start times generally are set at two to four hour intervals.  Movies
and events are typically offered on PPV 30 to 60 days after release to the
home video market.  NVOD is enhanced PPV with more titles and start times
staggered by as little as 15 minutes. This service is offered by DBS providers
such as DIRECTV.  In order to compete more effectively with DBS, cable
operators are exploring digital programming, which permits them to offer a
broader range of programming choices, including an increased number of NVOD
movies.  PPV and NVOD movie revenues totaled approximately $655 million in
1996.
 
  Following the growth of cable television, providers of home video rentals
and sales capitalized on the growing trend of consumer preference for home
entertainment alternatives.  According to Adams Media Research, during 1996
there were approximately 79 million U.S. households with VCRs averaging 3.9
tape rentals per month and purchasing over 7.6 tapes over the course of the
year.  In 1996, home video industry revenues were approximately $16.5 billion.
 
  DBS is a recent service offering subscription television services in the
home video entertainment market via satellite.  Using a high-powered satellite
to transmit digitally compressed broadcast signals to a consumer's home, DBS
offers consumers a wider variety of home video entertainment.  The consumer
receives the signal through an 18-inch or 36-inch dish antenna that is either
purchased or leased.  DBS service packages currently provide up to 200
channels with extensive sports, movie, cable channel and music offerings.  In
the U.S., DBS services are currently offered by DIRECTV/USSB, PrimeStar and
EchoStar.  DBS has been one of the fastest selling consumer electronics
products in U.S. history.  According to Adams Media Research, as of June 30,
1997, DBS, which was introduced in the U.S. in 1994, had approximately 5.2
million subscribers nationwide.  Due to technological constraints, DBS service
providers cannot currently offer VOD but, as a result of higher channel
capacity, are able to offer NVOD.
 
  The Company believes that one of the next phases in the evolution of the
home video entertainment market will be the delivery of truly interactive
VOD.  VOD combines the best features of home video rentals, PPV services and
NVOD.
 
Company Overview
 
  DIVA provides a true VOD service over the cable television infrastructure.
The Company's VOD service offers immediate in-home access to a diverse and
continuously available selection of hundreds of movies with VCR functionality
(i.e., pause, play, fast forward and rewind) and high quality digital picture
and sound.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
DIVA's proprietary technology is designed to provide an economically viable
turnkey digital VOD system that offers movies at prices comparable to those
charged for videotape rentals, PPV and NVOD movies, but with greater
convenience and functionality.  In order to shorten the time to market for the
Company's VOD service, DIVA provides a turnkey solution for cable operators
that combines a technology platform with programming content and marketing and
billing services.
 
  The technology foundation of the Company's VOD system is its proprietary,
scalable and modular video server, a massively parallel processing computer
capable of storing hundreds of movie titles, any of which can be
simultaneously delivered to multiple customers.  Even though only one copy of
each movie title is resident on the system, customers may view and interact
(i.e., pause, play, fast forward and rewind) independently with the same or
different movie titles at any time.  In contrast to PPV services and NVOD,
which require continuous broadcasting of programming content to all homes in a
cable system, the Company's technology delivers programming content to viewers
on a "pointcast" basis, as requested by individual customers.  DIVA's solution
results in lower bandwidth requirements for cable operators, while increasing
convenience and variety for cable operators' customers.
 
  DIVA believes that its VOD service offers significant advantages to cable
operators, who face increased competition for subscribers from DBS companies,
the telecommunications industry and other video delivery services.  To date,
DIVA has entered into discussions for deployment of its VOD system with a
number of MSOs in the United States that have upgraded or have begun the
process of upgrading to two-way capable HFC plant. DIVA has deployed its VOD
service in a single headend location in cable systems owned by Lenfest,
Adelphia, Cablevision and Rifkin. The Company will expand its deployment with
Lenfest beginning in the second half of 1999 and will launch its VOD service
in systems owned by Chambers in the first quarter of 1999.
 
  The Company has obtained the rights to provide a broad array of
entertainment content through license arrangements with Warner Bros.
(including New Line Cinema, Turner and WarnerVision), Sony Pictures,
(including Columbia, Tristar and Sony Classics), Universal Pictures, Polygram,
Walt Disney Pictures, Twentieth Century Fox, MGM, HBO and other specialized
programmers.  Under these arrangements, the Company has rights to over 3,000
video titles for its initial deployments, including new releases, library
titles and classics, special interest videos, children's videos and adult-
content movies.  The Company has expanded its license arrangements to include
additional studios and specialized programmers and is pursuing distribution
rights for new entertainment offerings, including on-demand music videos and
educational, instructional and other content.
 
  The Company was founded in June 1995 when it acquired certain exclusive
rights for consumer applications of the Sarnoff Server from SRTC, a company
formed as a spin-off from Sarnoff, formerly RCA Labs, which was responsible
for inventing color television.  Sarnoff, a premier visual image laboratory,
played a key role in developing the DIRECTV satellite system and the HDTV
standard.  DIVA acquired SRTC in April 1998.
 
Home Video Entertainment Market
 
  Overview. The home video entertainment market has experienced dramatic
growth from the proliferation of home video rentals and sales, cable
television and DBS, including PPV services and NVOD.  Total U.S. consumer
spending on home video entertainment increased from less than $15 billion in
1987 to more than $43 billion in 1996 and is expected to exceed $59 billion by
2000.  The Company believes that this growth is driven by several factors,
including: (i) greater viewing selection resulting from increased channel
capacity; (ii) better quality audio and video signals provided from upgraded
and digitally compressed cable and DBS services; (iii) increased production
and marketing of feature films and television programming; and (iv) the growth
of higher quality and more affordable home entertainment systems.
 
  Home Video Rental Market. According to Adams Media Research, U.S. home video
market revenues were approximately $16.5 billion in 1996, and consisted of
approximately $9.2 billion in video rentals and $7.3 billion
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
in video sales.  There were approximately 79 million households with VCRs in
the U.S. in 1996, with video rentals averaging 3.9 per month. Of these
households, the top 30% of VCR households, or approximately 24 million homes,
rented more than six videotapes per month.
 
  Cable PPV Market. Cable PPV movie revenues totaled approximately $358
million in 1996. Approximately 25.4 million cable households had access to PPV
in the U.S. in 1996.  Based on industry sources, PPV buy rates averaged 0.27
buys per PPV-capable home per month.  Cable operators typically offer
subscribers three to nine PPV movies in a given month.  PPV services generally
utilize two to four channels of capacity and typically offer viewers a choice
of up to four movie titles with a new film starting every one to two hours.
 
  DBS NVOD Market. DBS NVOD movie revenues totaled approximately $297 million
in 1996.  As of the end of 1996, approximately 5.6 million households in the
U.S. had access to NVOD, offered through DBS and other wireless technologies.
In 1996, based on DBS industry statistics, NVOD buy rates averaged 1.3 buys
per subscriber per month.  DBS providers generally offer subscribers up to 80
titles in a given month.  In 1998, SKYReports estimated monthly buy rates of
1.5 to 2.0 titles per subscriber for DIRECTV, the largest DBS operator and
provider of NVOD movies.  DIRECTV devotes up to 61 channels to NVOD and offers
viewers a choice of 10 to 20 titles starting in a given hour, some starting as
frequently as every 30 minutes. MSOs are utilizing digital compression
technology, which allows them to provide NVOD similar to that provided by
DBS companies.
 
DIVA's Opportunity
 
  The Company believes that its VOD service will capture significant revenues
from the home video entertainment market by combining the best features of
video rentals, PPV services and NVOD.  In contrast to the video rental market,
DIVA's VOD service provides assured availability of popular movie titles,
facilitates impulse buying and eliminates inconvenient trips to the video
store, late return fees and tape rewind charges.  In contrast to PPV services
and NVOD, the Company's VOD service provides instant in-home access to
hundreds of movie titles with VCR functionality (i.e., pause, play, fast
forward and rewind).  Additionally, DIVA's VOD service offers movies at prices
comparable to video rentals, PPV services and NVOD.  As a result of the
selection, convenience and functionality of its VOD service, the Company
expects to achieve higher movie buy rates and higher revenues than existing
PPV services and NVOD.
 
Business Strategy
 
  DIVA seeks to become the leading provider of VOD services to the cable
television industry.  The Company's strategy includes the following key
elements:
 
  Establish Long-Term Agreements with MSOs. DIVA's strategy is to build
relationships with a number of MSOs to demonstrate its technology and
operating capabilities, build a platform for future customer growth and
capitalize on being first to market with an economically viable VOD service.
DIVA offers its VOD service to cable operators through long-term, revenue
sharing agreements.  DIVA has designed its VOD service to enable MSOs, through
their existing infrastructures, to attract and retain customers and increase
revenues with minimal incremental cost.  DIVA owns, installs and operates its
VOD system, thereby allowing MSOs to avoid the capital expenditures and
operating expenses necessary to implement VOD.  By providing cable operators'
subscribers with its interactive VOD service, the Company believes it offers
an incremental source of revenues, a differentiated product offering and a
competitive advantage to cable operators.
 
  Drive Subscriber Penetration by Providing a Superior Service. DIVA's
strategy is to maximize subscriber penetration by offering a valuable home
video entertainment service that provides consumers immediate access to
hundreds of movies with VCR functionality (i.e., pause, play, fast forward and
rewind) at prices comparable to those charged for video rentals, PPV and NVOD
movies.  Using DIVA's VOD service, the customer can avoid trips to a video
rental store, late return fees and tape rewind charges.  DIVA's VOD service
provides its customers complete flexibility in choosing when to start viewing
a movie, in contrast to the preset starting times
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
offered by PPV services and NVOD.  DIVA's VOD service also offers customers
packages with unlimited viewing access to multiple special interest titles,
such as selections of children's videos, for a fixed monthly fee.
Additionally, DIVA's VOD service enables customers to preview movies and
search for titles alphabetically, by star or by genre with assured
availability of titles.
 
  Develop Relationships with Content Providers. DIVA has entered into
arrangements with a large number of content providers, including most of the
major studios, and intends to expand and develop additional relationships to
provide popular programming that appeals to broad segments of viewers.  In
developing these relationships, DIVA believes it offers several advantages.
First, content provider revenues will be based on per view buy rates rather
than one-time tape sales.  Second, the Company believes that the convenience,
ease of use and VCR functionality of DIVA's VOD service will lead to higher
viewership of new releases as compared to PPV services and NVOD.  Third, the
Company believes that the packaging options that the Company is pursuing to
promote its VOD service to customers will lead to increased consumer
viewership of library titles.  Fourth, consumer exposure to certain content,
such as music and instructional videos, may lead to increased sales of related
merchandise, such as recorded music, offered by the content providers.  Fifth,
the DIVA system will generate information about the viewing patterns of
individual households that the Company believes will be of significant value
to content providers.
 
  Create a Brand Identity. The Company believes that the creation of a brand
identity among cable subscribers is crucial to its strategy to become the
preferred provider of VOD services to the cable television industry.  By
creating consumer awareness and educating cable subscribers about DIVA's
features, the Company believes it will accelerate penetration within
geographic markets and increase the pace at which cable operators recognize
the economic and service benefits of DIVA's VOD service.  DIVA has invested
considerable resources in developing the on-screen look of the DIVA brand.
 
  Develop Additional Digital and Interactive Services. In the future, the
installed DIVA system will be a digital platform that should allow DIVA and
cable operators to provide customers with access to an expanded array of
broadcast and interactive services, such as on-demand music videos and
additional video packages. DIVA is also exploring the possibility of "time
shifting" sports, news and popular programming, which involves encoding and
storing broadcast programs and offering them for subsequent viewing at the
customer's convenience.
 
Benefits of DIVA's VOD Service
 
  DIVA's VOD service has been designed to provide distinct benefits to the
Company's three core constituencies: customers, cable operators and content
providers.
 
 Customers
 
  Title Selection and Availability. DIVA's VOD service provides customers with
assured availability of hundreds of movies, more than are currently available
through PPV services and NVOD.  Each month certain movies will be added or
deleted from DIVA's VOD service.  Customers also have complete flexibility in
choosing when to start a movie in contrast to the preset starting times
offered by PPV services and NVOD.  In addition, DIVA's guaranteed access to
its movie selections solves the common problem of out-of-stock titles at video
rental stores.
 
  VCR Functionality. DIVA's VOD service allows viewers to pause, fast forward
and rewind movies and enables viewers to stop and resume movie playback.
Viewers have full access to the movie until midnight of the following day.
These features are not currently available with PPV services or NVOD.
 
  Convenience and Quality. DIVA's VOD service offers customers the ability to
preview all movies and search for videos by title, genre or star, through an
on-screen, fully interactive user-friendly menu.  Customers can make their
content selections in private, which is not typically possible in video rental
stores.  Additionally,
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
customers can avoid trips to the video store, late fees and rewind fees.
DIVA's VOD service also delivers movies with a high quality digital picture
and CD-quality sound.
 
  Customized Access and Usage Limits. DIVA's VOD service allows customers to
establish access and usage limits for individual household members through the
use of personal identification numbers ("PIN"). Access limits are based on the
standard Motion Picture Association of America movie ratings system, and usage
limits are based on monthly spending limits established by the customer for
each individual PIN.  In contrast, PPV services and NVOD, as well as video
rental stores, currently do not offer these features with the same degree of
flexibility and certainty as DIVA's VOD service.
 
 Cable Operators
 
  Access the Home Video Rental Market. In contrast to PPV services, which
generated approximately $358 million of movie revenues in 1996, the home video
rental market generated over $9.2 billion in revenues in 1996.  By providing
assured availability and instant access to hundreds of popular movie titles
without inconvenient trips to the video store, late return fees and movie
rewind charges, the Company believes that subscribers will choose to view
movies using the Company's VOD service instead of renting a videotape.
 
  Maximize Revenues. The Company believes that cable operators offering DIVA's
VOD service will generate higher revenues than those offering existing PPV
services and NVOD.  As a result of the selection, convenience and
functionality of its VOD service, the Company expects to achieve higher movie
buy rates than existing PPV services and NVOD.
 
  Respond to Competitive Pressures. DIVA's VOD service enables cable operators
to address the competitive pressures created by alternative distribution
technologies, such as DBS, which offer customers digital picture and sound, as
well as more channels and programming selection than cable.  The Company
believes that DIVA's VOD service will be an important component in the cable
operator's efforts to retain existing subscribers and attract new subscribers,
due to the unique benefits that DIVA's VOD service offers customers.
 
  Offer New Services with Limited Capital Expenditures. Since DIVA provides
all hardware and software components in the headend for its VOD system, cable
operators with upgraded two-way capable HFC plant will not require significant
capital expenditures to offer true VOD services to their subscribers.
 
  Benefit From Turnkey VOD Solution. DIVA provides cable operators with a
turnkey system.  Other VOD systems that have been under trial by certain cable
operators required the operator to select components provided by different
vendors and integrate the components into a fully functional VOD system.
Historically, integration of components from different vendors has proved
challenging.  In addition to providing interactive technology and content,
DIVA will provide the software applications for diagnostic, network
management, billing and viewing data collection systems necessary to offer
VOD.
 
  Improve Bandwidth Efficiency. Because DIVA can direct a dedicated digital
stream to a specific customer on the cable system, DIVA can offer hundreds of
movie titles to customers using as few as two 6 MHz cable channels in cable
systems designed with 500 homes per node.  In contrast, the delivery of PPV
services or NVOD using multiplexing at a rate of 12:1 and offering six movie
titles with 30 minute-interval start times would also require two 6 MHz cable
channels.
 
 Content Providers
 
  Increase Revenues. Content providers receive a share of revenues generated
by DIVA customers on a per-view basis.  The Company believes that the
advantages and ease of use of DIVA's VOD service relative to PPV services,
NVOD and video rental stores are likely to lead to increased viewing of studio
content and a broader subscriber base.  In addition, the DIVA system provides
an additional distribution channel for programming other than feature films.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
  Leverage Library Titles. DIVA has tested marketing and pricing strategies
that promote older titles with new releases.  The Company's programming
strategies allow DIVA and content providers to generate increased revenues
from library titles.
 
  Enhance Merchandise Sales. The Company believes that airing certain content,
such as music and instructional videos, may enhance sales of related
merchandise by the content providers.  Music companies have generally
considered music videos to be part of their marketing efforts.
 
  Information. The Company believes DIVA's VOD service generates important
information for content providers, including household demographics and
viewing patterns.
 
Deployment Agreements and Relationships
 
  DIVA has deployed its VOD service in a limited number of cable systems owned
by Lenfest, Adelphia, Cablevision and Rifkin.  The Company's agreements with
each of Adelphia, Cablevision and Rifkin are conditioned upon the successful
completion of an initial commercial deployment phase which is designed to
allow both parties to verify the business viability of DIVA's VOD service, in
accordance with certain criteria set forth in the agreements.  The Company is
currently in the initial commercial deployment phase with each of these cable
operators.  Following the initial commercial deployment phase, if any such
cable operator is satisfied that DIVA's VOD service meets its business and
operational expectations, DIVA will continue the existing deployment and
commence commercial deployment in certain of such cable operators' cable
systems on an agreed-to schedule.  If DIVA's VOD service does not demonstrate
business viability or if the cable operator otherwise determines that such
service does not meet its business or operational expectations, none of
Adelphia, Cablevision or Rifkin are obligated to deploy DIVA's VOD service.
Following the initial commercial deployment, the term of each agreement is
seven years (ten years in the case of Rifkin) per "cluster" from the date a
certain minimum number of customers is achieved, where a "cluster" is an area
serving a specified minimum number of homes passed.  See "Risk Factors--
Dependence on Cable Operator Participation" and "--Long-Term Cable Operator
Agreement Dependent on Initial Commercial Deployment."
 
  On December 2, 1998, the Company and Lenfest entered into an amended and
restated deployment agreement under which the parties agreed to broadly deploy
DIVA's VOD service in Lenfest's Suburban Cable TV Co. Inc. systems that, as of
October 31, 1998, served over one million customers in Pennsylvania, Delaware
and New Jersey. Commencement of deployment is conditioned upon the successful
completion of the integration of DIVA's VOD system with a set-top box
manufactured by General Instrument. The term of the agreement is seven years,
subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. DIVA's
VOD service will be offered as part of package of digital programming in
systems upgraded to two-way HFC plant. DIVA's VOD service will launch on a
rolling schedule beginning in the second half of 1999 and continuing as
Lenfest upgrades its cable systems. It is not anticipated that all areas in
such systems will be upgraded in the foreseeable future.
 
  DIVA has signed an agreement to deploy its VOD system in two cable systems
owned by Chambers.  The term of the agreement is ten years per system and is
not conditioned upon completion of an initial commercial deployment phase.
DIVA installed a Sarnoff Server in the first Chambers system in December 1998
and anticipates that a Sarnoff Server will be installed in the second Chambers
system during first half 1999.
 
  DIVA's VOD service requires cable systems with upgraded HFC plant and an
activated return path.  These MSOs, and other MSOs in discussions with DIVA,
are actively upgrading additional systems with HFC plant. According to the
Cablevision Blue Book, the number of U.S. cable homes upgraded to HFC plant as
a percent of total U.S. homes passed by cable is estimated to have grown from
40% at the end of 1996 to 60% at the end of 1997, although not all of such HFC
plant has an activated return path.
 
  DIVA and General Instrument entered into a non-binding letter of intent on
February 9, 1998 to make DIVA's VOD system compatible with General
Instrument's two-way Digital Network System ("DNS").  The letter of intent
contemplates that the Company and General Instrument will enter into a joint
development
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
agreement, pursuant to which the companies will cooperate in the joint
demonstration of an integrated VOD system (delivering DIVA's VOD service using
General Instrument's DNS) and pursue an initial deployment of such a system
with a major MSO.  DIVA and General Instrument announced on December 2, 1998
that the initial implementation of this integration had been demonstrated and
that the parties anticipated that integrated set-top boxes would first be
deployed with Lenfest.  Implementation of this integration will enable DIVA's
VOD system to be deployed to General Instrument two-way digital set-top boxes
that are installed in customers' homes, thereby eliminating the need for DIVA
to provide its set-top boxes for those customer homes.
 
Programming
 
  DIVA has entered into license arrangements for its initial deployments with
Warner Bros. (including New Line Cinema, Turner and WarnerVision), Sony
Pictures (including Columbia, Tristar and Sony Classics), Universal Pictures,
Polygram, Walt Disney Pictures, Twentieth Century Fox, MGM, HBO, Nelvana
Entertainment, Artisan Entertainment, National Geographic, Bravo, Playboy and
Discovery and other studios and content providers to license new releases,
library titles, and special interest programming on terms no less favorable
than those available to PPV services.  License arrangements for VOD titles
currently are negotiated on a title-by-title and geographical basis.  The
Company believes it will be able to obtain license arrangements for additional
markets and with additional content providers on terms similar to current
license arrangements.
 
  DIVA licenses titles from content providers on the following terms:
 
  New Releases. DIVA currently has commitments from the above studios to
receive new product releases in the same window as DBS and PPV services,
typically 30 to 60 days after release to the home video market, for its
initial deployments.  The Company believes it can obtain similar terms for
future deployments.  Major studios typically release an aggregate of 15 to 25
new titles to the PPV market per month.
 
  Library Titles. DIVA acquires rights to library titles which, in most cases,
have been previously aired on PPV and/or pay or broadcast television,
typically no less than 13 months after the title's first run movie release. In
general, DIVA's rights to air such titles extend beyond one year.
 
  Children's Programming and Other Content. Subject to availability in DIVA's
target markets, the Company expects studios and other content providers to
provide DIVA with additional children's and special interest titles from their
respective libraries.
 
  Music Videos. DIVA has had preliminary discussions with a number of music
labels and believes that it will be able to develop a viable on-demand music
video service.  The Company believes that its VOD service will be attractive
to music labels because it can promote new talent and genres that currently
receive limited air time and also generate sales of related merchandise.
 
  Time Shifting. DIVA is exploring "time shifting," a new interactive service,
which may include providing television programming on demand.  In this case,
the customer could order TV programs such as sports, news or other popular
programming that could be retrieved at a convenient time and watched with VCR
functionality. Another example of time shifting is a service that time shifts
programming available on an existing pay channel, which would enable the
consumer to obtain that program via DIVA.  DIVA is in the early stage of
considering these services from a licensing, business model and technology
perspective.
 
Operations
 
  DIVA offers its VOD service in partnership with cable operators.  DIVA
provides a technology platform with programming, marketing and billing
services and facilitates customer handling processes by utilizing existing
cable infrastructure and personnel.  The cable operator provides installation
of set-top boxes and certain customer service functions.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
  Manufacturing. DIVA currently outsources the manufacturing of its major
system components to specialized manufacturing organizations.  The Company has
subcontracted manufacturing of the Sarnoff Server and other components to
third-party manufacturers.  DIVA's in-house system development and
manufacturing operations performs system engineering, writes software
applications and provides quality assurance, integration, final assembly and
testing for its turnkey VOD system.
 
  DIVA has an arrangement with one of the largest contract electronic
manufacturers in the world to manufacture DCUs for the Company to its
specifications.  The purpose of this outsourcing is intended to enable DIVA to
rapidly increase the output of its set-top box, if necessary.
 
  Headend Equipment Installation and Management. DIVA assumes responsibility
for the provision, installation, monitoring and ongoing maintenance of the
Sarnoff Server and related headend equipment.  DIVA believes that the initial
installation and integration of its headend equipment can be accomplished in
less than a week with up to an additional week of testing and integration.
DIVA has established an automated remote monitoring system with centralized
maintenance capabilities for the installed turnkey system.  Employees in
DIVA's regional operations centers make use of this advanced system in
monitoring the operations of the Company's VOD service in local areas.
 
  DCU Installations. The procedures and time requirements for DIVA
installations are similar to cable industry installations, except for customer
education.  To date, DIVA has provided the DCUs and the hand-held remote
controls for customers of its VOD service and utilizes an MSO's experienced
installers to perform the DCU installations.  DIVA trains an MSO's installers
in all facets of the installation process, including customer education on the
use of the remote control in navigating through the Director, DIVA's on-screen
interactive video guide.  DIVA expects to continue to provide such MSO
installer training even after the DIVA platform migrates to utilize set-top
boxes manufactured by cable industry suppliers that are DIVA-compatible.  DIVA
expects a typical installation will require one installer and have a duration
of one to two hours.
 
  Customer Service. DIVA leverages an MSO's existing customer service
infrastructure and personnel.  The Company has developed training programs
which enable an MSO's existing customer service representatives to handle all
calls relating to new DIVA orders, billing questions and other customer
inquiries or requests for guidance.  DIVA provides technical assistance,
including responding to certain customer telephone inquiries, to the MSOs.
New DIVA orders are processed by the customer service representative and
scheduled and assigned by an MSO's technical operations group.
 
  Billing and Management Information Systems. DIVA has developed its own real-
time billing and management information system to interface with the billing
systems of the cable operator.  DIVA's billing system supports deployment of
DIVA's VOD service with the majority of current billing systems and permits
DIVA to bill customers separately or on an integrated basis as part of the
cable operator's bill.  The Company expects its management information system
to play a major role in collecting, analyzing, and reporting usage, revenue,
churn, migration and other key performance measures of DIVA's VOD service.
The Company believes that this information will be valuable in determining its
own programming selections, as well as providing demographic information for
the cable companies and the studios.
 
Marketing
 
  Marketing to MSOs. The Company's marketing efforts are focused on
demonstrating the capabilities of its VOD service to MSOs.  In order to fully
demonstrate its capabilities, the Company has built a mobile demonstration
unit featuring DIVA's fully functioning, turnkey VOD system.  The
demonstration unit has allowed representatives of targeted MSOs to experience
DIVA's VOD service at their corporate headquarters.
 
  Marketing to Customers. DIVA's multimedia marketing strategy combines
traditional direct response elements with support elements that create
awareness for its VOD service and help attract new customers.  The
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
traditional direct response approach could include a telemarketing and direct-
mail campaign targeting specific households and local newspaper
advertisements.  Support elements include: (i) a commercial promoting
DIVA's VOD service on heavily viewed cable channels; (ii) an "infomercial"
running on a specially dedicated cable barker channel available to all
subscribers; and (iii) marketing materials that promote DIVA's VOD service
accompanying MSOs cable bills.  The Company has also developed training
programs to enable customer service representatives to reinforce the selling
points of DIVA's VOD service to prospective customers who call to inquire
further about the service.  Finally, DIVA has built numerous promotional
features into its on-screen interactive guide, the Director, in an effort to
secure customer loyalty and increase customer retention.
 
Technology
 
 The Cable Environment
 
  Historically, cable operators delivered video signals in analog form to
their subscribers using one-way, broadcast transmission.  As the number of
local television stations, television "superstations" and cable programming
services increased, however, traditional cable plant and system architecture
did not provide sufficient capacity to enable cable operators to expand and
carry these new entertainment sources.  Cable operators have chosen one of two
principal methods to increase channel capacity: (i) deliver some or all of the
video signals in digital form using existing cable distribution plant, or (ii)
replace and/or upgrade the cable distribution plant itself using higher
capacity cable.  Each method requires significant capital expenditures by the
cable operator.
 
  HFC is a cable system architecture that generally utilizes fiber optic cable
between the headend and the nodes and coaxial cable from the nodes to
individual homes.  HFC has several advantages over coaxial cable alone for
cable operators that have elected to replace or upgrade cable plant: the fiber
optic cable "backbone" is more reliable and more economical to operate and
maintain, and the node configuration of HFC architecture enables efficient
two-way activation of the cable system.  Two-way activation gives the operator
the option of providing data modem, Internet and telephony services as well as
true, interactive VOD.
 
 The DIVA System Solution
 
  DIVA's system solution offers cable operators an opportunity to provide
substantially more movie titles while utilizing significantly less channel
capacity than analog or digital broadcast PPV or NVOD offerings.  In contrast
to these one-way PPV and NVOD service offerings, DIVA's system solution
provides its broad content choices in a true, interactive format, whenever the
cable subscriber chooses to access the service and with VCR functionality.
 
  DIVA's system requires upgraded HFC plant and delivers video content in
digital form using pointcast (as opposed to broadcast) transmission.  Upgraded
HFC plant is also required to deliver high-speed cable modem access and
telephony.  Each of these applications requires an activated return path, i.e.
"two-way" cable plant capable of sending signals from the home to the headend.
 
  DIVA's system solution capitalizes on the node architecture used for
upgraded HFC plant.  Very high capacity fiber optic cable connects the cable
headend (and Sarnoff Server) to a number of fiber nodes.  From each node,
lower capacity coaxial cable is used to connect the node to subscriber homes.
DIVA's pointcast approach utilizes only part of a cable channel to deliver
each video stream, and then only when a particular home has ordered a
program.  Cable channels, particularly on the lower capacity coaxial cable
portion of the HFC plant, are therefore used only when needed.  In contrast to
DIVA's technology, conventional, one-way broadcast (whether analog or digital)
transmission requires that all programming be continuously available over the
entire cable system, even if none of the television sets in the homes in a
particular node are turned on or tuned to a particular programming channel.
Use of channel capacity only when it is requested by a particular subscriber
allows any unutilized capacity to be used by other subscribers.  DIVA's
headend system can be expanded to handle approximately 2,000 simultaneous
viewers, from an initial installed capacity of approximately 1,000 streams.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
 The DIVA System Components
 
  DIVA's digital VOD system is an integrated, turnkey group of hardware and
software elements comprising (i) an operating platform, including the Sarnoff
Server, image vaults, storage capacity, network communications and customer
management systems, and operating and billing systems; (ii) a DCU or a DIVA-
compatible set-top box into which elements of DIVA's proprietary software are
downloaded; and (iii) video programming content accessed through the on-screen
interactive navigator.
 
  Operating Platform. The critical characteristic of DIVA's technology that
enables the delivery of low-cost VOD is the concentration of computing power
in the Sarnoff Server, which reduces the memory and processing requirements of
the DIVA-compatible set-top box.  Unlike most competing servers, the Sarnoff
Server permits customers to simultaneously view and interact independently
with the same or different movie titles at any time, even though only one copy
of each movie is resident on the system.  The software and hardware system
responsible for coordinating all upstream and downstream communication to and
from the customers is known as the Video Session Manager ("VSM").  It formats
for transport and controls the Sarnoff Server's content, as well as all other
potential digital programming content intended for viewers.  DIVA's Customer
Management Systems ("CMS") manages the network itself, as well as customer
account activity and data concerning the acquisition, processing and use of
each video title.  The billing component of the CMS enables DIVA to prepare
separate customer bills or interfaces via a standard communications protocol
directly with the cable operator's billing system so that charges for DIVA's
video content are included on the cable operator's bill.
 
  Set-Top Box. The DIVA system requires a set-top box, which converts digital
signals to analog form, and a remote control.  DIVA's DCU is designed with
minimal components, relying on most of the system's functionality and
intelligence being located at the headend in the Sarnoff Server. This design
capitalizes on the architecture and performance of the Sarnoff Server to allow
true VOD at minimal cost. Because the set-top box is the component of a VOD
system which must be deployed in large numbers, cost savings focused on the
set-top box compound rapidly and have a significant impact on overall cost
savings for delivery of VOD service under DIVA's system architecture.
Further, with computing power and content centered in the server and headend
components, the look, feel, content and functionality of VOD service offerings
and the navigator can be upgraded at the headend and implemented by software
downloads without having to send a technician to the subscriber's home to
replace the set-top box or install new functionality.
 
  Navigator. Users control their VOD service through an on-screen interactive
guide or navigator, which is an audio and visual interactive interface
displayed on a viewer's television.  The navigator allows a customer, using a
simple remote control, to move through on-screen information, to order video
titles, and to control the pause, play, rewind and fast forward features when
viewing a movie or other title.
 
Engineering and Development Activity
 
  The Company's engineering and development activities focus on platform and
product development and related engineering efforts to enhance DIVA's VOD
system and service offerings.  These activities currently include:
(i) migrating DIVA's VOD platform to meet evolving industry standards, (ii)
porting navigator software and VOD service command and control functionality
to third-party digital set-top boxes, including those manufactured by General
Instrument and Scientific-Atlanta, (iii) expanding stream capacity of the
Sarnoff Server, (iv) implementing secondary storage as an adjunct to the
Sarnoff Server, (v) migrating to MPEG-2 video encoding standards, (vi)
reducing the physical size of VOD system components located in cable headends,
(vii) integrating NMS billing and usage information with systems supplied by
third-party cable industry billing vendors, (viii) reducing the cost of
various VOD system components, (ix) adding system functionality to support new
services such as music videos and time shifting, and (x) investigating
alternative methods of distributing encoded content to headends, including
satellite delivery.
 
  The Company's product development and engineering efforts focus on the
development and enhancement of DIVA's VOD system.  The Company's engineering
and development expenses for the period from July 1,
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
1995 (inception) to September 30, 1998 and the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997
and 1998 and for the three-month period ended September 30, 1998 were $43.2
million, $8.4 million, $11.8 million, $18.1 million and $5.0 million,
respectively.
 
Competition for VOD Services
 
  The market for in-home video entertainment services is intensely
competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological change.  The
Company expects competition in the market for VOD services to intensify and
increase in the future.  A number of companies have announced an intention to
introduce a VOD service or deliver VOD components that might be deployed by a
video service provider.  Intertainer, a company owned in part by Comcast,
Intel, Sony Corp. of America and NBC, is currently conducting trials with
Comcast and US West to provide VOD and other services over high speed networks
such as ADSL and cable modems primarily to the personal computer, but plans to
provide services to television sets in the future.  It is possible that
companies currently operating overseas will adapt their technology and offer
it through high-speed networks in the U.S. Elmsdale Media is currently
conducting a trial for its VOD system in Cardiff, Wales for NTL Inc. VideoNet
is conducting a trial in Britain over telephone wires offering VOD and other
interactive services to non-paying customers.  Hongkong Telecom began offering
commercial interactive services, including VOD, in March 1998 and has gained
over 100,000 paying subscribers.  Other companies internationally and
domestically have also announced plans to provide VOD services which vary in
degree of commercial viability.  There can be no assurance that these or other
companies will not provide equivalent or more attractive capabilities that
could be more acceptable to cable operators and their subscribers.  Although
the Company is pursuing joint development efforts to port its VOD service to
digital platforms that are or will be broadly deployed in the cable industry,
these third party equipment manufacturers have the financial and technical
ability to develop and sustain deployment of their own proprietary VOD
platforms.  There can be no assurance that DIVA will not face competition from
these suppliers or their affiliates or that they will support the integration
of the Company's VOD service with their own components.  See "--Compliance
with Industry Standards; Need to Integrate with Set-Top Box Manufacturers."
 
  It is also possible that such competitors may form new alliances, develop a
competitive VOD service and rapidly acquire significant market share.  Such
competition would materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition.  Companies that are or may be
capable of delivering VOD components include Concurrent Computer Corp,
Celerity Systems Inc., Mitsubishi Electronics America, Nippon Electric Corp.,
nCube, Pioneer and its affiliates, SeaChange International, Inc., Silicon
Graphics Inc., Unisys, General Instrument, Scientific-Atlanta, Sony
Corporation, Vivid Technology Inc. and FreeLinQ Communications Corporation.
Some of these competitors have developed VOD products that have undergone
tests or trials and may succeed in obtaining market acceptance of their
products more rapidly than the Company.  In addition, Time Warner Inc. has
previously field-tested an integrated system solution utilizing components
from a number of the aforementioned entities.  This trial has since been
terminated. Notwithstanding termination of its field trial in Orlando, Time
Warner Inc. has reached agreements with certain industry suppliers for
elements that might be used in designing and integrating a next generation VOD
system solution for an initial deployment in 1999.  Cablevision is operating a
limited trial of an in-house VOD solution.  Certain of the Company's
competitors or potential competitors have developed affiliations with cable
operators or alternative distribution providers or develop services or
technologies that may be better or more cost effective than the Company's VOD
service.  These services or technologies may be more attractive to cable
operators, particularly those that desire to own all hardware and software
components of the VOD service.  In addition, certain of these potential
competitors are either directly or indirectly affiliated with content
providers and cable operators and could therefore materially impact the
Company's ability to sign long-term services contracts with such cable
operators and obtain content from such providers.
 
  The Company may also face competition from cable operators or other
organizations, including but not limited to the telephone companies, providers
of DBS, PPV and NVOD, cable programmers and Internet service providers, who
could provide VOD-like services through cable and alternative delivery
platforms, including the
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
Internet, telephone lines and satellite.  For example, DIVA could encounter
competition from companies such as Microsoft/WebTV Plus, @Home or video
streaming companies that in the future may be able to deliver movies over the
Internet to the television, or from consumer use of purchased or rented
digital video discs or variants thereof.  In addition, the competitive
environment in which the Company will operate may inhibit its ability to offer
DIVA's VOD service to cable operators and other types of operators that
compete with one another in the same territory.  A cable operator may require
DIVA to provide its VOD service exclusively to such cable operator in a
particular territory. Further, cable operators themselves may offer competing
services, including increased NVOD offerings, or may be unwilling to use
DIVA's VOD service exclusively.  There can be no assurance that any cable
operator will commit exclusively to DIVA's VOD service.  In particular, cable
operators may trial a number of different alternatives. The Company will also
face competition for viewers from providers of home video rentals, which are
increasingly entering into revenue sharing arrangements with content
providers. These arrangements have resulted in a significant increase in the
number of copies available for rental and an extension in the rental period at
major video chains and, accordingly, have made home video rentals more
attractive to consumers.
 
  Many of the Company's competitors and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, and significantly greater
financial, technical, marketing and distribution resources than the Company.
As a result, they may be able to respond to new or emerging technologies and
changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the
development, promotion and sale of their products and services more
effectively than the Company.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that
competitive pressures faced by the Company will not materially adversely
affect its business, operating results and financial condition and its ability
to achieve sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New
Notes.
 
Intellectual Property
 
  The Company's future success depends, in part, on its ability to protect its
intellectual property and maintain the proprietary nature of its technology
through a combination of patents, licenses and other intellectual property
arrangements.  The Company has licensed rights to the Sarnoff Server and the
DCU initially developed by Sarnoff.  Sarnoff and the Company have been awarded
patents and have filed applications and intend to file additional applications
for patents covering the Sarnoff Server.  Sarnoff and the Company have filed
applications for patents covering the DCU, and the Company has filed patent
applications, and intends to file additional and derivative patent
applications covering the interactive service and its technology.  There can
be no assurance, however, that any patents issued to Sarnoff or the Company
will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights
granted thereunder will provide proprietary protection to the Company.
Despite the efforts of Sarnoff and the Company to safeguard and maintain these
proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in doing so or that the Company's competitors will not
independently develop or patent technologies that are substantially equivalent
or superior to the Company's technologies.  On August 18, 1998, the Company
received a notice from a third party licensing company stating that it has
acquired rights in two U.S. patents and that the Company's VOD system and
process are described in the claims of these patents.  The Company responded
to the letter in late November 1998 stating that DIVA does not infringe and
will consider the matter closed unless it hears back promptly.  The Company
has not received a response.  In early November 1998, DIVA received a letter
from a company that represents a group of companies that hold MPEG-2 patents,
offering to make available a license to that group of patents. The Company and
outside patent counsel are preparing a response.  The Company has filed
trademark applications on certain marks and logos.  In July 1996, DIVA
received a notice from a third party claiming that the Company's use of one of
its trademarks infringes a trademark right held by such party.  DIVA responded
to the letter in late July 1996, asserting that the use of the trademark does
not infringe on the trademark right that the party holds.  The Company has
received no further response.  In August 1998, the Company received a notice
from a third party, which provides integrated circuits for digital multimedia
applications, claiming that such third party's trademark application gives it
priority over the Company's use of the "DIVA" mark.  The Company sent a to
this letter in late November 1998 stating that it does not believe there is an
infringement issue and inviting further discussions.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
DIVA has not received a response to this letter.  DIVA could encounter similar
challenges to its trademarks in the future.
 
  Since patent applications in the U.S. are not publicly disclosed until the
patent has been issued, applications may have been filed which, if issued as
patents, would relate to the Company's products.  In addition, the Company has
not conducted a comprehensive patent search relating to the technology used in
the Sarnoff Server or the Company's VOD system.  The Company is subject to the
risk of claims and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual
property rights of others.  There can be no assurance that third parties will
not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future based on
patents or trade secrets or that such claims will not be successful.  Parties
making such claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief
which could effectively block the Company's ability to provide its VOD service
in the U.S. and internationally, and could result in an award of substantial
damages.  In the event of a successful claim of infringement, the Company, its
MSOs and other end users may be required to obtain one or more licenses from
third parties. There can be no assurance that the Company or its customers
could obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at
all.  The defense of any lawsuit could result in time consuming and expensive
litigation regardless of the merits of such claims, and damages, license fees,
royalty payments and restrictions on the Company's ability to provide its VOD
service, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, including the New Notes.
 
Employees
 
  As of December 31, 1998, DIVA had 285 employees, including 16 in sales and
marketing, 134 in product development and programming, 42 in administrative
and 93 in operations and manufacturing.  None of DIVA's employees are
currently represented by a labor union.  DIVA believes that its relationship
with its employees is good.
 
Properties
 
  The Company's principal facilities are located in Menlo Park, California,
where the Company currently leases approximately 35,000 square feet and has an
option to lease an additional 18,000 square feet.  The term of this lease will
run through April 30, 1999 with renewal options.  In addition, the Company
currently leases 4,433 square feet of office space in King of Prussia,
Pennsylvania, which directly supports the Philadelphia operations.  This lease
expires in December 1999.  DIVA also leases 22,600 square feet of office space
in Princeton, New Jersey.  The term of the lease runs through November 1, 2001
with two five-year renewal options.
 
  The Company believes that suitable additional or alternative space adequate
to serve the Company's foreseeable needs would be available on commercially
reasonable terms, if necessary.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
  The Company is not a party to any material litigation at the present time.
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
  Set forth below are the names, ages as of August 31, 1998, and positions of
the directors and executive officers of the Company.  All directors hold
office until their successors are duly elected and qualified and all executive
officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
             Name              Age                   Position
             ----              ---                   --------
 <C>                           <C> <S>
 Paul M. Cook................  74  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                    Officer
 Christopher W. Goode........  46  Senior Vice President, Development and Chief
                                    Technical Officer
 David S. Hanson.............  54  Senior Vice President, Business Development
 F. Ray McDevitt.............  54  Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product
                                    Management
 James H. Miller.............  49  Senior Vice President, Programming
 Tim N. Rea..................  43  Senior Vice President, Operations
 William M. Scharninghausen..  42  Vice President, Finance and Administration,
                                    and Chief Financial Officer
 Stephanie A. Storms.........  48  Vice President, General Counsel and
                                    Secretary
 Alan H. Bushell.............  51  Director
 John W. Goddard.............  57  Director
 Jules Haimovitz.............  47  Director
 John A. Rollwagen...........  58  Director
 Barry E. Taylor.............  50  Director and Assistant Secretary
</TABLE>    
 
  Paul M. Cook founded the Company in 1995 and has served as its Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer since that time.  Mr. Cook was Chairman
of the Board of SRI, one of the world's largest contract research firms, from
December 1993 to July 1998 and has served as a member of its Board of
Directors since 1987.  Mr. Cook is also Chairman of Sarnoff and a director of
SRTC.  Mr. Cook founded Raychem Corporation ("Raychem"), a Fortune 300
company, in 1957 to develop commercial applications for radiation chemistry.
Mr. Cook served as Chief Executive Officer of Raychem for 33 years before
retiring in 1990 and served on its Board of Directors until 1996.  From 1990
to 1994, Mr. Cook served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of CellNet Data Systems ("CellNet") a provider of wireless data communications
services.  Mr. Cook retired as Chief Executive Officer of CellNet in September
1994 and retired as Chairman of the Board in November 1997, but remains on the
Board of Directors of CellNet.
 
  Christopher W. Goode has served as Senior Vice President, Development, and
Chief Technical Officer of the Company since October 1995.  Prior to joining
DIVA, he was Executive Vice President, Research and Development at Raynet
Corporation, a developer of fiber-to-the-curb networks, where he guided
research and development efforts as the company grew from a prototype and
field trial organization to volume manufacturer, and assisted in developing
product strategy, especially in the broadband access area.  Prior to joining
Raynet, Mr. Goode held senior technical positions at Alcatel and ITT
Corporation over a 16-year period.  At Alcatel, Mr. Goode served as Vice
President of Research and Development -- North America, where he was
responsible for directing the development of Sonet and fiber-in-the-loop
products.  Mr. Goode was also the Chief Engineer at Shanghai Bell Telephone
Equipment Manufacturing Co., an Alcatel joint venture, where he was
responsible for digital switching system development, installation and testing
during the start-up phase.  Prior to that, he held technical management
positions with ITT Corporation and Standard Telephones & Cables.
 
  David S. Hanson has served as Senior Vice President, Business Development,
of the Company since November 1995.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hanson
founded Hanson & Associates, a consulting firm specializing in the financing,
merger, acquisition and divestiture of cable television companies where he
worked
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
from March 1981 to November 1995.  From 1969 to 1979, Mr. Hanson served in
various positions at Viacom, Inc., including Vice President of New Market
Development and Vice President of Marketing.  He helped in the development of
Showtime Entertainment Network, was responsible for the initial marketing of
Showtime to senior executives in the cable television industry and directed
Showtime's introduction to the network's first 500,000 customers.  Mr. Hanson
was a founding member of the Board of Directors of CTAM, one of the cable
television industry's largest trade organization, as well as a member of the
Board of Directors of the National Satellite Cable Television Association.
 
  F. Ray McDevitt has served as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product
Management, since September 1995.  From December 1992 to September 1995, Mr.
McDevitt held various positions at Ericsson Raynet, including Vice President
of Product Line Management and Marketing and Vice President of Broadband
Research, where he designed the early HFC networks with NYNEX as part of the
video dial tone service developed during the period from 1993 to 1995.  Prior
to joining Ericsson Raynet, Mr. McDevitt served as Director of Broadband
Development at Alcatel, with responsibilities including fiber-in-the-loop
access product development and management for the telecommunications
industry.  While at Alcatel, Mr. McDevitt project managed and activated the
Perryopolis field trial with Bell Atlantic in 1989.  Mr. McDevitt also has
three years of experience as President of FiberLan, a startup company that
developed broadband fiber optics private networks for industrial parks and
campus environments.  During the rapid cable television buildout period of
1981 to 1985, Mr. McDevitt was the Vice President of Technical Operations for
Warner Amex, where his responsibilities included the design and technical
operations of the two-way addressable QUBE systems for cities such as Dallas,
Pittsburgh and Cincinnati.  By 1984, Mr. McDevitt designed and oversaw
operations of over 4,000 two-way interactive QUBE subscribers deployed in six
major systems across the United States.
 
  James H. Miller has served as Senior Vice President, Programming, of the
Company since August 1997. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Miller worked as an
independent consultant for various entertainment clients including ITC
Entertainment Group, Rainbow Programming, Orion Pictures Corporation and the
National Football League. From 1979 to 1995 Mr. Miller served in various
programming roles for Showtime Networks, Inc. including Executive Vice
President of Programming in which he was responsible for all programming
activities, including acquisitions, scheduling, original programming, and
creative services.  From 1970 to 1979, Mr. Miller served in various posts at
Teleprompter Corporation, the then-largest cable company in America, including
Director of Marketing and Programming for the Manhattan system.
 
  Tim N. Rea has served as Senior Vice President, Operations, of the Company
since August 1996.  Prior to joining DIVA, from December 1981 to July 1996,
Mr. Rea served in various marketing, operations and general management
positions with Viacom Cable, most recently as Senior Vice President/General
Manager for Viacom's Northwest region, which included 875 employees and served
500,000 customers.  Mr. Rea was responsible for consolidating stand alone
cable systems into regional centers to prepare for competition, and readying
plant facilities and management for entry into the telephony, data access and
digital television businesses.
   
  William M. Scharninghausen has served as Vice President, Finance and
Administration, of the Company since June 1997 and has served as Chief
Financial Officer since January 1999.  Prior to joining DIVA, he was Corporate
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of StarSight Telecast, Inc., a
developer of interactive television guides, from 1993 to June 1997.  Prior to
joining StarSight Telecast, Mr. Scharninghausen held various finance and
accounting positions with Lucas Film Ltd./LucasArts Entertainment Company,
Orion Pictures Corporation and Twentieth Century Fox Film Corporation. Mr.
Scharninghausen is a certified public accountant.     
 
  Stephanie A. Storms has served as Vice President, General Counsel of the
Company since December 1996, and was appointed Secretary in March 1998.  Prior
to joining DIVA, she was Deputy General Counsel of Viacom Inc. and Vice
President of Viacom Cable, a division of Viacom Inc.  Ms. Storms held
positions with various cable industry trade groups in conjunction with her
employment with Viacom; she served on the Board of Directors of the California
Cable Television Association and was a member of its legal committee and of
the legal committee of the National Cable Television Association.  Prior to
joining Viacom Cable in 1987,
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
Ms. Storms was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of American
Television and Communications Corp., the cable television subsidiary of Time
Inc. which was then one of the top two largest MSOs.  Before that, she was an
attorney with the law firm of Adams, Duque & Hazeltine in Los Angeles,
California.
 
  Alan H. Bushell, who founded the Company with Mr. Cook in 1995, has served
as a Director since that time and served as its President, Chief Operating
Officer and Chief Financial Officer until December 1998.  Prior to founding
DIVA, Mr. Bushell served as Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer of CellNet.  Prior to joining CellNet, Mr. Bushell
held various management positions with private and public technology-based
companies, including President of Advanced Polymer Systems, Inc., Vice
President of Operations at Everex Systems, Inc., President of Zymogenetics
Inc. and various strategic planning and product management positions with
Raychem.  During the 1970s, he was also a consultant in the Amsterdam office
of McKinsey & Co.
 
  John W. Goddard has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since January 1997. From 1980 to July 1996, he held the positions of President
and Chief Executive Officer of Viacom Cable, a division of Viacom, Inc.  From
1966 to 1980, Mr. Goddard held various management positions at Tele-Vue
Systems, Viacom Cable's predecessor, and then at Viacom Cable.  Mr. Goddard
has held various cable television industry positions as an officer, including
Chairman of the National Cable Television Association and President of the
California Cable Television Association, and currently serves as a director of
CableLabs, TCI Satellite Entertainment, Inc. and the Walter Kaitz Foundation.
 
  Jules Haimovitz has served as a Director of the Company since December 1996
and currently serves as Executive Consultant to the Company.  From June 1997
to July 1998, Mr. Haimovitz has served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of King World Productions.  Prior to that he was President and Chief
Executive Officer of ITC Entertainment Group.  Mr. Haimovitz has served on the
Board of Directors of Video Jukebox Network and Orion Pictures Corporation.
From 1987 to 1992, Mr. Haimovitz served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Spelling Entertainment Inc. and a member of its Board of
Directors.  From 1976 to 1987, Mr. Haimovitz served in various senior
executive positions with Viacom, Inc., including President of the Viacom
Network Group with responsibility for Showtime/The Movie Channel Inc., the MTV
Networks Inc., Lifetime Cable Channel and Viewers Choice, its satellite pay-
per-view network, and President of the Viacom Entertainment Group.
Mr. Haimovitz joined Viacom, Inc. in 1976 and subsequently served as Director,
Planning and Administration for Pay Television, in which capacity he was
instrumental in the creation of Showtime, and held a number of senior
management posts with Showtime, including Senior Vice President for
Programming and Operations.
 
  John A. Rollwagen was the Chairman of SRTC prior to its acquisition by the
Company and has served as a Director of the Company since December 1995.  Mr.
Rollwagen is an investor and business advisor specializing in information
technology and serves as a venture partner of St. Paul Venture Capital, LLC.
From 1981 to 1993 Mr. Rollwagen served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Cray Research, Inc., a supplier of supercomputers worldwide.  From 1977 to
1981, Mr. Rollwagen served as Cray Research's President. Mr. Rollwagen serves
as Chairman of Computer Network Technology, Inc., a supplier of high
performance computer networking hardware and software, and serves as a
director of several public and private companies.
 
  Barry E. Taylor has served as a Director of the Company since July 1995.
Mr. Taylor has been a member of the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, since 1984.
 
Director Compensation
 
  Except for grants of stock options, directors of the Company generally do
not receive compensation for services provided as a director, for committee
participation or for special assignment of the Board of Directors. The Company
reimburses expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
Executive Compensation
 
                          Summary Compensation Table
 
  The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, the
compensation paid to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the five other
most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive
officers as of June 30, 1998 and whose total cash compensation exceeded
$100,000 during such fiscal year (collectively, the "Named Executive
Officers").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Long-Term
                                                               Compensation
                                                 Annual    ---------------------
                                              Compensation        Awards
                                              ------------ ---------------------
Name and Principal                                         Securities Underlying
     Position                                  Salary ($)   Options/SARs(#)(1)
- ------------------                            ------------ ---------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
Paul M. Cook................................    $231,250              --
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
 Officer
Alan H. Bushell.............................     231,250              --
President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief
 Financial Officer
Stephanie A. Storms.........................     222,242          11,200
Vice President, General Counsel and
 Secretary
F. Ray McDevitt.............................     199,375          22,400
Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product
 Management
Christopher W. Goode........................     199,168          22,400
Senior Vice President, Development, and
 Chief Technical Officer
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) No SARs were granted during the fiscal year.
 
                       Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year
 
   The following table sets forth information with respect to stock options
granted by the Company to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 1998
pursuant to the 1995 Stock Plan.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Percent of                         Potential Realizable Value at
                          Number of   Total Options/                          Assumed Annual Rates of
                          Securities   SARs Granted                          Stock Price Appreciation
                          Underlying   to Employees  Exerciseor                for Option Term($)(3)
                         Options/SARs   in Fiscal    Base Price Expiration ------------------------------
      Name               Grant(#)(1)     Year(2)       ($/sh)      Date          5%            10%
      ----               ------------ -------------- ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Paul M. Cook............        --          --            --          --               --             --
Alan H. Bushell.........        --          --            --          --               --             --
Stephanie A. Storms.....    11,200           *         $1.25      9/3/07          $ 8,805        $22,312
F. Ray McDevitt.........    22,400           *          1.25      9/3/07           17,609         44,625
Christopher W. Goode....    22,400           *          1.25      9/3/07           17,609         44,625
</TABLE>
- --------
 * Less than 1%
(1) Options granted under the 1995 Stock Plan generally become exercisable at
    a rate of 10% of the shares subject to the option at the end of the first
    six months and 5% of the shares subject to the option at the end of each
    three-month period thereafter, so long as the individual is employed by
    the Company.
(2) The Company granted options to purchase 2,507,983 shares of Common Stock
    during fiscal year 1998.
(3) Potential realizable value is based on the assumption that the price of
    the Common Stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded
    annually, from the date of grant until the end of the ten-year option
    term. The values are calculated in accordance with rules promulgated by
    the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not reflect the Company's
    estimate of future stock price appreciation.
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
  Aggregated Option Exercises In Last Fiscal Year And Year-End Option Values
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock held by the Named Executive Officers at
the end of fiscal 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Number of Securities        Value of Unexercised
                           Shares                    Underlying Options/SARs  In-the-MoneyOptions/SARs at
                         Acquired on     Value       at Fiscal Year-End (#)       Fiscal Year-End ($)
      Name               Exercise(#) Realized($)(1) Exercisable/Unexercisable Exercisable/Unexercisable(2)
      ----               ----------- -------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------
<S>                      <C>         <C>            <C>                       <C>
Paul M. Cook............       --             --             -- /--                      -- /--
Alan H. Bushell.........       --             --         21,000 / 39,000          $ 50,925 / $118,950
Stephanie A. Storms.....       --             --         26,680 / 84,520            63,649 /  257,786
F. Ray McDevitt.........   50,000       $117,500         75,160 / 85,240           211,788 /  259,982
Christopher W. Goode....       --             --         65,860 / 86,540           182,361 /  263,947
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date
    of exercise, $2.40 per share (as determined by the Company's Board of
    Directors) less the exercise price payable for such shares.
(2) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common stock at fiscal
    year end, $3.05 per share (as determined by the Company's Board of
    Directors), less the exercise price payable for such shares.
 
Employment Agreements And Change-In-Control Arrangements
 
  Pursuant to the terms of a written employment agreement with Mr. Bushell,
Mr. Bushell was employed as President and Chief Operating Officer until
December 1998 at a salary of $200,000 per year, subject to periodic increases
by the Board of Directors.  In connection with his employment in August 1995,
Mr. Bushell was granted an option to purchase 270,000 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $0.005 per share, which shares vest quarterly over a
five-year period, subject to acceleration upon a "Change of Control" of the
Company (as defined in the agreement).  Mr. Bushell exercised such options,
subject to a right of repurchase by the Company with respect to the unvested
shares.  In the event either (i) the Company terminates Mr. Bushell's
employment other than for "Cause" (as defined in the agreement) or (ii) Mr.
Bushell voluntarily resigns under certain specified circumstances, then Mr.
Bushell shall be entitled to receive payment of his then-current salary and
his shares shall continue to vest for 12 months from the date of such
employment termination.
 
  With respect to all options granted under the Company's 1995 Stock Plan, in
the event of a "Change of Control" (as defined in the option agreements), the
vesting of such options will be accelerated (i) as of the date immediately
preceding such "Change of Control" in the event the option agreement is or
will be terminated or canceled (except by mutual consent) or any successor to
the Company fails to assume and agree to perform all obligations under the
agreement at or prior to such time as any such person becomes a successor to
the Company; or (ii) as of the date immediately preceding such "Change of
Control" or at any time thereafter in the event the optionee does not or will
not receive upon exercise of the optionee's stock purchase rights under the
option agreement the same identical securities and/or other consideration as
is received by all other stockholders in any merger, consolidation, sale,
exchange or similar transaction occurring upon or after such "Change of
Control"; or (iii) as of the date immediately preceding any "Involuntary
Termination" (as defined in the option agreements) of the optionee occurring
upon or after any such "Change of Control"; or (iv) as of the date six months
following the first such "Change of Control," provided that the optionee shall
have remained an employee of the Company continuously throughout such six-
month period, whichever shall first occur.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation
 
  The Company currently has a Compensation Committee which consists of two
outside directors, Mr. Goddard and Mr. Taylor.  The Compensation Committee
reviews the salaries of the executive officers and makes recommendations
regarding such salaries to the Board of Directors.  No executive officer of
the Company serves as a member of the Board of Directors or compensation
committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a
member of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
1995 Stock Plan
 
  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had reserved 8,200,000 shares for
issuance pursuant to its 1995 Stock Plan, which has been approved by the
Company's Board of Directors and stockholders.  The 1995 Stock Plan provides
for the granting to employees (including officers and directors) of qualified
"incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and
for the granting to employees (including officers) and consultants of
nonqualified stock options.  The 1995 Stock Plan also provides for the
granting of restricted stock. As of September 30, 1998, options to purchase an
aggregate of 5,291,119 shares were outstanding and 1,328,787 shares remained
available for future grants.
 
  The 1995 Stock Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a committee
appointed by the Board. Options granted generally vest at a rate of 10% of the
shares subject to the option at the end of the first six months and 5% of the
shares subject to the option at the end of each three-month period thereafter
and generally expire ten years from the date of grant.  Options granted to
outside directors of the Company vest at the rate of 25% of the shares at the
end of the first year and 6.25% of the shares at the end of each quarter
thereafter.  Options granted to outside directors and certain other employees
of the Company are immediately exercisable, subject to a repurchase right held
by the Company that lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule of the
options.
 
  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or
the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, all outstanding
options shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor
corporation.  In the event a successor corporation refuses to assume or
substitute for the options, the exercisability of shares subject to options
under the 1995 Stock Plan shall be accelerated.  In such event, the Company
shall notify the holders of outstanding options that such options are fully
exercisable, and all options not exercised will then terminate 15 days after
the date of such notice.  See "-- Employment Agreements and Change-in-Control
Arrangements."
 
  The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 1995 Stock
Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common
Stock on the date of grant.  The exercise price of options to an optionee who
owns more than 10% of the Company's outstanding voting securities must equal
at least 110% of the fair value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, and the Company's Bylaws
provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors and officers and may
indemnify its other employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by
law.  The Company has also entered into agreements to indemnify its directors
and executive officers.  The Company believes that these provisions and
agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and
executive officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company where
indemnification will be required or permitted.  The Company is not aware of
any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling
the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been
informed that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
             CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  On August 29, 1995, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with
Acorn, a holder of more than five percent of the Common Stock, pursuant to
which Rufus W. Lumry, its President, agreed to provide advisory services to
the Company.  Between August 29, 1995 and October 19, 1995, Acorn purchased an
aggregate of 2,192,400 shares of Common Stock from the Company at purchase
prices ranging from $0.005 to $0.05 per share.  In addition, Acorn purchased
35,600 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company at a purchase price
of $0.50 per share.  On September 3, 1997, the Company granted an option to
purchase 40,000 shares of Common Stock to Acorn at an exercise price of $1.25
per share, which option vests at a rate of 25% one year from the date of grant
and 6.25% each three-month period thereafter.
 
  In August 1995, Paul M. Cook, the Company's Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer, purchased 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock at a purchase
price of $0.005 per share, 140,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a
purchase price of $0.50 per share and was granted an option to purchase
384,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the 1995 Stock Plan for $0.005 per
share.  In addition, Alan H. Bushell, the Company's President, Chief Operating
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary purchased 1,200,000
shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $0.005 per share, 24,000 shares
of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.50 per
share and was granted an option to purchase 270,000 shares of Common Stock
pursuant to the 1995 Stock Plan at an exercise price of $0.005 per share.  In
addition, in August 1995, each of Mr. Cook and Mr. Bushell exercised options
to purchase 384,000 and 270,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, all of
which were subject to repurchase by the Company.
 
  On October 23, 1995 and December 26, 1995, the Company issued an aggregate
of 3,419,842 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.855
per share, 2,343,976 shares of which were purchased by the following executive
officers, directors and Board advisors of the Company and holders of more than
five percent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Name                                                               Shares
     ----                                                              ---------
     <S>                                                               <C>
     Acorn and affiliates............................................  1,783,540
     Paul M. Cook....................................................    423,264
     John A. Rollwagen...............................................    125,472
     Barry E. Taylor and affiliates..................................     11,700
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       2,343,976
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  On September 3, 1997, the Company issued to Jules Haimovitz, a director of
the Company, options to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $1.25 per share.
 
  On May 29, 1998, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 10,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share to John Goddard, a
director of the Company, in connection with a consulting arrangement.
 
  On August 20, 1998, the Company contracted with Sarnoff, a holder of more
than five percent of the Common Stock, to assist in transitioning the
Company's VOD Service from DIVA's set-top box to a General Instrument
compatible set-top box. Under the terms of the contract, DIVA will own all the
intellectual property created pursuant to the contract.
 
  In 1996, DIVA contracted with Sarnoff, a holder of more than five percent of
the Common Stock, to assist in the development and initial production of the
prototype of the DIVA Converter Units ("DCU").  Under the terms of the
development contract, while Sarnoff owns the intellectual property arising
from the development, DIVA has a 20-year, fully paid worldwide exclusive
license to all the development work done under the contract, after which
DIVA's rights shall be non-exclusive.
 
  From June 15, 1995 through August 7, 1997 on various dates, Mr. Cook and
Acorn loaned money to the Company. All of the promissory notes issued pursuant
to these loans have been repaid or converted into stock or bonds described in
the transactions above and below.
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
  On July 10, 1996 and August 22, 1996, the Company issued an aggregate of
6,168,600 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.205 per
share, 3,367,600 shares of which were purchased by the following executive
officers, directors and Board advisors of the Company and holders of more than
five percent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Name                                                               Shares
     ----                                                              ---------
     <S>                                                               <C>
     Acorn and affiliates.............................................   119,000
     Paul M. Cook.....................................................    59,500
     Merrill Lynch Global Allocation Fund, Inc........................ 2,000,000
     Putnam Funds and Accounts........................................ 1,189,100
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       3,367,600
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  In April 1996, Sarnoff, a holder of more than five percent of the Common
Stock, received 2,284,401 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock (571,100 of
which were placed in escrow) in connection with the acquisition of SRTC by the
Company. Prior to the acquisition of SRTC, the Company and SRTC were parties
to a license and purchase agreement for Sarnoff Servers. See Note 3 of Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  From June 15, 1995 through September 30, 1998 the Company issued options
and/or stock purchase rights to purchase an aggregate of 844,000 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Bushell and Mr. Cook, 734,000 shares of which have been
exercised and 276,900 of which are subject to repurchase by the Company as of
September 30, 1998.
 
  On May 30, 1996, the Company completed an offering of 47,000 units at $1,000
per unit, each unit consisting of one 1996 Note and one warrant to purchase
40.4 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share.  Mr.
Cook and Acorn each purchased 3,150 units in the offering. On February 19,
1998, each of Mr. Cook and Acorn exchanged all 3,150 1996 Notes held by them
for 3,625 units, each unit consisting of one Old Note and three warrants, each
to purchase two shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per
share.
 
  On August 7, 1997 and September 4, 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of
8,279,590 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $5.72 per
share, 4,626,750 shares of which were purchased by the following executive
officers, directors and Board advisors of the Company and holders of more than
five percent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Name                                                               Shares
     ----                                                              ---------
     <S>                                                               <C>
     Acorn and affiliates.............................................   437,064
     Paul M. Cook.....................................................   437,064
     Merrill Lynch Global Allocation Fund, Inc........................ 2,000,000
     Putnam Funds and Accounts........................................ 1,748,252
     Barry E. Taylor and affiliates...................................     4,370
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       4,626,750
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  On August 20, 1998, the Company contracted with Sarnoff, a holder of more
than five percent of the Common Stock, to assist in transitioning the
Company's VOD Service from DIVA's set-top box to a GI compatible set-top box.
Under the terms of the contract, DIVA will own all the intellectual property
created pursuant to the contract.
 
  In addition to acting as Chairman of the DIVA Board of Directors, Mr. Cook
is also Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sarnoff.  As of September 30,
1998, Mr. Cook beneficially owned 8,701,680 shares of voting securities (22.1%
of the outstanding voting securities) of DIVA and holds no shares of Sarnoff.
Conflicts of interest could arise as a result of Mr. Cook's position as a
director of Sarnoff; however, Mr. Cook abstains from voting on matters which
involve the relationships between the Company and Sarnoff.  Further, Mr. Cook
has a number of responsibilities regarding this and other entities and
consequently does not devote all of his time to matters concerning DIVA.
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
  Barry E. Taylor, a director of the Company, is a member of Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., which has performed legal services for the Company
since its inception.
 
  The Company has from time to time granted options to purchase shares of
Common Stock to certain executive officers and directors.  See "Management--
Executive Compensation" and "Principal Stockholders."
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common and Preferred Stock as of September 30, 1998
by (i) each of the Company's directors, (ii) each Named Executive Officer of
the Company, (iii) each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the
Common Stock or the Preferred Stock and (iv) all directors and executive
officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Number of  Percent  Number of   Percent        Percent
                          Shares of Ownership Shares of  Ownership      Ownership
                           Common   of Common Preferred of Preferred    of Total
    Beneficial Owner      Stock(1)  Stock(2)    Stock     Stock(2)   Voting Stock(2)
    ----------------      --------- --------- --------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Paul M. Cook(3).........  7,118,060   40.9%   1,583,620     7.2%          22.1%
 c/o DIVA Systems
  Corporation
 333 Ravenswood Avenue
 Building 205
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Acorn Ventures, Inc.(4).  2,329,660   13.4    2,636,093     12.2          12.7
 1309 114th Avenue, S.E.
 Suite 200
 Bellevue, WA 98004
Sarnoff Corporation.....  2,726,916   15.8    1,713,301      8.0          11.5
 201 Washington Road
 CN 5300
 Princeton, NJ 08543-
  5300
Merrill Lynch Global
 Allocation Fund, Inc. .         --     --    4,000,000     18.7          10.4
 800 Scudder's Mill Road
 Plainsboro, NJ 08530
Putnam Funds and
 Accounts(5)............    949,400    5.2    2,937,352     13.7           9.8
 One Post Office Square
 Boston, MA 02109
Christopher R. Larson...         --     --    3,300,000     15.4           8.5
 655 So. Orcas St.,
  Suite #210
 Seattle, WA 98108
Alan H. Bushell(6)......  1,499,000    8.7       24,000        *           3.9
Stephanie A. Storms(7)..     37,240      *           --       --             *
F. Ray McDevitt(8)......    135,680      *           --       --             *
Christopher W. Goode(9).    143,980      *           --       --             *
John W. Goddard(10).....     24,000      *           --       --             *
Jules Haimovitz(11).....    184,500      *      350,000      1.6           1.4
John A. Rollwagen(12)...    236,552    1.4      236,467      1.2           1.1
Barry E. Taylor(13).....     77,600      *       17,070        *             *
All directors and
 executive officers as a
 group (13 persons)(14).  9,810,712   55.2    2,211,157      9.9          30.0
</TABLE>
- --------
  * Less than 1%.
 
 (1) Does not include shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
     Preferred Stock.
 
 (2) Based on 17,262,509 shares of Common Stock and 21,377,035 shares of
     Preferred Stock outstanding as of September 30, 1998. Beneficial
     ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission.  In computing the number of shares beneficially
     owned by a person and the
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
    percentage ownership of that person, shares of Common Stock subject to
    options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or
    exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998 are deemed outstanding.
    Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of
    computing the percentage ownership of each other person.  Except as
    indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable
    community property laws, the stockholder named in the table has sole
    voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite
    such stockholder's name.
 
 (3) Includes (i) 6,878,800 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the
     Paul and Marcia Cook Living Trust dated April 21, 1992 (the "Cook
     Trust"), 182,400 of which the Company can repurchase at cost, which
     rights lapse based on continued performance of services, (ii) 112,000
     shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by two trusts of which Mr. Cook
     is trustee and (iii) warrants to purchase 127,260 shares of Common Stock
     exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998 and (iv) 523,792 shares
     of Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held
     by the Cook Trust and exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
 (4) Includes (i) options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock
     exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998, (ii) warrants to
     purchase 127,260 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998 and (iii) 260,889 shares of Series B Preferred Stock
     issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Acorn and exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
 (5) Includes 1,189,100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 1,748,252
     shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by funds or accounts managed by
     Putnam Investment Management, Inc., the Putnam Advisory Company, Inc.,
     and Putnam Fidelity Trust Company. Voting and dispositive power is shared
     between each such fund or account and its respective advisor. Also
     includes warrants to purchase 949,400 shares of Common Stock exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
 (6) Includes (i) 94,500 shares of Common Stock that the Company can
     repurchase at cost, which rights lapse based on continued performance of
     services, and (ii) options to purchase 24,000 shares of Common Stock
     exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998.  The shares are held on
     record by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Bushell.
 
 (7) Includes options to purchase 37,240 shares of Common Stock exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
 (8) Includes options to purchase 85,680 shares of Common Stock exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
 (9) Includes options to purchase 83,980 shares of Common Stock exercisable
     within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
(10) Includes 17,750 shares of Common Stock that the Company can purchase at
     cost, which rights lapse based on continued performance of services.
 
(11) Includes (i) warrants to purchase 175,000 shares of Series C Preferred
     Stock exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998, (ii) warrants to
     purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998 and (iii) options to purchase 29,500 shares of Common
     Stock exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 1998.
 
(12) Includes (i) 125,472 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held in the name
     of Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as trustee of the John A. Rollwagen
     Self-Directed IRA and (ii) 8,500 shares of Common Stock that the Company
     can repurchase at cost, which rights lapse based on continued performance
     of services.
 
(13) Includes (i) 1,350 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Taylor that the
     Company can repurchase at cost, which rights lapse based on continued
     performance of services by Mr. Taylor, (ii) 75,200 shares of Common Stock
     (12,150 of which the Company can repurchase at cost, which rights lapse
     based on continued performance of services by Mr. Taylor), 1,000 shares
     of Series A Preferred Stock and 11,700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock
     held by an investment partnership of which Mr. Taylor is a general
     partner and with which he shares beneficial ownership and (iii) 4,370
     shares of Series D Preferred Stock held in the name of Trustee, WSGR
     Retirement Plan FBO Barry E. Taylor.
 
(14) Includes options to purchase 330,200 shares of Common Stock, warrants to
     purchase 177,260 shares of Common Stock, warrants to purchase 523,792
     shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 350,000
     shares of Series C Preferred Stock exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998.
 
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Purposes of the Exchange Offer
 
  The Old Notes were sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers, who
subsequently resold the Old Notes to "qualified institutional buyers" (as
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and non-U.S. persons pursuant
to offers and rates that occurred outside the U.S. pursuant to Regulation S.
In connection with the issuance of the Old Notes, the Company agreed to use
its best efforts to cause to become effective within the time period specified
in the Registration Rights Agreement, a registration statement with respect to
the Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement").  However, if
applicable laws, including regulations and interpretations of the Staff of the
SEC do not permit the Company to effect the Exchange Offer, or under certain
other circumstances, the Company shall, at its cost, use its best efforts to
cause to become effective a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
Registration Statement") with respect to resales of the Old Notes by the
Holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of
information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to keep
such Shelf Registration Statement effective until two years after the issuance
of the Old Notes, or such shorter period that will terminate when all Old
Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to
the Shelf Registration Statement.
 
  The Exchange Offer is being made by the Company to satisfy its obligations
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.  Once the Exchange Offer is
consummated, the Company will have no further obligation to register any of
the Old Notes not tendered by the Holders thereof for exchange.  See "Risk
Factors --  Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Old Notes."  A copy of
the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
  Based on an interpretation by the Staff of the SEC set forth in the Staff's
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989),
Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991),
Shearman & Sterling SEC No-Action Letter (available July 7, 1993), and other
no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by Holders thereof without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act.  However, any Holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company or
who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing the New Notes (i) cannot rely on the interpretation by the Staff
of the SEC set forth in the above referenced no-action letters, (ii) cannot
tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and (iii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any sale or transfer of the Old Notes, unless such sale or
transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements.  See "Risk
Factors -- Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Old Notes."
 
  In addition, each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes not acquired directly from the
Company must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such New Notes.  See "Plan of Distribution."
 
  Except as aforesaid, this Prospectus may not be used for an offer to resell,
resale or other transfer of New Notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
  General. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer
set forth in this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will
accept any and all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to
midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  The Company will issue
$1,000 principal amount at maturity of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000
principal amount at maturity of outstanding Old Notes accepted in the Exchange
Offer.  Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer; provided, that Old Notes may be tendered only in integral
multiples of $1,000 principal amount at maturity.
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
   
  As of the date hereof, there was $463,000,000 of aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the Old Notes outstanding and as of January 15, 1999, 35
registered Holders of Old Notes.  This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is being sent to registered Holder(s) as of January 15, 1999.
    
  In connection with the issuance of the Old Notes, the Company arranged for
the Old Notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the
facilities of DTC, acting as depositary.  The New Notes will be issued and
transferable in book-entry form through DTC.  See "-- Book-Entry Transfer;
Delivery and Form."
 
  The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent.  The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
Holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving the New Notes from the
Company.
 
  If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, the certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be
returned, without expense, to the tendering Holder thereof or the appropriate
book-entry transfer will be made, in each case, as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.
 
  Holders of Old Notes who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.  The Company will pay the expenses,
other than certain applicable taxes, of the Exchange Offer.  See "-- Fees and
Expenses."
 
  NEITHER THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY NOR THE COMPANY MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THEIR OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE
OFFER.  IN ADDITION, NO ONE HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY SUCH
RECOMMENDATION.  HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISION WHETHER TO
TENDER PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND, IF SO, THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF OLD
NOTES TO TENDER AFTER READING THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
AND CONSULTING WITH THEIR ADVISERS, IF ANY, BASED ON THEIR OWN FINANCIAL
POSITION AND REQUIREMENTS.
   
  Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments. The term "Expiration Date" shall
mean February 19, 1999, unless the Company in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.     
 
  In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent and the record Holders of Old Notes of any extension by oral (followed
by written) notice, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date.  Such notice
may state that the Company is extending the Exchange Offer for a specified
period of time or on a daily basis until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
date on which a specified percentage of Old Notes are tendered.
 
  The Company reserves the right to delay accepting any Old Notes, to extend
the Exchange Offer, to amend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange
Offer and not accept Old Notes not previously accepted if any of the
conditions set forth herein under "-- Conditions" shall have occurred and
shall not have been waived by the Company by giving oral or written notice of
such delay, extension, amendment or termination to the Exchange Agent as
promptly as practicable.  If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner
determined by the Company to constitute a material change, the Company will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform
the Holders of such amendment and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer
for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of
the amendment and the manner of disclosure to Holders of the Old Notes, if the
Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten business day
period.
 
  Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make public
announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange
Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish,
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than
by making a timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.
 
Accretion of the New Notes and the Old Notes; Interest
 
  The Old Notes will continue to accrete in principal amount through (but not
including) the date of issuance of the New Notes.  Any Old Notes not tendered
or accepted for exchange will continue to accrete in principal amount at the
rate of 12 5/8% per annum in accordance with its terms.  From and after the
date of issuance of the New Notes, the New Notes shall accrete in principal
amount at the rate of 12 5/8% per annum, but no cash interest will accrue or
be payable in respect of the New Notes prior to March 1, 2003.  Thereafter,
the New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 12 5/8% per annum.
Interest on the New Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1
and September 1 of each year, commencing on September 1, 2003.
 
Procedures for Tendering
 
  To tender in the Exchange Offer, a Holder of certificated Old Notes must
complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof,
have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by Instruction 3 of the
Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
Transmittal or such facsimile, together with the Old Notes and any other
required documents, to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date.  If delivery of the Old Notes is to be made
through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, tenders
of the Old Notes must be effected in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender
Offer Program ("ATOP") procedures.  See "-- Book-Entry Transfer; Delivery and
Form."
 
  The tender by a Holder of Old Notes will constitute an agreement between
such Holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  Delivery of all documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below. Holders of Old Notes may also request their respective
brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the
above transactions for such Holders.
 
  THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, IS AT THE OPTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING
HOLDER, AND DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT.  IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, OR AN OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE IS RECOMMENDED.
IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO INSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
  Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in whose
name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person
who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder.
 
  Any beneficial Holder whose Old Notes are registered in the name of its
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact such registered Holder promptly and instruct such
registered Holder to tender on its behalf.  If such beneficial Holder wishes
to tender on its own behalf, such beneficial Holder must, prior to completing
and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such
Holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
Holder.  The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.
 
  Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent
in the U.S. (an "Eligible Institution") unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant
thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder who has not
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
completed the box entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an
Eligible Institution.  In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal
or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed,
such guarantee must be by an Eligible Institution.
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
Holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate bond powers signed as the name of the registered
Holder or Holders appears on the Old Notes.
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons shall so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company,
evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old
Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding.  The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes
the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be unlawful.  The Company also reserves the right to waive any
defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes.
The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the
Company shall determine.  Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any of them
incur any liability for failure to give such notification.  Tenders of Old
Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been
cured or waived.  Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering
Holders of Old Notes, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal,
as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
 
  In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole reasonable
discretion to purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain
outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth under "--
 Conditions," to terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise.  The terms of any such purchases or offers could
differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
  By tendering, each Holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of such Holder's business, that such Holder
has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such
New Notes, and that such Holder is not an "affiliate," as defined under Rule
405 of the Securities Act, of the Company.  If the Holder is a Participating
Broker-Dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes that were not acquired directly from the Company, such Holder by
tendering will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes.  See "Plan of Distribution."
 
Book-Entry Transfer; Delivery and Form
 
  The Old Notes were initially represented (i) in the case of Old Notes
initially purchased by "qualified institutional buyers" (as such term is
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), by four global Old Notes in
fully registered form, all registered in the name of a nominee of the DTC, and
(ii) in the case of Old Notes initially purchased by persons other than U.S.
persons in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, by four global
Regulation S Old Note in fully registered form, all registered in the name of
a nominee of DTC for the accounts of Euroclear and Cedel Bank.  The New Notes
exchanged for the Old Notes represented by the global Old Notes and the global
Regulation S Old Notes will both be represented (a) in the case of "qualified
institutional buyers", by one global New Note in fully registered form,
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC, and (b) in the case of persons
outside of the U.S., by one global Regulation S New Note in fully registered
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
form, registered in the name of the nominee of DTC for the accounts of
Euroclear and Cedel Bank.  The global New Note and global Regulation S New
Note will be exchangeable for definitive New Notes in registered form, in
denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples
thereof.  The New Notes in global form will trade in The Depository Trust
Company's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and secondary market trading
activity in such New Notes will therefore settle in immediately available
funds.
 
  The Company understands that the Exchange Agent will make a request promptly
after the date of this Prospectus to establish an account with respect to the
Old Notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer, and
subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a
participant in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by
causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account with
respect to the Old Notes in accordance with DTC's ATOP procedures for such
book-entry transfers.  Although delivery of the Old Notes may be effected
through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, the
exchange for Old Notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation
(a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such book-entry transfer of the Old Notes
into the Exchange Agent's account, and timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of
a Book-Entry Confirmation with a message, transmitted by DTC and received by
the Exchange Agent and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which
states that DTC has received express acknowledgment from a participant
tendering Old Notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound
by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that such agreement may be
enforced against such participant.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
  Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter
of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to
the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
 
    (a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
    (b) Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
  Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
  Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
  setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the Old Notes, the
  certificate number or numbers of such Old Notes and the principal amount at
  maturity of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made
  thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading
  days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
  thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes to be
  tendered in proper form for transfer and any other documents required by
  the Letter of Transmittal, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may
  be, will be delivered by the Eligible Institution to the Exchange Agent;
  and
 
    (c) Such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
  facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
  Old Notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by
  the Letter of Transmittal, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may
  be, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange
  trading days after the Expiration Date.
 
  Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
 
Withdrawal of Tenders
 
  Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  To
withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at
its address set forth herein prior to midnight, New York City time, on the
Expiration Date.  Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number
or numbers and principal amount at maturity of such Old Notes), (iii) be
signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on the
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any
required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer
sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes register the
transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender,
and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if
different from that of the Depositor.  All questions as to the validity, form
and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined
by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all
parties.  Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued
with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly
retendered.  Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted
for exchange will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such
Holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or
termination of the Exchange Offer.  Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures, described above under " --
Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
Conditions
 
  Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old Notes
not theretofore accepted for exchange, and may terminate or amend the Exchange
Offer as provided herein before the acceptance of such Old Notes, if any of
the following conditions exist:
 
    (a) the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder,
  violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the SEC;
 
    (b) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or
  by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer
  which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might impair the ability of the
  Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer;
 
    (c) any law, statute, rule or regulation is adopted or enacted which, in
  the sole judgment of the Company, might materially impair the ability of
  the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer;
 
    (d) a banking moratorium is declared by U.S. federal or California or New
  York state authorities which, in the Company's judgment, would reasonably
  be expected to impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the
  Exchange Offer;
 
    (e) trading on the New York Stock Exchange or generally in the U.S. over-
  the-counter market is suspended by order of the SEC or any other
  governmental authority which, in the Company's judgment, would reasonably
  be expected to impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the
  Exchange Offer; or
 
    (f) a stop order is issued by the SEC or any state securities authority
  suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or proceedings
  are initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened for that
  purpose.
 
  If any such conditions exist, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old
Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to exchanging Holders, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of
the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of Holders to withdraw
such Old Notes (See " -- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive certain of
such conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly
tendered Old Notes which have not been withdrawn or revoked.  If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver in a manner reasonably calculated to inform Holders of
Old Notes of such waiver.
 
  The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in its sole reasonable discretion.  The failure by the
Company at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be
deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
Exchange Agent
 
  The Bank of New York has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer.  Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
By Registered or Certified Mail:  By Overnight Courier:
Attention: Noriko Miyakazi        Attention: Noriko Miyakazi
  Reorganization Section            Reorganization Section
  The Bank of New York              The Bank of New York
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E      101 Barclay Street
  New York, New York 10286          Corporate Trust Services Window
                                    Ground Floor
                                    New York, New York 10286

By Hand:                          By Facsimile
Attention: Noriko Miyakazi          (212) 815-5915
  Reorganization Section            Attention: Noriko Miyakazi
  The Bank of New York              Reorganization Section
  101 Barclay Street                Confirm by telephone:
  Corporate Trust Services Window   (212) 815-5939
  Ground Floor
  New York, New York 10286
</TABLE>
 
Fees and Expenses
 
  The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company.  The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular
employees of the Company and its affiliates.
 
  The Company will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer.  The Company, however, will pay
the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection
therewith.  The Company may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
them in forwarding copies of this Prospectus and related documents to the
beneficial owners of the Old Notes, and in handling or forwarding tenders for
exchange.
   
  The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Company, are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately
$400,000 and include fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and the Trustee
under the Indenture and accounting and legal fees.     
 
  The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.  If, however, certificates
representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts at maturity not
tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be
registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
Holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in
the name of any person other than the person signing the Letter of
Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering Holder.  If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exception therefrom is not submitted with the Letter
of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to
such tendering Holder.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
  The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
which is face value as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the
date of the Exchange Offer.  Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting
purposes will be recognized upon consummation of the Exchange Offer.  The
issuance costs incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be
capitalized and amortized over the term of the New Notes.
 
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF THE OLD NOTES
 
  The Old Notes were issued under an Indenture between the Company, as issuer,
and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").  A copy of the Indenture
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to which this
Prospectus is a part.  The following summary of certain provisions of the
Indenture does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Indenture,
including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part
thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.  Whenever particular
defined terms of the Indenture not otherwise defined herein are referred to,
such defined terms are incorporated herein by reference.  For definitions of
certain capitalized terms used in the following summary, See "-- Certain
Definitions."
 
General
 
  The Old Notes are unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the Company,
initially limited to $463.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity,
and mature on March 1, 2008.  Although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a
significant amount of original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, is
recognized by a Holder as such discount accrues from the issue date of the Old
Notes, no interest is payable on the Old Notes prior to September 1, 2003.
Commencing March 1, 2003, interest on the Old Notes will accrue at the rate of
12 5/8% per annum from March 1, 2003 or from the most recent Interest Payment
Date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually in
arrears (to Holders of record at the close of business on February 15 or
August 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on March 1 and
September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 2003.  Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
 
  If by February 19, 1999, the Company has not consummated the Exchange Offer
for the Old Notes or caused a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to
resales of the Notes to be declared effective, interest on the Old Notes (in
addition to interest otherwise accruing on the Old Notes after March 1, 2003)
will accrue at the rate of 0.5% per annum of the Accreted Value on the
preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date and be payable in cash semiannually in
arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 1999,
until the consummation of a registered exchange offer or the effectiveness of
a Shelf Registration Statement.  See "-- Registration Rights."
 
  Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Old Notes is payable and
the Old Notes may be exchanged or transferred at the office of the Trustee in
New York, New York; provided that, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they
appear in the Security Register.
 
  The Old Notes were issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 of principal amount at maturity and any integral
multiple thereof.  See "Description of the Units -- Book-Entry; Delivery and
Form."  No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Old Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in
connection therewith.
 
  Subject to the covenants described below under "Covenants" and applicable
law, the Company may issue additional Notes under the Indenture.  The Old
Notes and any additional Notes subsequently issued would be treated as a
single class for all purposes under the Indenture.
 
Optional Redemption
 
  The Old Notes are redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part,
at any time or from time to time, on or after March 1, 2003 and prior to
maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by
first class mail to each Holder's last address as it appears in the Security
Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of
principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest,
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to
receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-
month period commencing March 1, of the years set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Year                                                          Percentage
        ----                                                          ----------
     <S>                                                              <C>
     2003............................................................   106.31%
     2004............................................................   104.20
     2005............................................................   102.10
     2006 and thereafter.............................................   100.00
</TABLE>
 
  In addition, at any time prior to March 1, 2001, the Company may redeem up
to 35% of the Accreted Value of the Old Notes with the proceeds of one or more
sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, at any
time or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a
percentage of Accreted Value on the Redemption Date) of 112.625%; provided
that Old Notes representing at least $301.0 million aggregate principal amount
at maturity remain outstanding after each such redemption.
 
  In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Old Notes for
redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of
the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Old Notes are
listed or, if the Old Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange,
by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall
deem to be fair and appropriate; provided that no Old Note of $1,000 in
principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part.  If any Old
Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such
Old Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof
to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof
upon cancellation of the original Old Note.
 
Sinking Fund
 
  There is no sinking fund payments for the Notes.
 
Registration Rights
 
  The Company agreed with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the
Holders, that the Company will use its best efforts, at its cost, to file and
cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to a
registered offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange the Old Notes for an issue
of unsubordinated notes of the Company (the "Exchange Notes") with terms
identical to the Old Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof or provide for registration rights or
additional interest).  Upon such registration statement being declared
effective, the Company shall offer the Exchange Notes in return for surrender
of the Old Notes.  Such offer shall remain open for not less than 20 business
days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders.  For
each Old Note surrendered to the Company under the Exchange Offer, the Holder
will receive an Exchange Note of equal principal amount at maturity.  The
accreted value of each Exchange Note shall be identical to, and shall be
determined in the same manner as, the Accreted Value of the Old Notes so
surrendered and exchanged therefor.  Interest on each Exchange Note shall
accrue from the last Interest Payment Date on which interest was paid on the
Old Notes so surrendered or, if no interest has been paid on such Old Notes,
from March 1, 2003.  In the event that applicable laws, including regulations
and interpretations of the Staff of the Commission do not permit the Company
to effect the Exchange Offer, or under certain other circumstances, the
Company shall, at its cost, use its best efforts to cause to become effective
a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") with
respect to resales of the Old Notes and to keep such Shelf Registration
Statement effective until two years after the Closing Date, or such shorter
period that will terminate when all Old Notes covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement.  The Company shall, in the event of such a shelf registration,
provide to each Holder copies of the prospectus, notify each Holder when the
Shelf Registration Statement for the Old Notes has become effective and take
certain other actions as are required to permit resales of the Old Notes.  A
Holder that sells its Old Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
generally will be required to be named as a
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus
to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions
under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by
the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable to
such a Holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
 
  In the event that the Exchange Offer is not consummated and a Shelf
Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the date that
is one year after the Closing Date, interest on the Notes (in addition to
interest otherwise due on the Notes after March 1, 2003) will accrue at the
rate of 0.5% per annum of the Accreted Value on the preceding Semi-Annual
Accrual Date and be payable in cash semiannually on March 1 and September 1 of
each year, commencing September 1, 1999, until the Exchange Offer is
consummated or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective.
 
  If the Company effects the Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to
close the Exchange Offer 20 business days after the commencement thereof,
provided that it has accepted all Old Notes theretofore validly surrendered in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.  Old Notes not tendered in
the Exchange Offer shall continue to accrue original issue discount during the
period ending March 1, 2003 and shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of
12 5/8% per annum and be subject to all of the terms and conditions specified
in the Indenture and to the transfer restrictions described in "Notice to
Investors."
 
  This summary of certain provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement does
not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, a
copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
Ranking
 
  The Indebtedness evidenced by the Old Notes ranks pari passu in right of
payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Company and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated
indebtedness of the Company.  Further, the Old Notes are unsecured and
effectively subordinated to any insecured indebtedness of the Company with
respect to the assets securing such indebtedness.  As of September 30, 1998,
the Company had approximately $250.7 million of Indebtedness outstanding, of
which approximately $52,000 was secured.  See "Capitalization."  In addition,
all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables and
indebtedness, including any subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company's
subsidiaries are effectively senior to the Old Notes.  The Indenture permits
the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness to finance
the acquisition of equipment, inventory and network assets and to finance or
support working capital and capital expenditures for its VOD Business and to
secure such indebtedness.  See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Leverage; Ability
to Service Indebtedness; Restrictive Covenants" and "--Holding Company
Structure; Dependence of Company on Subsidiaries for Repayment of Old Notes."
 
Certain Definitions
 
  Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
covenants and other provisions of the Indenture.  Reference is made to the
Indenture for the definition of any other capitalized term used herein for
which no definition is provided.
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
  "Accreted Value" is defined to mean, for any Specified Date, the amount
calculated pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) for each $1,000 of principal
amount at maturity of Old Notes:
 
    (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one or more of the following dates
  (each a "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the
  amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Semi-Annual                                                       Accreted
      Accrual Date                                                       Value
      ------------                                                      --------
     <S>                                                                <C>
     Issue Date........................................................   540.00
     March 1, 1998.....................................................   542.20
     September 1, 1998.................................................   576.42
     March 1, 1999.....................................................   612.81
     September 1, 1999.................................................   651.49
     March 1, 2000.....................................................   692.62
     September 1, 2000.................................................   736.34
     March 1, 2001.....................................................   782.82
     September 1, 2001.................................................   832.24
     March 1, 2002.....................................................   884.77
     September 1, 2002.................................................   940.62
     March 1, 2003..................................................... 1,000.00
</TABLE>
 
    (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual
  Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) $540.00 and (b) an
  amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-
  Annual Accrual Date less $540.00 multiplied by (2) a fraction, the
  numerator of which is the number of days from the issue date of the Old
  Notes to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months,
  and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the issue
  date of the Old Notes to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-
  day year of twelve 30-day months;
 
    (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates,
  the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the
  Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b)
  an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the
  immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for
  the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied by (2) a
  fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately
  preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day
  year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or
 
    (iv) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual
  Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.
 
  "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an
Asset Acquisition by a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection
with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or
such Asset Acquisition; provided that Indebtedness of such Person which is
redeemed, defused, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately
after consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired
Indebtedness.
 
  "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the aggregate net
income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following items
shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without
duplication): (i) the net income of any Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries by such Person during such period; (ii) solely for the purposes
of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
clause (C) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments"
covenant described below (and in such case, except to the extent inculpable
pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued
prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or
substantially all of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net
income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule
or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, except to
the extent that such net income could be paid to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary by loans, advances, intercompany transfers, principal repayments or
otherwise; (iv) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to
Asset Sales; (v) except for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted
Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below, any amount paid
or accrued as dividends on Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Company and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.
 
  "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total amount of assets
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation,
amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the extent resulting
from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-ups in connection with
accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after deducting
therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii) all goodwill, trade
names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other
like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
prepared in conformity with GAAP and filed with the Commission or provided to
the Trustee pursuant to the "Commission Reports and Reports to Holders"
covenant.
 
  "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled
by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
  "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an Investment by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person
shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated
with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such
Person's primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the
businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
Investment or (ii) an acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of
such Person or of a division or line of business of such Person; provided that
the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to
the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of
such acquisition.
 
  "Asset Disposition" means the sale or other disposition by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets that
constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
  "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way
of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one transaction or
a series of related transactions by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the property and assets of an
operating unit or business of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets (other than the Capital
Stock or other Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed
by the provisions of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided
that "Asset Sale" shall not include (a) sales or other dispositions of
inventory, receivables and other current assets, (b) sales or other
dispositions of assets for consideration at least equal to the fair market
value of the assets sold or disposed of, to the extent that the consideration
received would constitute property or assets of the kinds described in clause
(ii)(B) of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant, (c) sales, transfers or
other dispositions of assets constituting Restricted Payments permitted to be
made under the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant or (d) transfers
consisting of granting of Liens permitted under the "Limitation on Liens"
covenant and dispositions of such assets in accordance with such Liens.
 
  "Attributable Debt" means, with respect to an operating lease included in
any Sale and Leaseback Transaction at the time of determination, the present
value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if not known,
at the Company's incremental borrowing rate) of the obligations of the lessee
of the property subject to such lease for rental payments during the remaining
term of the lease included in such transaction, including any period for which
such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended,
or until the earliest date on which the lessee may terminate such lease
without penalty or upon payment of penalty (in which case the rental payments
shall include such penalty), after excluding from such rental payments all
amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance,
taxes, assessments, water, utilities and similar charges.
 
  "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any debt
security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a)
the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security and (b) the
amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
payments.
 
  "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in the equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the
Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all Common
Stock and Preferred Stock.
 
  "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present
value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with
GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
 
  "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the discounted present value of the
rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease.
 
  "Change of Control" means such time as (i) (a) prior to the occurrence of a
Public Market, a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock representing a
greater percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Company, on a fully diluted basis, than is held by the Existing Stockholders
on such date and (b) after the occurrence of a Public Market, a "person" or
"group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act) becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act) of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis, and such ownership is greater
than the percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Company, on a fully diluted basis, than is held by the Existing Stockholders
on such date; or (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board
of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of
Directors or whose nomination by the Board of Directors for election by the
Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of the Board of Directors then in office who either were members of
the Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.
 
  "Closing Date" means the date on which the Old Notes are originally issued
under the Indenture.
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
  "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, Adjusted Consolidated Net
Income for such period plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in
calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest
Expense, (ii) income taxes (other than income taxes (either positive or
negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or
sales of assets), (iii) depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense and
(v) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other
than items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve
is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis
for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP;
provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise
reduced in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income) by an amount
equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable
to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership
interest in the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day
of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
  "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate amount
of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation,
amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest
portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the
effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements;
and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in
respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid
or to be accrued by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such
period; excluding, however, (i) any amount of such interest of any Restricted
Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the
calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of
the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of
such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof)
and (ii) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof)
payable in connection with the offering of the Old Notes, all as determined on
a consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries)
in conformity with GAAP.
 
  "Consolidated Leverage Ratio" means, on any Transaction Date, the ratio of
(i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to
(ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the then most recent
fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the Company have been filed
with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to the "Commission
Reports and Reports to Holders" covenant described below (such fiscal quarter
period being the "Quarter") multiplied by four; provided that, in making the
foregoing calculation, (A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness
to be Incurred or repaid on the Transaction Date; (B) pro forma effect shall
be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro
forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that
occur from the beginning of the Quarter through the Transaction Date (the
"Reference Period"), as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been
applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and (C) pro forma effect
shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving
pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that
have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has
been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such
Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset
Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted
Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset
Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such
Reference Period; provided that to the extent that clause (B) or (C) of this
sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or
Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the full
fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or
division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of
for which financial information is available.
 
  "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination, stockholders'
equity as set forth on the most recently available quarterly or annual
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the
date of such computation, and which shall not take into account Unrestricted
Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock or any
equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness, the cost of
treasury stock and the principal amount of any promissory notes receivable
from the sale of the Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, each item to be determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding
the effects of foreign currency exchange adjustments under Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
52).
 
  "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement.
 
  "Debt Securities" means any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee) issued in
connection with a public offering (whether or not underwritten) or a private
placement (provided such private placement is underwritten for resale pursuant
to Rule 144A, Regulation S or otherwise under the Securities Act or sold on an
agency basis by a broker-dealer or one of its Affiliates to 10 or more
beneficial holders); it being understood that "Debt Securities" shall not
include commercial bank borrowings or similar borrowings, recourse transfers
of financial assets, capital leases or other types of borrowings incurred in a
manner not customarily viewed as a "securities offering" or Guarantees in
respect of the foregoing.
 
  "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
 
  "Disqualified Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock of any
Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Old Notes, (ii) redeemable at the option of the
holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Old Notes or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable for
Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having a
scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Old Notes; provided
that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for
provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to
repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale"
or "change of control" occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Old Notes
shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of
control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to
the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in "Limitation
on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase of Old Notes upon a Change of Control"
covenants described below and such Capital Stock specifically provides that
such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such
provision prior to the Company's repurchase of such Old Notes as are required
to be repurchased pursuant to the "Limitation on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase
of Old Notes upon a Change of Control" covenants described below.
 
  "Existing Stockholders" means Alan H. Bushell, Paul M. Cook, John A.
Rollwagen, Acorn (so long as there has been no change of control of Acorn) and
Sarnoff Corporation.
 
  "Fair market value" means the price that would be paid in an arm's-length
transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell
and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
if evidenced by a Board Resolution; provided that for purposes of clause
(viii) of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant,
(x) the fair market value of any security registered under the Exchange Act
shall be the average of the closing prices, regular way, of such security for
the 20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the sale of Capital
Stock and (y) in the event the aggregate fair market value of any other
property (other than cash or cash equivalents) received by the Company exceeds
$10 million, the fair market value of such property shall be determined by a
nationally recognized investment banking firm and set forth in their written
opinion which shall be delivered to the Trustee.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation,
those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession.  All ratios and computations contained or referred to
in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis, except that calculations made for purposes of determining
compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of the
Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (i) the amortization of any
expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Old Notes and (ii)
except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or
permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.
 
  "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or
advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of
such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or
by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services
(unless such purchase arrangements are on arm's-length terms and are entered
into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain
financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes
of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in
whole or in part); provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
  "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue,
assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become
responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness,
including an "Incurrence" of Acquired Indebtedness; provided that neither the
accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be
considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date of
determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person for
borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such
Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including
reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (iv) all obligations of such
Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services,
which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing
such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the
completion of such services, except Trade Payables, (v) all Capitalized Lease
Obligations of such Person, (vi) all Attributable Debt of such Person with
respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a
lessee; (vii) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Disqualified
Stock of such Person at the date of determination; (viii) all Indebtedness of
other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at
such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, (ix) all
Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such
Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and (x) to the extent not otherwise
included in this definition, net obligations under Currency Agreements and
Interest Rate Agreements.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the maximum
fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed
repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were repurchased on any date
on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the
Indenture; provided that if such Disqualified Stock is not then permitted to
be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such
Disqualified Stock.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date
shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations
as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum
liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, provided that (A) the amount outstanding at any time of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such
Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue
discount of such Indebtedness at the time of its issuance as determined in
conformity with GAAP, (B) money borrowed and set aside at the time of the
Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of the interest
on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be "Indebtedness" and (C)
Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or
other taxes.
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
  "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate protection agreement,
interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,
interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar
agreement or arrangement.
 
  "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or
other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee
or similar arrangement; but excluding (x) advances to customers (including
distributors) in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with
GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) advances to suppliers in the ordinary course
of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as prepaid expenses on
the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z)
advances or prepayments to SRTC in connection with the acquisition of SRTC),
or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property
to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes,
debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall
include (i) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary and (ii) the fair market value of the Capital Stock (or any other
Investment), held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of (or
in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including
without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (iii) of
the "Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries" covenant; provided that the fair market value of the Investment
remaining in any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall
not exceed the aggregate amount of Investments previously made in such Person
valued at the time such Investments were made less the net reduction of such
Investments. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and
the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below,
(i)"Investment" shall include the fair market value of the assets (net of
liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries)) of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted
Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the fair market
value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the
time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary
shall be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments and (iii) any
property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at
its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
 
  "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any
agreement to give any security interest).
 
  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
 
  "Net Cash Proceeds" means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds
of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments
in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed
or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and
proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash
or cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and
expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants and investment
bankers and other professionals) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions
for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable)
as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of
operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
(iii) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding
at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on the
property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of such sale
and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset
Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities
under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as
determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance or
sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of
cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest,
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents
(except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of
other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
attorney's fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees,
discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof.
 
  "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase Old Notes by the Company from
the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder
stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that
all Old Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer to
Purchase will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii) the purchase
price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the
"Payment Date"); (iii) that any Old Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest (or original issue discount) pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless
the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Old Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue
interest (or original issue discount) on and after the Payment Date; (v) that
Holders electing to have an Old Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to
Purchase will be required to deliver the Old Note, together with the form
entitled "Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse side of the
Old Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the
Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if
the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal
amount at maturity of Old Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Old Notes purchased; and
(vii) that Holders whose Old Notes are being purchased only in part will be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Old Notes surrendered; provided that each Old Note purchased and each new Note
issued shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or integral
multiples thereof.  On or prior to the Payment Date, the Company shall (i)
accept for payment on a pro rata basis Old Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Old Notes or portions thereof so
accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Old
Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
specifying the Old Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the
Company.  The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Old Notes so
accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee
shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in
principal amount at maturity to any unpurchased portion of the Old Note
surrendered; provided that each Old Note purchased and each new Note issued
shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to
Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date.  The Trustee shall act
as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase.  The Company will comply with
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable,
in the event that the Company is required to repurchase Old Notes pursuant to
an Offer to Purchase.
 
  "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such
Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with
or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such person's primary
business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii)
Temporary Cash Investments; (iii) payroll, travel, relocation and similar
advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans or
advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business that do not in
the aggregate exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding; (v) Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5 million;
provided each such Unrestricted Subsidiary's primary business is related,
ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on the dates of such Investments; and (vi) Investments received
in
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
satisfaction of judgments or as part of or in connection with the bankruptcy,
winding up or liquidation of a Person, except if such Investment is received
in consideration for an Investment made in such Person in connection with or
in anticipation of such bankruptcy, winding up or liquidation.
 
  "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a
reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory and common law Liens
of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good
faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as
shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii) Liens
incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social
security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of
tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers'
acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and
return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in
the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
borrowed money); (v) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances
and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that
do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including
extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after
the Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for the
purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with the "Limitation
on Indebtedness" covenant described below, to finance the cost (including,
without limitation, the cost of design, development, construction,
acquisition, transportation, installation, improvement or integration) of the
real or personal property subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to,
at the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the
completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such
property, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien
does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or
cover any property other than such item of property and any improvements on
such property and any proceeds (including insurance proceeds) and products
thereof and attachments and accessions thereto; (vii) leases or subleases
granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(viii) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from
progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title
of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating
lease; (x) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements regarding leases or other Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements for precautionary purposes relating to arrangements not
constituting Indebtedness; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of Capital
Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time such Person becomes,
or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do
not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired and any proceeds
(including insurance proceeds) and products thereof and attachments and
accessions thereto; (xii) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or
order against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise
to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property
relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv)
Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law
to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of
goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits,
and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the
industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case,
securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements
and forward contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar
agreements or arrangements designed solely to protect the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or
the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered
into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date;
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
(xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables; (xix) any interest or title of
licensor in the property subject to a license; and (xx) Liens on the Capital
Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
  "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering of
Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act.
 
  A "Public Market" shall be deemed to exist if (i) a Public Equity Offering
has been consummated and (ii) at least 15% of the total issued and outstanding
Common Stock of the Company has been distributed by means of an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or sales pursuant to Rule 144
under the Securities Act.
 
  "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
  "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement
pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or
transfers any of its assets or properties (whether owned on the Closing Date
or acquired thereafter) and then or thereafter leases such assets or
properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the
same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.
 
  "Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any Restricted
Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent
fiscal year of the Company, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated
revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end
of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most
recently available consolidated financial statements of the Company for such
fiscal year.
 
  "Specified Date" means any Redemption Date, any Payment Date for an Offer to
Purchase or any date on which the Old Notes first become due and payable after
an Event of Default.
 
  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-
Hill Companies, Inc. and its successors.
 
  "Stated Maturity" means, (i) with respect to any debt security, the date
specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final
installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and (ii)
with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any
debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on
which such installment is due and payable.
 
  "Strategic Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company
Incurred to finance the acquisition of a Person engaged in the VOD Business
that by its terms, or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to
which such Indebtedness is Incurred, (i) is expressly made subordinate in
right of payment to the Old Notes pursuant to the terms of a subordinated note
substantially in the form attached to the Indenture; provided that the Company
shall have received an opinion of counsel as to the validity and
enforceability of such subordinated note and (ii) provides that no payment of
principal, premium or interest on, or any other payment with respect to, such
Indebtedness may be made prior to the payment in full of all of the Company's
obligations under the Old Notes; provided that such Indebtedness may provide
for and be repaid at any time from the proceeds of the sale of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company after the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness.
 
  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association
or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the
outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and
one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
  "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i) direct
obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of
America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of
deposit and money market deposits
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank
or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of
America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United
States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and
undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50 million (or the foreign
currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or
such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally
recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the
Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a registered broker
dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of
not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (i) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described
in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days
after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an
Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized
by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1"
(or higher) according to S&P, (v) auction-rate preferred stocks of any
corporation maturing not later than 45 days after the acquisition thereof,
with a rating at the time of acquisition of not less than "AAA" according to
S&P or "Aaa" according to Moody's, (vi) corporate debt obligations maturing
within 12 months after the date of acquisition, with a rating on the date of
acquisition not less than "AAA" or "A-1" according to S&P or "Aaa" or "P-1"
according to Moody's, and (vii) securities with maturities of six months or
less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of
America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and
rated at least "A" by S&P or Moody's.
 
  "Trade Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or
any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created,
assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the
ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or
services.
 
  "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such
Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment,
the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.
 
  "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
the Board of Directors in the manner provided below; and (ii) any Subsidiary
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary
of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns
any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any Guarantee by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary
being so designated shall be deemed an "Incurrence" of such Indebtedness and
an "Investment" by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if
applicable) at the time of such designation; (B) either (I) the Subsidiary to
be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (II) if such Subsidiary
has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under the
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below and (C) if
applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in
clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under the "Limitation on
Indebtedness" and "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenants described
below.  The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to
such designation and (ii) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred
at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have
been Incurred) for all purposes of the Indenture.  Any such designation by the
Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with
the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation
and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
the foregoing provisions.
 
  "VOD Business" means the development, ownership or operation of video-on-
demand systems or the provision of video-on-demand services and any related,
ancillary or complementary business.
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
  "Voting Stock" means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class
or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors,
managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
 
  "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the
ownership of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other
than any director's qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals
mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
Covenants
 
  Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the
Old Notes and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date); provided that the
Company may Incur Indebtedness, and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur
Acquired Indebtedness, if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be greater than zero and less than 6:1.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary
(except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following: (i)
Indebtedness outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $25 million, less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid as
provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant described below; (ii)
Indebtedness owed (A) to the Company evidenced by a promissory note or (B) to
any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any event which results in any such
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent
transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such
Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii) Indebtedness issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund,
then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause
(i), (ii), (iv), (vi), (ix), (x) or (xi) of this paragraph) and any
refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or
refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided that
Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Old
Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of
payment to, the Old Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (iii) if
(A) in case the Old Notes are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be
refinanced is pari passu with the Old Notes, such new Indebtedness, by its
terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such
new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari passu with, or
subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Old Notes, (B) in case the
Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Old
Notes, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains
outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Old
Notes at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is
subordinated to the Old Notes and (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of
the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the
Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining
Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided
further that in no event may Indebtedness of the Company be refinanced by
means of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause
(iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds
provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements and
Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements (a) are designed
solely to protect the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and (b) do
not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other
than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or
interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
thereunder; and (C) arising from agreements providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from Guarantees or
letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such
agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any
business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of
Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such disposition; (v) Indebtedness of the Company, to the
extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly (A) used to purchase Old Notes
tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change in Control or
(B) deposited to defease the Old Notes as described below under "Defeasance";
(vi) Guarantees of the Old Notes and Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company
by any Restricted Subsidiary provided the Guarantee of such Indebtedness is
permitted by and made in accordance with the "Limitation on Issuance of
Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant described below; (vii)
Indebtedness Incurred to finance the cost (including the cost of design,
development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement,
transportation or integration) to acquire equipment, inventory or network
assets (including acquisitions by way of Capitalized Lease and acquisitions of
the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent of the fair market value of the equipment, inventory or network assets
so acquired) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date
or to finance or support working capital or capital expenditures for the VOD
Business; (viii) Indebtedness of the Company not to exceed, at any one time
outstanding, two times (A) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after
the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company, to
the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been used pursuant to clause (C)(2)
of the first paragraph or clause (iii), (iv) or (vi) of the second paragraph
of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below to make a
Restricted Payment and (B) 80% of the fair market value of property (other
than cash and cash equivalents) received by the Company after the Closing Date
from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person
that is not a Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent such sale of Capital
Stock has not been used pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (vii) of the second
paragraph of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below
to make a Restricted Payment; provided that such Indebtedness does not mature
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Old Notes and has an Average Life longer
than the Old Notes; (ix) Indebtedness of the Company, in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $1 million, Incurred in
connection with the repurchase of shares of Capital Stock of the Company,
options on any such shares or related stock appreciation rights held by
employees, former employees, directors or former directors (or their estates
or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement or
termination of employment; provided that such Indebtedness, by its terms, (A)
is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Old Notes, and
(B) provides that no payments of principal (including by way of sinking fund,
mandatory redemption or otherwise (including defeasance)), may be made while
any of the Old Notes are outstanding; (x) Strategic Subordinated Indebtedness;
and (xi) Indebtedness of the Company (in addition to Indebtedness permitted
under clauses (i) through (x) above) in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time not to exceed $15 million, less any amount of such
Indebtedness permanently repaid as provided under the "Limitation on Asset
Sales" covenant described below.
 
  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this "Limitation on Indebtedness"
covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant
shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding
Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of
currencies.
 
  (c) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under
this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, (1) Guarantees, Liens or
obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness
otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be
included and (2) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable
provisions referred to in the "Limitation on Liens" covenant described below
shall not be treated as Indebtedness.  For purposes of determining compliance
with this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, in the event that an item of
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness
described in the above clauses, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall
classify and may, from time to time, reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and
only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of
such clauses.
 
  Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution on or with respect to its Capital
 
                                      87
<PAGE>
 
Stock (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of
its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or
other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock and (y) pro rata
dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by
minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire
for value any shares of Capital Stock of (A) the Company or an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares
of Capital Stock) held by any Person or (B) a Restricted Subsidiary (including
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock)
held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of
the Capital Stock of the Company, (iii) make any voluntary or optional
principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Indebtedness of
the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Old Notes or (iv)
make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such
payments or any other actions described in clauses (i) through (iv) above
being collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and after giving
effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (A) a Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) the Company could not Incur at
least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
Indebtedness" covenant or (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments
(the amount, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a
Board Resolution) made after the Closing Date shall exceed the sum of (1) the
aggregate amount of the Consolidated EBITDA (or, if Consolidated EBITDA is
negative, minus the amount by which Consolidated EBITDA is less than zero)
less 1.5 times Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case accrued on a
cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning
on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date
and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the
Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the Commission or
provided to the Trustee pursuant to the "Commission Reports and Reports to
Holders" covenant plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale permitted by the
Indenture of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who
is not a Subsidiary of the Company, including an issuance or sale permitted by
the Indenture of Indebtedness of the Company for cash subsequent to the
Closing Date upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or from the issuance to a
Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company of any options, warrants or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (in each case, exclusive
of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are
redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior
to the Stated Maturity of the Old Notes), in each case except to the extent
such Net Cash Proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause
(viii) of the second paragraph under the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant
plus (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than
reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of
interest on Indebtedness, dividends, distributions, repayments of loans or
advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such
Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds
are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from
redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued
in each case as provided in the definition of "Investments"), not to exceed,
in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
  The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the payment
of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at
said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the foregoing
paragraph; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment
to the Old Notes, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest,
with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clause
(iii) of the second paragraph of part (a) of the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
covenant; (iii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital
Stock of the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or
other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other
rights to acquire such Capital Stock); (iv) the making of any principal
payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other
 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
acquisition for value of Indebtedness of the Company which is subordinated in
right of payment to the Old Notes in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a
substantially concurrent offering of shares of the Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to
acquire such Capital Stock); (v) payments or distributions to dissenting
stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a
consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions
of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company; (vi) Investments
in any Person the primary business of which is related, ancillary or
complementary to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on the date of such Investments; provided that the aggregate amount of
Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the sum of (x)
$30 million plus (y) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company
after the Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, except
to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant
to clause (viii) under the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant or to make
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(2) of the first paragraph, or
clause (iii) or (iv) of this paragraph, of this "Limitation on Restricted
Payments" covenant, plus (z) the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to
this clause (vi) resulting from distributions on or repayments of such
Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment
(except in each case to the extent any such payment or proceeds is included in
the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA) or from such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of
"Investments"); provided that the net reduction in any Investment shall not
exceed the amount of such Investment; (vii) Investments acquired in exchange
for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (viii) the
declaration or payment of dividends on the Common Stock of the Company
following a Public Equity Offering of such Common Stock, of up to 6% per annum
of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company in such Public Equity
Offering; (ix) repurchases of Warrants pursuant to a Repurchase Offer; (x) any
purchase of any fractional share of Common Stock of the Company in connection
with an exercise of the Warrants; (xi) Investments in any Person the primary
business of which is located outside the United States and is related,
ancillary or complementary to the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on the date of such Investments; provided that the aggregate
amount of Investments pursuant to this clause (xi) does not exceed (x) $5
million plus (y) the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to this clause
(xi) resulting from distributions on or repayments of such Investments or from
the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except in each
case to the extent any such payment or proceeds is included in the calculation
of Consolidated EBITDA) or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
(valued in each case as provided in the definition of "Investments"), provided
that the net reduction in any Investment shall not exceed the amount of such
Investment; or (xii) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Company from
employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the Company (or
their estates or beneficiaries under their estates); upon their death,
disability, retirement, or termination of employment; provided that the
aggregate amount of such repurchases shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar
year or $3 million in the aggregate; provided that, except in the case of
clauses (i) and (iii), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth
therein.
 
  Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (other
than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (ii) thereof, an exchange of
Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Indebtedness referred to in clause (iii) or
(iv) thereof and an Investment referred to in clause (vi) thereof), and the
Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses
(iii) and (iv) thereof, shall be included in calculating whether the
conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of this "Limitation on
Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect to any subsequent
Restricted Payments.  In the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital
Stock of the Company are used for the redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of the Old Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Old
Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause
(C) of the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments"
covenant only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption,
repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness.
 
  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability
of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such
Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
(ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
 
  The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or
restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in the Indenture or any other
agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings,
renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances
and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or
replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than
those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being
extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of
applicable law; (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the property or
assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation
thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person
or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property
or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of the
first paragraph of this "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, (A) that restrict in a customary
manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is
a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B)
existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right
with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture or (C) arising
or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any
Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from
the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that
has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all
of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted
Subsidiary; or (vi) contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any
agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (A) the
encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Old Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as
determined by the Company) and (B) the Company determines that any such
encumbrance or restriction is not reasonably expected to materially affect the
Company's ability to make principal or interest payments on the Old Notes.
Nothing contained in this "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant shall prevent the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or
suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in the "Limitation on Liens"
covenant or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or
assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
  Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights
to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) issuances of director's qualifying
shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign
Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; (iii) if,
immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted
Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any
Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or
sale would have been permitted to be made under the "Limitation on Restricted
Payments" covenant if made on the date of such issuance or sale or (iv)
issuances or sales of Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the Net Cash Proceeds, if
any, of any such sale in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the "Limitation
on Asset Sales" covenant described below.
 
  Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to (x) directly or indirectly,
Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company which is pari passu with or
subordinate in right of payment to the Old Notes ("Guaranteed Indebtedness")
or (y) issue any
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
Debt Securities, unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes
and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a
Guarantee (a "Subsidiary Guarantee") of payment of the Old Notes by such
Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights
of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such
Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that this
paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted
Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary
and was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.  If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari
passu with the Old Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness
shall be pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B)
subordinated to the Old Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the
extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Old Notes.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted
Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any sale, exchange or
transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of the
Company's and each Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock in, or all or
substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale,
exchange or transfer is not prohibited by the Indenture) or (ii) the release
or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such
Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of
payment under such Guarantee.
 
  Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates. The Company
will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without
limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or
the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of such
holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Company or with any
Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and
reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such
transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution
of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm's-length transaction
with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate.
 
  The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors or (B) for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized
investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii) any
transaction solely between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the
payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company
who are not employees of the Company; (iv) any payments or other transactions
pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person
with which the Company files a consolidated tax return or with which the
Company is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes; (v) transactions
arising under the SRTC Transaction (as defined), including certain payments,
advances and prepayments of the Company to SRTC contemplated thereby, the
Exclusive Purchase and Sale and Technology License Agreement dated as of
November 21, 1995, by and between Sarnoff Real Time Corporation and the
Company or the Agreement dated October 30, 1995, between Sarnoff Corporation
and the Company; (vi) transactions between the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or an
Unrestricted Subsidiary on a cost, rather than fair market value, basis, or on
other terms of the kind customarily employed to allocate charges among members
of a consolidated group of entities, in any such case that are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the
aggregate fair market value of the consideration subject to such transactions
does not exceed $1 million in any calendar year; (vii) the licensing or
sublicensing of use of any intellectual property by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to any Person for use of such intellectual property
outside the United States; provided such licensing or sublicensing of such
intellectual property shall not adversely affect the Company's and its
Restricted Subsidiaries' access to such intellectual property for the conduct
of their respective businesses or (viii) any
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
Restricted Payments not prohibited by the "Limitation on Restricted Payments"
covenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related
transactions covered by the first paragraph of this "Limitation on
Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates" covenant and not covered by
clauses (ii) through (viii) of this paragraph, (a) the aggregate amount of
which exceeds $2 million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair
in the manner provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) above and (b) the aggregate
amount of which exceeds $10 million in value, must be determined to be fair in
the manner provided for in clause (i)(B) above.
 
  Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any of its assets or properties of any character, or any shares of Capital
Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, without making effective
provision for all of the Old Notes and all other amounts due under the
Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the
obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of
payment to the Old Notes, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by
such Lien.
 
  The foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the Closing
Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or Capital Stock
of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders;
(iii) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by
such Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness owing to the Company or such other
Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to
refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause
(iii) of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant;
provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets
securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (v) Liens on the Capital Stock of,
or any property or assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
covenant; (vi) Liens securing obligations under revolving credit, working
capital or similar facilities Incurred under clause (i), or Indebtedness under
clause (vii), of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
covenant; or (vii) Permitted Liens.
 
  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction.
 
  The foregoing restriction does not apply to any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction if (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not
in excess of three years; (ii) the lease secures or relates to industrial
revenue or pollution control bonds; (iii) the transaction is solely between
the Company and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, within 12 months after the sale or transfer of any assets or
properties is completed, applies an amount not less than the net proceeds
received from such sale in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the first
paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant described below.
 
  Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless (i) the
consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is at
least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of and
(ii) at least 85% of the consideration received consists of cash or Temporary
Cash Investments.  In the event and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more
Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date in any period of 12
consecutive months exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
(determined as of the date closest to the commencement of such 12-month period
for which a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
been filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to the
"Commission Reports and Reports to Holders" covenant), then the Company shall
or shall cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to (i) within 12 months
after the date Net Cash Proceeds so received exceed 10% of Adjusted
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net
Cash Proceeds to permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company,
or any Restricted Subsidiary providing a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the
"Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant
described above or Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary, in each
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied
pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so
invest within 12 months after the date of such agreement), in property or
assets (other than current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a
business (or in a Person having property and assets of a nature or type, or
engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the
property and assets of, or the business of, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment and (ii) apply (no later
than the end of the 12-month period referred to in clause (i)) such excess Net
Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied (or committed to be applied) pursuant
to clause (i)) as provided in the following paragraph of this "Limitation on
Asset Sales" covenant.  The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required
to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period
as set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and not applied as so
required by the end of such period shall constitute "Excess Proceeds."
 
  If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of
Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to
this "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant totals at least $5 million, the
Company must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such
month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata
basis an aggregate Accreted Value of Old Notes equal to the Excess Proceeds on
such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the Old
Notes on the relevant Payment Date, plus, in each case, accrued interest, if
any, to the Payment Date.
 
  Repurchase of Old Notes upon a Change of Control. The Company must commence,
within 30 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control, and thereafter
consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Old Notes then outstanding, at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof on the relevant
Payment Date, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Payment Date.
 
  There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds
available at the time of any Change of Control to make any debt payment
(including repurchases of Old Notes) required by the foregoing covenant (as
well as may be contained in other securities of the Company which might be
outstanding at the time).  The above covenant requiring the Company to
repurchase the Old Notes will, unless consents are obtained, require the
Company to repay all indebtedness then outstanding which by its terms would
prohibit such Old Note repurchase, either prior to or concurrently with such
Old Note repurchase.
 
  Commission Reports and Reports to Holders. At all times from and after the
earlier of (i) the date of the commencement of an Exchange Offer or the
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (the "Registration") and
(ii) February 19, 1999, in either case, whether or not the Company is then
required to file reports with the Commission, the Company shall file with the
Commission all such reports and other information as it would be required to
file with the Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if
it were subject thereto.  The Company shall supply the Trustee and each Holder
or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder, without
cost to such Holder, copies of such reports and other information.  At all
times prior to the earlier of the date of the Registration and the date that
is one year after the Closing Date, the Company shall, at its cost, deliver to
each Holder (or to the Trustee, for forwarding to such Holder) quarterly and
annual reports substantially equivalent to those which would be required by
the Exchange Act.  In addition, at all times prior to the Registration, upon
the request of any Holder or any prospective purchaser of the Old Notes
designated by a Holder, the Company shall supply to such Holder or such
prospective purchaser the information required under Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.
 
Events of Default
 
  The following events are defined as "Events of Default" in the Indenture:
(a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Old
Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of interest on any Old
Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a
period of 30 days; (c) default in the performance or breach of the provisions
of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or the failure to make or
consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
the "Limitation on Asset Sales" or "Repurchase of Old Notes upon a Change of
Control" covenant; (d) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches
any other covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or under the
Old Notes (other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) and
such default or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after
written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Old Notes; (e) there occurs with respect
to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $10 million or more in
the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such
Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default
that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and
payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been
discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled
within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a
principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such
defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days
of such payment default; (f) any final judgment or order (not covered by
insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $10 million in the aggregate
for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any
deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered
against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or
discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following
entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all
such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against
all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a stay of enforcement of
such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise,
shall not be in effect; (g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters
a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall
remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (h) the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by
a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
 
  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(g) or (h) above that occurs with respect to the Company) occurs and is
continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes then outstanding, by written
notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the
Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare
the Accreted Value, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Old Notes to
be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such
Accreted Value premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due
and payable.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event
of Default set forth in clause (e) above has occurred and is continuing, such
declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if
the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e)
shall be remedied or cured by the Company or the relevant Significant
Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60
days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto.  If an Event
of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) above occurs with respect to the
Company, the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the
Old Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder.  The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the outstanding Old Notes, by written notice to the Company and to
the Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration
of acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default,
other than the nonpayment of the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Old Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
For information as to the waiver of defaults, See "-- Modification and
Waiver."
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
  The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity
of the outstanding Old Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture,
that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee
determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of
Old Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other
action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from Holders of Old Notes.  A Holder may not pursue any remedy with
respect to the Indenture or the Old Notes unless: (i) the Holder gives the
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; (ii) the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Old
Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (iii) such
Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee
against any costs, liability or expense; (iv) the Trustee does not comply with
the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of
indemnity; and (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Old Notes do not
give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.  However,
such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of an Old Note to
receive payment of the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, or interest on,
such Old Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or
after the due date expressed in the Old Notes, which right shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
 
  The Indenture requires certain officers of the Company to certify, on or
before a date not more than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, that a
review has been conducted of the activities of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' performance
under the Indenture and that the Company has fulfilled all obligations
thereunder, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such
obligation, specifying each such default and the nature and status thereof.
The Company is obligated to notify the Trustee of any default or defaults in
the performance of any covenants or agreements under the Indenture.
 
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
 
  The Company will not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any
Person to merge with or into the Company unless: (i) the Company shall be the
continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or that acquired or leased
such property and assets of the Company shall be a corporation organized and
validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company
on all of the Old Notes and under the Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
on a pro forma basis, the Company or any Person becoming the successor obligor
of the Old Notes shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than
the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
forma basis, the Company, or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the
Old Notes, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated Leverage Ratio not
greater than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior
to the transaction; provided that this clause (iv) shall not apply to a
consolidation or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with
a positive net worth; provided further that, in connection with any such
merger or consolidation, no consideration (other than Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) in the surviving Person or the Company) shall be
issued or distributed to the stockholders of the Company; and (v) the Company
delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate (attaching the arithmetic
computations to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and (iv) above) and
an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or
transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this provision and that
all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction have
been complied with; provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do
not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the
principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation
of the
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
Company; and provided further that any such transaction shall not have as one
of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.
 
Defeasance
 
  Defeasance and Discharge. The Indenture provides that the Company will be
deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in
respect of the Old Notes on the 123rd day after the deposit referred to below,
and the provisions of the Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect
to the Old Notes (except for, among other matters, certain obligations to
register the transfer or exchange of the Old Notes, to replace stolen, lost or
mutilated Old Notes, to maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for
payment in trust) if, among other things, (A) the Company has deposited with
the Trustee, in trust, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through
the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with
their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Old Notes on the Stated
Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and
the Old Notes, (B) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (i) either (x) an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company's exercise
of its option under this "Defeasance" provision and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not
occurred, which Opinion of Counsel must be based upon (and accompanied by a
copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless
there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law after the Closing
Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the
Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the
aforementioned Opinion of Counsel and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and after the passage of 123 days following the deposit,
the trust fund will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law,
(C) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no
Event of Default, or event that after the giving of notice or lapse of time or
both would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day after
the date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument
to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound and (D) if at such time the Old
Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be
delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge.
 
  Defeasance of Certain Covenants and Certain Events of Default. The Indenture
further provides that the provisions of the Indenture will no longer be in
effect with respect to clauses (iii) and (iv) under "Consolidation, Merger and
Sale of Assets" and all the covenants described herein under "Covenants,"
clause (c) under "Events of Default" with respect to such clauses (iii) and
(iv) under "Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets," clause (d) under
"Events of Default" with respect to such other covenants and clauses (e) and
(f) under "Events of Default" shall be deemed not to be Events of Default
upon, among other things, the deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money
and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through the payment of interest and
principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide money
in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued
interest on the Old Notes on the Stated Maturity of such payments in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Old Notes, the satisfaction
of the provisions described in clauses (B)(ii), (C) and (D) of the preceding
paragraph and the delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that, among other things, the Holders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had
not occurred.
 
  Defeasance and Certain Other Events of Default. In the event the Company
exercises its option to omit compliance with certain covenants and provisions
of the Indenture with respect to the Old Notes as described in
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
the immediately preceding paragraph and the Old Notes are declared due and
payable because of the occurrence of an Event of Default that remains
applicable, the amount of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations on deposit
with the Trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the Old Notes at the
time of their Stated Maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on
the Old Notes at the time of the acceleration resulting from such Event of
Default.  However, the Company will remain liable for such payments.
 
Modification and Waiver
 
  Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company and
the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Old Notes; provided,
however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of
each Holder affected thereby, (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal
of, or any installment of interest on, any Old Note, (ii) reduce the Accreted
Value or principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Old
Note, (iii) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on, any Old Note, (iv) impair the right to
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated
Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) of
any Old Note, (v) reduce the above-stated percentage of outstanding Old Notes
the consent of whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend the Indenture,
(vi) waive a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on the Old Notes or (vii) reduce the percentage or aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Old Notes the consent of whose Holders is
necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or
for waiver of certain defaults.
 
No Personal Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors, or
Employees
 
  The Indenture provides that no recourse for the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any of the Old Notes or for any claim based
thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any
obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture, or in any
of the Old Notes or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented
thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer,
director, employee or controlling person of the Company or of any successor
Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Old Notes, waives and releases
all such liability.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
  The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of a Default, the
Trustee will not be liable, except for the performance of such duties as are
specifically set forth in such Indenture.  If an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the Trustee will use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise of the rights and powers invested in it under the Indenture as a
prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person's own affairs.
 
  The Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of
claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in
respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise.  The Trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, however, that if it
acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
 
  The terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material respects to
those of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes (i) will have been
registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not be subject to
certain restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes and (ii) will not
be entitled to certain registration rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, including the provision for Additional Interest of up to 2.0% on
the Old Notes.  Holders of Old Notes should review the information set forth
under "Prospectus Summary -- Certain Consequences of a Failure to Exchange Old
Notes" and "-- Terms of New Notes."
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  The following summary of the terms of the Company's capital stock does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
actual terms of the capital stock contained in the Company's Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
  The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate of Incorporation") authorizes the issuance of 65,000,000 shares
of Common Stock and 30,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.  The following
series of Common Stock have been designated in the Certificate of
Incorporation: Class B Common Stock ("Class B Common") and Class C Common
Stock ("Class C Common").  No shares of Class B Common are outstanding and
none will be issued in the future.  The following series of Preferred Stock
have been designated in the Certificate of Incorporation: Series A Preferred
Stock (the "Series A Preferred"), Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B
Preferred"), Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Preferred"), Series D
Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred") and Series AA Preferred Stock (the
"Series AA Preferred").  The Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C
Preferred and Series D Preferred are collectively referred to herein as the
"Preferred Stock."  As of September 30, 1998, there were approximately 187
holders of record of Common Stock and 191 holders of record of Preferred
Stock.  The Common Stock and Preferred Stock each have a par value of $0.001
per share.  The following table sets forth, with respect to each series of
Preferred Stock and Common Stock as of September 30, 1998, the number of
shares designated, the number of shares outstanding, the number of shares
subject to outstanding options and warrants and the total fully diluted
capitalization of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Shares          Common Stock
                                                   Issuable       Outstanding on a
                         Authorized Outstanding  Under Options     Fully Diluted,
      Class/Series         Shares     Shares    and Warrants(1) As Converted Basis(2)
      ------------       ---------- ----------- --------------- ---------------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>             <C>
Preferred Stock
  Series A Preferred....    205,600    205,600            --            205,600
  Series B Preferred....  4,493,748  3,419,842     1,073,906          4,493,748
  Series C Preferred....  6,918,600  6,168,600       750,000          6,918,600
  Series D Preferred....  8,517,352  8,279,590       200,000          8,479,590
  Series AA Preferred...  3,750,000  3,303,403       250,928          3,554,331
                                    ----------    ----------         ----------
    Total Preferred
     Stock..............            21,377,035     2,274,834         23,651,869
                                    ----------    ----------         ----------
Common Stock
  Common Stock.......... 59,142,628 16,405,139    11,756,073         28,161,212
  Class B Common........          2         --            --                 --
  Class C Common........    857,370    857,370            --            857,370
                                    ----------    ----------         ----------
    Total Common Stock..            17,262,509    11,756,073         29,018,582
                                    ----------    ----------         ----------
      Total.............            38,639,544    14,030,907         52,670,451
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Preferred Stock total includes warrants to purchase Series B, Series C and
    Series D Preferred Stock at weighted average exercise prices of $1.45,
    $4.21 and $5.72, respectively and options to purchase 250,928 shares of
    Series AA Preferred Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.50
    per share.  Common Stock total includes 4,762,800 shares issuable in
    connection with warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $0.04 per
    share, 5,291,119 shares issuable in connection with outstanding options at
    a weighted average exercise price of $1.07 per share and 1,336,187 shares
    available for future grant.
 
(2) All shares of Preferred Stock are currently convertible into Common Stock
    on a one-for-one basis.
 
Common Stock
 
  The holders of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and if declared by the Board of Directors, provided that no dividend or
distribution may be declared or paid on any shares of common
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
stock unless dividends have been paid in an amount equal to or greater than
the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into
which the Preferred Stock is convertible and all dividend preferences of the
Preferred Stock have been declared and set aside or paid.  Upon liquidation,
dissolution, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company (collectively, a "Liquidation"), subject to the prior rights of the
Preferred Stock, the holders of Class C Common are entitled to be paid out of
the assets available for distribution an amount equal to $0.82 per share plus
all declared but unpaid dividends.  Thereafter, the holders of the Common
Stock are entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution an
amount equal to $0.025 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends, and
thereafter the holders of Class B Common are entitled to be paid out of the
assets available for distribution an amount equal to $5.00 per share.
Thereafter, all remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders
of Preferred and Common Stock based upon the number of shares of Common Stock
then held by each holder on an as-converted basis.  The holders of the
Company's Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record
on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.  The Company's common
stock has no preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock.  No
common stock other than the Class C Common has conversion rights.  All
outstanding shares of the Company's common stock are fully paid and non-
assessable.
 
  The Class C Common is convertible by the holder at any time into Common
Stock at an initial conversion price of $0.82 per share.  The conversion price
of the Class C Common is subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock
dividends, consolidations, combinations, reclassifications, and other like
events.  The Class C Common is convertible into such number of shares of
Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.82 by the conversion price in
effect at the time of conversion and multiplying the results by the number of
shares to be converted. The Class C Common is automatically convertible into
Common Stock in the event of the closing of a registered public offering of
Common Stock at a price per share of at least $2.00 with aggregate proceeds of
at least $10 million.
 
Preferred Stock
 
  The holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred
and Series D Preferred (the "Senior Preferred") are entitled to receive
dividends in preference to the Company's common stock at a rate of $0.03,
$0.055, $0.25 and $0.345 per share, respectively, per annum when and if
declared by the Company's Board of Directors.  Dividends on the Preferred
Stock are not cumulative.  Dividends or other distributions if paid must be
paid in full to each series of Preferred in the following order of priority:
Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred (on a pari passu basis), Series B
Preferred and then Series A Preferred.  Upon a Liquidation, the holders of
Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D
Preferred are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock
an amount equal to $0.50, $0.855, $4.205 and $5.72 per share, respectively,
plus any declared but unpaid dividends.  Payments made pursuant to a
Liquidation must be made in full to each series of Preferred Stock in the
following order of preference: Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred (on a
pari passu basis), Series B Preferred and then Series A Preferred.
Thereafter, subject to the liquidation rights of the Class C Common as
described above, any remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among the
holders of common stock and Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis.
 
  The Senior Preferred is convertible by the holder at any time into common
stock at the rate of its initial conversion price divided by the conversion
price then in effect.  The initial conversion prices of the Series A
Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred are
$0.50, $0.855, $4.205 and $5.72 per share, respectively.  The conversion price
of the Senior Preferred is subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock
dividends, consolidations, combinations, reclassifications and other like
events.  The conversion prices of the Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred
and Series D Preferred Stock may also be subject to adjustment for certain
dilutive issues of stock at a price per share below the applicable conversion
price of such respective series of Preferred Stock, based on the weighted
average dilution to such series.  The Series A Preferred and Series B
Preferred are automatically convertible into Common Stock in the event of the
closing of a registered public offering of Common Stock at a price per share
of at least $2.00 per share with aggregate net proceeds of at least $10
million, the Series C Preferred is automatically convertible into Common Stock
at a price per share of at least $5.00 per share with aggregate net proceeds
of at least $15 million and the Series D Preferred is
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
automatically convertible into Common Stock at a price per share of at least
$6.80 per share with aggregate net proceeds of at least $15 million.
 
  The Series AA Preferred ranks junior to the Senior Preferred with respect to
dividends and liquidation preference.  The holders of Series AA Preferred are
entitled to receive dividends in preference to Common Stock at a rate of $0.39
per share per annum when and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors,
provided that no dividend or distribution may be declared or paid on any
shares of Series AA Preferred unless dividends have been paid in an amount
equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares
of Common Stock in which the Senior Preferred is convertible and all dividend
preferences of the Senior Preferred have been declared and set aside or paid.
Upon a Liquidation, the holders of Series AA Preferred will be entitled to
receive in preference to the holders of Common Stock an amount equal to $6.50
plus any declared but unpaid dividends, provided that the liquidation
preferences of the Senior Preferred have been paid in full to each series.
The Series AA Preferred is convertible into Common Stock at the rate of its
initial conversion price divided by the conversion price then in effect.  The
initial conversion price of the Series AA Preferred is $6.50.  The conversion
price of the Series AA Preferred is subject to adjustment for stock splits,
stock dividends, consolidations, combinations, reclassifications and other
like events.  The Series AA Preferred is automatically convertible into Common
Stock in the event of the closing of a registered public offering of Common
Stock with aggregate net proceeds of at least $15 million.
 
  The Series AA Preferred is subject to restrictions contained in the
Certificate of Incorporation.  Until the earlier of (i) three years from the
date of first share of Series AA Preferred is issued and (ii) the date of any
sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company or the effectuation by the Company of a transaction or series of
related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company
is transferred (the "Non-Transferability Period"), the Series AA Preferred may
not be sold or otherwise transferred in any manner by any holder of Series AA
Preferred (a "Series AA Holder") other than (A) by will or intestacy to the
Series AA Holder's Immediate Family, (B) with the prior written consent of the
company, or (C) to a trust for the benefit of the Series AA Holder or the
Series AA Holder's Immediate Family. "Immediate Family" as used herein shall
mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or
sister.  In addition, after the expiration of the Non-Transferability Period,
before any Series AA Preferred held by a Series AA Holder or any transferee
may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation
of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have rights of first refusal to
purchase the shares.  Each share of Series AA Preferred is convertible, at the
option of the holder thereof, at any time after the earlier of (i) the third
anniversary of the date of issuance of such share and (ii) a sale, conveyance
or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the
effectuation by the Company of a transaction or series of related transactions
in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is transferred (or
earlier with the prior written consent of the Company) into an equal number of
shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustments for stock splits, combinations
and similar events).
 
  The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to notice of any stockholders'
meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company and are entitled to vote
together with the holders of Common Stock as a class.  The holders of
Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of
shares of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible.
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation does not contain any restriction on the
purchase or redemption of shares by the Company while there is an arrearage in
the payment of dividends.  There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to
the Preferred Stock.
 
Undesignated Preferred Stock
 
  The Company is authorized to issue additional Preferred Stock with such
designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by
the Board of Directors; provided, however that any such Preferred Stock must
be subordinate to the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C
Preferred and Series D Preferred.  In the event of issuance, such Preferred
Stock could be used, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging,
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
Registration Rights
   
  Pursuant to the Stockholder Rights Agreement, certain holders of outstanding
shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock holding an aggregate of
approximately 38,600,000 shares of Common Stock on an as-converted basis
(collectively, the "Holders") are entitled to certain rights with respect to
the registration of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of their shares
("Conversion Stock") under the Securities Act.  If the Company proposes to
register any of its securities under the Securities Act, the Holders are
entitled to notice of such proposed registration and the opportunity to
include shares of Conversion Stock therein; provided, however, that the
Company and the underwriter of any such offering have the right to limit or
completely exclude shares proposed to be registered in an initial public
offering and to limit such shares to 25% of such registration thereafter.  At
any time, if the Holders of at least 40% of the Conversion Stock request that
the Company file a registration statement, the Company is required to use its
best efforts to cause such shares to be registered, subject to certain
conditions and limitations.  Holders are limited to two such demand
registrations.  In the event of any limitation by the underwriter, the number
of securities that may be included in such registration will be allocated on a
pro rata basis.  Further, the Holders may require the Company to register all
or a portion of their Conversion Stock on Form S-3 when such form becomes
available to the Company, provided that the aggregate proceeds of each such
registration exceeds $1,000,000 and subject to certain other conditions and
limitations.  All registration rights will terminate as to any Holder upon the
later to occur of (i) one year after the Company's initial public offering,
(ii) such time as such Holder may sell all his or her Conversion Stock under
Rule 144(k), or (iii) such time as a Holder has less than 600,000 shares of
common stock; provided, in no event will such registration rights terminate
later than the fifth anniversary of the Company's initial public offering.
Holders of warrants to purchase 1,898,800 shares of Common Stock issued in
connection with the 1996 Notes and Holders of warrants to purchase 2,429,988
shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Old Notes are also
entitled to certain demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to
the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of their warrants.     
 
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Rights
 
  Under the Stockholder Rights Agreement, the holders of at least 17,000
shares of Senior Preferred Stock or 0.25% of the outstanding shares of common
stock ("Major Stockholders") who are accredited investors have the right of
first refusal to purchase their pro rata portion of certain issues of
Preferred or common stock of the Company on the same terms and conditions as
the Company offers such securities to other investors, subject to certain
conditions and limitations.  In the event any holder of shares of Preferred or
Common Stock proposes to sell such shares to a third party (other than to an
affiliate), the Company has a right of first refusal to acquire some or all
such shares from such selling holder under the same terms and conditions.  If
the Company does elect to exercise such right of first refusal, the remaining
Major Stockholders may purchase their pro rata portion of such shares from the
selling holder under the same terms and conditions.
 
  Subject to the right of first refusal described above and except in certain
circumstances, in the event that any holder intends to transfer at least 1% of
the outstanding shares of the Company's voting securities, assuming conversion
of all Preferred Stock to a third party (other than to an affiliate), the
remaining holders will have the right to sell a pro rata portion of their
shares of Preferred or common stock to the buyer in such transaction.
 
  The right of first refusal and co-sale right of all holders terminates upon
the closing of a registered public offering of the Common Stock.
 
Other Rights
 
  The holders of 17,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock or 0.25% of the
outstanding Common Stock on an as-converted basis are entitled to certain
annual and quarterly financial information from the Company, and also have
certain rights of access and inspection.  The information rights terminate
upon the earlier of (i) a registered public offering of the Company's Common
Stock, or (ii) an acquisition of the Company where the surviving corporation
is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
                       FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal
income tax considerations relating to the Exchange Offer and to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the New Notes and has been reviewed by counsel to
the Company.  The tax consequences of these transactions are uncertain.  The
discussion of the federal income tax consequences set forth below is based
upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and judicial
decisions and administrative interpretations thereunder, as of the date
hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as to
result in federal income tax consequences different from those discussed
below.  There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") will not successfully challenge one or more of the tax consequences
described herein, and the Company has not obtained, nor does it intend to
obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the
U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring or holding New Notes.  The
discussion below pertains only to U.S. Holders, except as described below
under the caption "Tax Treatment of the Ownership and Disposition of New Notes
by Non-U.S. Holders."  As used herein, a U.S. Holder means (i) citizens or
residents (within the meaning of Section 7701(b) of the Code) of the U.S.,
(ii) corporations, partnerships or other entities created in or under the laws
of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) estates the income of
which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source,
(iv) trusts subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and
the control of a U.S. person as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code,
and (v) any other person whose income or gain is effectively connected with
the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
  This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal
income taxation that may be relevant to a particular Holder in light of the
Holder's circumstances (for example, persons subject to the alternative
minimum tax provisions of the Code).  Also, it is not intended to be wholly
applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers in
securities, banks, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, and persons
holding New Notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle
or persons deemed to sell New Notes under the constructive sale provisions of
the Code) may be subject to special rules.  The discussion below is premised
upon the assumption that the New Notes and Old Notes are held (or would be
held if acquired) as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the
Code and constitute indebtedness for tax purposes.  This summary does not
discuss the tax considerations applicable to subsequent purchasers.  The
discussion also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law.
 
  EACH HOLDER OR PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF NEW NOTES IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT
ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO ITS PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION INCLUDING THE
TAX EFFECTS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, OR OTHER TAX LAWS AND POSSIBLE
CHANGES IN THE TAX LAWS.
 
Exchange of Notes
 
  The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
should not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Accordingly, a Holder should have the same adjusted issue price, adjusted
basis and holding period in the New Notes as it had in the Old Notes
immediately before the exchange.
 
The New Notes
 
 Original Issue Discount
 
  The New Notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount, and
each Holder will be required to include in its gross income original issue
discount income as described below.  Except as provided below in the section
entitled "Applicable High-Yield Discount Obligations," a Holder must include
original issue discount (to the extent there is not offsetting acquisition or
bond premium) in income as ordinary interest income as it accrues on the basis
of a constant yield to maturity.  Generally, original issue discount must be
included in income in advance of the receipt of cash representing such income.
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
  The stated redemption price at maturity of a New Note will equal the sum of
all payments other than any "qualified stated interest" payments.  Qualified
stated interest is stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or
in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a
single fixed rate.  Because interest on the New Notes will not be payable
prior to March 1, 2003, none of the payments on the New Notes will constitute
qualified stated interest.  Accordingly, all payments on the New Notes will be
treated as part of their stated redemption price at maturity.
 
  Because the Old Notes were issued as part of an investment unit, the issue
price of each investment unit was allocated between the Old Note and the
warrant constituting an investment unit based on their relative fair market
values on the issue date.  Although the Company's allocation is not binding on
the IRS, a holder of a unit must use the Company's allocation unless the
holder discloses on its federal income tax return for the year in which the
unit was acquired that it plans to use an allocation that is inconsistent with
the Company's allocation.
 
  A Holder must include in gross income, for all days during its taxable year
in which it holds such New Note, the sum of the "daily portions" of original
issue discount.  The "daily portions" are determined by allocating to each day
in an "accrual period" (generally the period between interest payments or
compounding dates) a pro rata portion of the original issue discount that
accrued during such accrual period.  The amount of original issue discount
that will accrue during an accrual period is the product of the "adjusted
issue price" of the New Note at the beginning of the accrual period and its
yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the end of each
accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the particular accrual
period).  The adjusted issue price of a New Note is the sum of the issue price
of an Old Note, plus prior accruals of original issue discount, reduced by the
total payments made with respect to such New Note in all prior periods and on
the first day of the current accrual period.  Each payment on a New Note will
be treated as a payment of original issue discount to the extent that original
issue discount has accrued as of the date such payment is due and has not been
allocated to prior payments, and any excess will be treated as a payment of
principal.
 
  There are several circumstances under which the Company could make a payment
on a New Note that would affect the yield to maturity of a New Note, including
the redemption or repurchase of a New Note (as described under "Description of
the Old Notes").  According to Treasury Regulations, the possibility of a
change in the yield will not be treated as affecting the amount of interest
income (including original issue discount) recognized by a holder (or the
timing of such recognition) if the likelihood of the change, as of the date
the debt obligations are issued, is remote.  The Company intends to report on
the basis that the likelihood of any change in the yield on the New Notes is
remote.
 
  The Company is required to furnish certain information to the IRS, and will
furnish annually to record Holders of a New Note, information with respect to
original issue discount accruing during the calendar year. That information
will be based upon the adjusted issue price of the New Note as if the Holder
were the original Holder of the New Note.
 
 Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount
 
  A Holder may elect to treat all "interest" on any New Note as original issue
discount and calculate the amount includable in gross income under the method
described above.  For this purpose, "interest" includes stated and unstated
interest, original issue discount, acquisition discount, market discount and
de minimis market discount, as adjusted by any acquisition premium.  The
election is to be made for the taxable year in which the Holder acquired the
note and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
 
 Acquisition Premium
 
  To the extent a Holder had acquisition premium with respect to an Old Note,
the Holder generally will have acquisition premium with respect to a New
Note.  A Holder will reduce the original issue discount otherwise includable
for each accrual period by an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of
such original issue
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
discount otherwise includable for such period, and (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the acquisition premium and the denominator of which is
the excess of the amounts payable on the New Note after the purchase date over
the adjusted issue price.
 
 Market Discount
 
  To the extent a Holder had market discount with respect to an Old Note, the
Holder generally will have market discount with respect to a New Note.  Any
principal payment or gain realized by a Holder on disposition or retirement of
a New Note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent that there is
accrued market discount on the New Note.  Unless a Holder elects to accrue
under a constant-interest method, accrued market discount is the total market
discount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
days the Holder has held the obligation and the denominator of which is the
number of days from the date the Holder acquired the obligation until its
maturity.  A Holder may be required to defer a portion of its interest
deductions for the taxable year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or
continued to purchase or carry a New Note purchased with market discount.  Any
such deferred interest expense would not exceed the market discount that
accrues during such taxable year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction
not later than the year in which such market discount is includable in
income.  If the Holder elects to include market discount in income currently
as it accrues on all market discount instruments acquired by the Holder in
that taxable year or thereafter, the interest deferral rule described above
will not apply.
 
 Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the New Notes
 
  Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note, the Holder generally
will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale, exchange or retirement (which does not include any
amount attributable to accrued but unpaid interest) and the Holder's adjusted
tax basis in the New Note. A Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Note will
equal the Holder's cost for the Old Note exchanged therefor increased by any
original issue discount included in income by such Holder with respect to such
New Note and decreased by any payments received thereon other than qualified
stated interest.
 
  Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note will
be capital, and will be long-term if at the time of sale, exchange or
retirement the New Note has been held for more than one year.  The maximum
rate of tax on long-term capital gains on most capital assets held by an
individual for more than one year is 20%.  The deductibility of capital losses
is subject to limitations.
 
 Applicable High-Yield Discount Obligations
 
  The New Notes will be subject to the "applicable high yield discount
obligation" provisions of the Code. Because the yield of the New Notes is at
least five percentage points above the applicable federal rate and the New
Notes are issued with "significant original issue discount," otherwise
deductible interest and original issue discount will not be deductible with
respect thereto until such interest is actually paid.  In addition, because
the yield of the New Notes is more than six percentage points above the
applicable federal rate, (i) a portion of such interest corresponding to the
yield in excess of six percentage points above the applicable federal rate
will not be deductible by the Company at any time, and (ii) a corporate Holder
may be entitled to treat the portion of the interest that is not deductible by
the Company as a dividend for purposes of qualifying for the dividends
received deduction provided for by the Code, subject to applicable
limitations.  In such event, corporate Holders should consult with their own
tax advisors as to the applicability of the dividends received deduction.
 
Tax Treatment of the Ownership and Disposition of New Notes by Non-U.S.
Holders
 
  The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income
and estate tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of New Notes by
Non-U.S. Holders.  As used herein, a Non-U.S. Holder means any Holder other
than a U.S. Holder.
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
 Withholding Tax on Payments of Principal and Interest on New Notes
 
  The payment of principal and interest on a New Note to a Non-U.S. Holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to the "portfolio
interest exception," provided that (i) the Non-U.S. Holder does not actually
or constructively own 10% or more of the total voting power of all voting
stock of the Company and is not a controlled foreign corporation that is
related to the Company within the meaning of the Code and (ii) the beneficial
owner of the New Notes certifies to the Company or its agent, under penalties
of perjury, that it is not a U.S. Holder and provides its name and address on
U.S. Treasury Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute form) or a securities
clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds
customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a
"financial institution") and holds the debenture certifies under penalties of
perjury that such a Form W-8 (or suitable substitute form) has been received
from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and
the beneficial owner and furnishes the payor with a copy thereof.  Treasury
Regulations that will be effective January 1, 2000 (the "Withholding
Regulations") provide alternative methods for satisfying the certification
requirement described in (ii) above.  The Withholding Regulations will
generally require, in the case of New Notes held by a foreign partnership,
that the certificate described in (ii) above be provided by the partners
rather that by the foreign partnership, and that the partnership provide
certain information including a U.S. tax identification number.
 
 Gain on Disposition of the Notes
 
  Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
gain realized on the sale, exchange or redemption of New Notes, unless in the
case of an individual Non-U.S. Holder such Holder is present in the U.S. for
183 days or more in the year of such sale, exchange or redemption and certain
other conditions are met.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
  In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of
principal and interest on a New Note and payments on the proceeds of the sale
of a New Note to certain noncorporate U.S. Holders, and a 31% backup
withholding tax may apply to such payments if the Holder (i) fails to furnish
or certify its correct taxpayer identification number to the payor in the
manner required, (ii) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report
payments of interest and dividends properly, or (iii) under certain
circumstances, fails to certify that it has not been notified by the IRS that
it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and
dividend payments.  Certain Holders (including, among others, all
corporations) are not subject to the backup withholding and reporting
requirements.
 
  The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any
interest that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from U.S.
withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, or interest that is exempt from U.S.
tax under the portfolio interest exception.  Copies of these information
returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty
or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S.
Holder resides.
 
  Treasury Regulations provide that backup withholding and additional
information reporting will not apply to payments of principal on the New Notes
by the Company to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Holder certifies as to its Non-U.S.
status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption
(provided that neither the Company nor its Paying Agent has actual knowledge
that the Holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exception
are not, in fact, satisfied).
 
  The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of New Notes to or through
the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information
reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies as to its
Non-U.S. Holder status under penalty of perjury or otherwise establishes an
exemption, provided that the broker does not have actual knowledge that the
Holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not,
in fact, satisfied.  The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of a New
Note to
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person will be subject to information reporting (but currently
not backup withholding) unless the broker has documentary evidence in the
files that the owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge to
the contrary.  Backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to
payments made through foreign offices of a broker that is not a U.S. person or
a U.S. related person (absent actual knowledge that the payee is U.S.
person).  For purposes of this paragraph, a "U.S. related person" is (i) a
"controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a
foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for the
three-year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the
payment (or for such part of the period that the broker has been in existence)
is derived from activities that are effectively connected with the conduct of
a U.S. trade or business, or (iii) with respect to payments made after
December 31, 1999, a foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable
year, is 50% or more (by income or capital interest) owned by U.S. persons or
is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.  The Withholding
Regulations provide certain presumptions under which a Non-U.S. Holder will be
subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S.
Holder provides a certification as to its Non-U.S. Holder status.
 
  Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
U.S. or Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such
Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the requisite
procedures are followed.
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
  Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives New Notes for its own account
in connection with the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.  This Prospectus
may be used by Participating Broker-Dealers during the period referred to
below in connection with resales of the New Notes received in exchange for Old
Notes if such Old Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealers for
their own accounts.  The Company has agreed that this Prospectus may be used
by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of such New Notes
for a period ending 180 days after the effective date of the Registration
Statement (subject to extension under certain limited circumstances described
herein) or, if earlier, when all such New Notes have been disposed of by such
Participating Broker-Dealer.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange
Offer."
 
  The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the New
Notes offered hereby. New Notes received by Participating Broker-Dealers for
their own accounts in connection with the Exchange Offer may be sold from time
to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in
negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated
prices.  Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New
Notes.  Any Participating Broker-Dealer that resells New Notes that were
received by it for its own account in connection with the Exchange Offer and
any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may
be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and
any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions
received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation
under the Securities Act.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the New Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California.
Barry E. Taylor, a member of WSGR, is a director of the Company.  Mr. Taylor
beneficially owns 2,800 shares of Common Stock and 4,370 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock held by a retirement plan for the benefit of Mr. Taylor.  An
investment partnership consisting of members of WSGR, including Mr. Taylor,
owns 75,200 shares of Common Stock, 1,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock
and 11,700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The consolidated financial statements of DIVA Systems Corporation as of June
30, 1997 and 1998, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
June 30, 1998, and for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30,
1998, and the financial statements of SRTC as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1997, and
for the period from May 21, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997,
have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon
the reports of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, appearing elsewhere herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
DIVA Systems Corporation:
  Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditors...............................  F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets............................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations..................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit.......................  F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................  F-7
Sarnoff Real Time Corporation for the years ended 1996 and 1997:
  Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditors............................... F-24
  Balance Sheets......................................................... F-25
  Statements of Operations............................................... F-26
  Statements of Stockholders' Deficit.................................... F-27
  Statements of Cash Flows............................................... F-28
  Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-29
Sarnoff Real Time Corporation for the three month period ended March 31,
 1998:
  Balance Sheets......................................................... F-37
  Statements of Operations............................................... F-38
  Statements of Cash Flows............................................... F-39
  Notes to Interim Financial Statements.................................. F-40
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                         Independent Auditors' Report
 
The Board of Directors
DIVA Systems Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DIVA Systems
Corporation (the Company), a development stage company, as of June 30, 1997
and 1998, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
June 30, 1998 and for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30,
1998.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DIVA
Systems Corporation (a development stage company) as of June 30, 1997 and
1998, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended June 30, 1998 and for the period from
July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30, 1998, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG LLP
 
Mountain View, California
August 8, 1998
 
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  June 30,
                                             -------------------  September 30,
                                               1997      1998         1998
                                             --------  ---------  -------------
                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>        <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents.................. $    234  $ 167,549    $ 124,696
 Short-term investments.....................       --     30,015       59,847
 Restricted cash............................    3,588         --           --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets..       --        694          482
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total current assets....................    3,822    198,258      185,025
Property and equipment, net.................    7,063     19,349       20,113
Debt issuance costs, net....................    1,090      9,524        9,191
Prepaid licenses............................      250        230          230
Deposits and other assets...................    4,183        354          359
Intangible assets, net......................       --      5,683        5,167
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total assets............................ $ 16,408  $ 233,398    $ 220,085
                                             ========  =========    =========
 
          LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE WARRANTS, AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable........................... $  3,079  $   3,047    $   3,489
Other current liabilities...................      794      1,300        1,073
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total current liabilities...............    3,873      4,347        4,562
Notes payable...............................   28,440    243,031      250,711
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total liabilities.......................   32,313    247,378      255,273
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
Redeemable warrants.........................      376      1,139        1,524
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' deficit:
 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
  20,000,000 and 30,000,000 shares
  authorized in 1997 and 1998, respectively;
  9,794,042, 21,372,287, and 21,377,035
  shares issued and outstanding as of June
  30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998,
  respectively (liquidation preference of
  $28,966, $97,766, and $97,797 as of June
  30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998,
  respectively).............................       10         21           21
 Common stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000
  and 65,000,000 shares authorized in 1997
  and 1998, respectively; 16,549,874,
  17,200,178, and 17,262,509 shares issued
  and outstanding as of June 30, 1997 and
  1998 and September 30, 1998, respectively.       16         17           17
 Additional paid-in capital.................   28,934    115,759      115,421
 Deficit accumulated during the development
  stage.....................................  (45,241)  (130,916)    (152,171)
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total stockholders' deficit.............  (16,281)   (15,119)     (36,712)
                                             --------  ---------    ---------
    Total liabilities, redeemable warrants,
     and stockholders' deficit.............. $ 16,408  $ 233,398    $ 220,085
                                             ========  =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Period From                           Period From
                                                        July 1, 1995  Three months ended       July 1, 1995
                             Years ended June 30,        (inception)     September 30,         (inception)
                          ----------------------------       to       --------------------          to
                            1996      1997      1998    June 30, 1998   1997       1998     September 30, 1998
                          --------  --------  --------  ------------- ---------  ---------  ------------------
                                                                          (unaudited)          (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenue.................  $     --  $     --  $     82    $      82   $      --  $      63      $     145
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
Operating expenses:
  Programming...........       281     4,020     5,370        9,671       1,026      1,871         11,542
  Operations............        --     1,340     4,542        5,882         706      2,166          8,048
  Engineering and
   development..........     8,435    11,763    18,070       38,268       4,751      4,974         43,242
  Sales and marketing...     1,071     2,960     4,384        8,415         659      1,225          9,640
  General and
   administrative.......     1,482     3,673     8,552       13,707       1,272      2,973         16,680
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........        31       891     5,261        6,183       1,023      2,246          8,429
  Amortization of
   intangible assets....        --        --       517          517          --        516          1,033
  Acquired in-process
   research and
   development..........        --     4,061    18,656       22,717          --         --         22,717
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Total operating
    expenses............    11,300    28,708    65,352      105,360       9,437     15,971        121,331
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Operating loss.......   (11,300)  (28,708)  (65,270)    (105,278)     (9,437)   (15,908)      (121,186)
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
Other (income) expense,
 net:
  Equity in (income)
   loss of investee.....      (357)    2,080     1,631        3,354         829         --          3,354
  Interest income.......       (65)     (410)   (5,632)      (6,107)       (773)    (2,674)        (8,781)
  Interest expense......       395     3,590    13,730       17,715         745      8,021         25,736
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Total other (income)
    expense, net........       (27)    5,260     9,729       14,962         801      5,347         20,309
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Loss before
    extraordinary item..   (11,273)  (33,968)  (74,999)    (120,240)    (10,238)   (21,255)      (141,495)
Extraordinary loss--
 early extinguishment of
 debt...................        --        --    10,676       10,676          --         --         10,676
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net loss.............  $(11,273) $(33,968) $(85,675)    (130,916)  $ (10,238) $ (21,255)     $(152,171)
   Accretion of
    redeemable warrants.        --       (91)     (763)        (854)       (170)      (385)        (1,239)
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net loss attributable
    to common
    stockholders........  $(11,273) $(34,059) $(86,438)   $(131,770)  $ (10,408) $ (21,640)     $(153,410)
                          ========  ========  ========    =========   =========  =========      =========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share:
  Loss before
   extraordinary item...  $   1.04  $   2.22  $   4.61    $    8.52   $    0.65  $    1.27      $    9.89
  Extraordinary loss--
   early extinguishment
   of debt..............        --        --      0.65         0.75          --         --           0.74
                          --------  --------  --------    ---------   ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net loss per share...  $   1.04  $   2.22  $   5.26    $    9.27   $    0.65  $    1.27      $   10.63
                          ========  ========  ========    =========   =========  =========      =========
Shares used in per share
 computation............    10,895    15,316    16,447       14,219      16,087     17,011         14,434
                          ========  ========  ========    =========   =========  =========      =========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
             Period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30, 1998
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Deficit
                                                                          Accumulated
                           Preferred Stock    Common Stock     Additional During the      Total
                          ----------------- ------------------  Paid-in   Development Stockholders'
                            Shares   Amount   Shares    Amount  Capital      Stage       Deficit
                          ---------- ------ ----------  ------ ---------- ----------- -------------
<S>                       <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>
Sale of common stock in
August 1995 at $0.005
per share...............          --  $--   10,640,000   $10         43          --           53
Exercise of common stock
options in August 1995
at $0.005 per share.....          --   --      654,000    --          3          --            3
Sale of Series A
preferred stock in
August and September
1995 at $0.50 per share.     205,600   --           --    --        103          --          103
Sale of Series B
preferred stock in
October 1995 at $0.855
per share, net of
issuance costs of $22...   2,403,842    3           --    --      2,030          --        2,033
Sale of common stock in
October 1995 at $0.05
per share...............          --   --       52,400    --          3          --            3
Sale of Series B
preferred stock in
December 1995 at $0.855
per share, net of
issuance costs of $4....   1,016,000    1           --    --        864          --          865
Issuance of common stock
in exchange for
investment in affiliate
in December 1995 at
$0.075 per share........          --   --    6,654,000     6        493          --          499
Issuance of Class B
common stock in exchange
for investment in
affiliate in December
1995 at $5.00 per share.          --   --            2    --         --          --           --
Dividend of DIVA common
stock received from
affiliate in February
1996 at $0.075 per
share...................          --   --   (2,618,898)   (2)      (194)         --         (196)
Exercise of common stock
options in June 1996 at
$0.10 per share.........          --   --       10,000    --          1          --            1
Net loss................          --   --           --    --         --     (11,273)     (11,273)
                          ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------    --------      -------
Balance as of June 30,
1996....................   3,625,442    4   15,391,504    14      3,346     (11,273)      (7,909)
Accretion of redeemable
warrants................          --   --           --    --        (91)         --          (91)
Issuance of Class C
common stock in August
1996 at $0.82 per share
in conjunction with
Norstar purchase........          --   --      857,370    --        703          --          703
Sale of Series C
preferred stock in
August 1996 at $4.205
per share, net of
issuance costs of
$1,060..................   6,168,600    6           --    --     24,873          --       24,879
Exercise of common stock
options.................          --   --      301,000     2        103          --          105
Net loss................          --   --           --    --         --     (33,968)     (33,968)
                          ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------    --------      -------
Balances at June 30,
1997....................   9,794,042   10   16,549,874    16     28,934     (45,241)     (16,281)
Accretion of redeemable
warrants................          --   --           --    --       (763)         --         (763)
Sales of Series D
preferred stock in
August and September
1997 at $5.72 per share,
net of issuance costs of
$1,379..................   8,279,590    8           --    --     45,972          --       45,980
Issuance of common stock
warrants in connection
with notes payable
issued in February 1998.          --   --           --    --     18,057          --       18,057
Issuance of Series AA
preferred stock at $6.50
per share and issuance
of Series AA preferred
stock options in April
1998 in connection with
SRTC purchase...........   3,277,539    3           --    --     23,046          --       23,049
Exercise of Series AA
preferred stock options
associated with SRTC
purchase................      21,116   --           --    --          3          --            3
Exercise of common stock
options.................          --   --      565,050     1        270          --          271
Class A and B common
stock assumed in
connection with SRTC
purchase................          --   --      (14,746)   --         --          --           --
Issuance of common stock
in May 1998 at $2.40 per
share in connection with
research and development
arrangement.............          --   --      100,000    --        240          --          240
Net loss................          --   --           --               --     (85,675)     (85,675)
                          ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------    --------      -------
Balances as of June 30,
1998....................  21,372,287   21   17,200,178    17    115,759    (130,916)     (15,119)
Accretion of redeemable
warrants................          --   --           --    --       (385)         --         (385)
Exercise of common stock
options (unaudited).....          --   --       62,705    --         45          --           45
Repurchase of common
stock (unaudited).......          --   --         (374)   --         --          --           --
Exercise of Series AA
preferred stock options
(unaudited).............       4,748   --           --    --          2          --            2
Net loss (unaudited)....          --   --           --    --         --     (21,255)     (21,255)
                          ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------    --------      -------
Balances as of September
30, 1998 (unaudited)....  21,377,035  $21   17,262,509   $17    115,421    (152,171)     (36,712)
                          ==========  ===   ==========   ===    =======    ========      =======
</TABLE>
 
         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Period from                           Period From
                                                        July 1, 1995  Three months ended       July 1, 1995
                             Years ended June 30,        (inception)     September 30,         (inception)
                          ----------------------------       to       --------------------          to
                            1996      1997      1998    June 30, 1998   1997       1998     September 30, 1998
                          --------  --------  --------  ------------- ---------  ---------  ------------------
                                                                          (unaudited)          (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from
 operating activities:
 Net loss...............  $(11,273) $(33,968) $(85,675)   (130,916)   $ (10,238) $ (21,255)     $(152,171)
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net loss to
  net cash used in
  operating activities:
 Acquired in-process
  research and
  development...........        --     4,061    18,656      22,717           --         --         22,717
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........        31       891     5,261       6,183        1,023      2,246          8,429
 Loss from write off of
  fixed assets..........        --        --        --         --            --      1,161          1,161
 Amortization of
  intangible assets.....        --        --       517         517           --        516          1,033
 Equity in loss of
  investee..............      (357)    2,080     1,631       3,354          829         --          3,354
 Amortization of debt
  issuance costs and
  accretion of discount
  on notes payable......       286     3,472    13,902      17,660          924      8,013         25,673
 Issuance of stock for
  research and
  development...........        --        --       240         240           --         --            240
 Extraordinary loss.....        --        --    10,676      10,676           --         --         10,676
 Changes in operating
  assets and
  liabilities:
  Prepaid expenses and
   other current
   assets...............      (253)        3      (610)       (860)          --        212           (648)
  Accounts payable......     1,534     1,545    (2,659)        420       (1,387)       442            862
  Payable to related
   party................     2,183    (2,183)       --         --            --         --             --
  Other current
   liabilities..........       213       223       864       1,300        2,088       (227)         1,073
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net cash used in
    operating
    activities..........    (7,636)  (23,876)  (37,197)    (68,709)      (6,761)    (8,892)       (77,601)
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
Cash flows from
 investing activities:
 Purchases of property
  and equipment.........    (2,568)   (6,044)  (13,364)    (21,976)      (3,131)    (4,171)       (26,147)
 Deposits on property
  and equipment.........        --    (4,976)   (1,631)     (6,607)          --         (5)        (6,612)
 Purchase of short-term
  investments...........        --        --   (30,015)    (30,015)          --    (29,832)       (59,847)
 Cash acquired in
  business combination..        --        --       402         402           --         --            402
 Purchase of Norstar....        --    (3,358)       --      (3,358)          --         --         (3,358)
 Restricted cash
  released..............     5,500     9,500     3,230      18,230        3,230         --         18,230
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net cash provided by
    (used in) investing
    activities..........     2,932    (4,878)  (41,378)    (43,324)          99    (34,008)       (77,332)
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
Cash flows from
 financing activities:
 Issuance of preferred
  stock.................     3,001    24,879    45,980      73,860       45,980         --         73,860
 Exercise of stock
  options...............         4       105       274         383           56         47            430
 Issuance of common
  stock.................        56        --        --          56           --         --             56
 Proceeds from notes
  payable, net of
  issuance costs........     5,647        --   199,655     205,302           --         --        205,302
 Payments on notes
  payable...............        --        --       (19)        (19)          --         --            (19)
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
   Net cash provided by
    financing
    activities..........     8,708    24,984   245,890     279,582       46,036         47        279,629
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............     4,004    (3,770)  167,315     167,549       39,374    (42,853)       124,696
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....        --     4,004       234         --           234    167,549             --
                          --------  --------  --------    --------    ---------  ---------      ---------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................  $  4,004  $    234  $167,549    $167,549    $  39,608  $ 124,696      $ 124,696
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
Supplemental disclosures
 of cash flow
 information:
 Cash paid during the
  period for interest...  $    109  $    118  $      7    $    234    --         --             $     234
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
 Noncash investing and
  financing activities:
   Issuance of common
    stock in exchange
    for investment in
    affiliate...........  $    499  $     --  $ 23,049    $ 23,548           --         --      $  23,548
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
   Receipt of DIVA stock
    dividend from
    affiliate...........  $    196  $     --  $     --    $    196           --         --      $     196
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
   Issuance of warrants
    in connection with
    notes payable.......  $    285  $     --  $ 18,057    $ 18,342           --         --      $  18,342
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
   Restricted cash
    received in
    connection with
    issuance of notes
    payable.............  $ 18,230  $     --  $     --    $ 18,230           --         --      $  18,230
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
   Issuance of common
    stock in conjunction
    with purchase of
    Norstar.............  $     --  $    703  $     --    $    703           --         --      $     703
                          ========  ========  ========    ========    =========  =========      =========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
 (a) Description of Business
 
  DIVA Systems Corporation (the "Company") provides a true video-on-demand
(VOD) service over the cable television infrastructure.  The Company was
incorporated on June 15, 1995.  Since no activity occurred in the Company
between June 15, 1995 and June 30, 1995, the Company has used July 1, 1995, as
its inception date.
 
  The Company is in the development stage, and its primary activities to date
have included raising capital, performing research and development activities,
developing strategic alliances, identifying markets, and operationally testing
its first field deployed system and service.
 
 (b) Principles of Consolidation
 
  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and a wholly owned subsidiary. There were no intercompany
transactions.
 
 (c) Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
  The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements as of September 30,
1998, and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, have been
prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements
and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth
therein.
 
 (d) Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments
 
  Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments such
as money market funds and commercial paper with maturities at date of purchase
of less than 90 days.
 
  Management determines the appropriate classification of investment
securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each
balance sheet date.  As of June 30, 1998, all investment securities were
designated as "available-for-sale."  Available-for-sale securities are carried
at fair value based on quoted market prices, with unrealized gains and losses,
net of related deferred income taxes, reported as a separate component of
stockholders' equity.
 
  Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than
temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in the consolidated
statement of operations.  There have been no declines in value judged to be
other than temporary through June 30, 1998.  The cost of securities is based
on the specific identification method.  Interest and dividends on securities
classified as available-for-sale are included in interest income.
 
 (e) Restricted Cash
 
  Restricted cash consisted of cash equivalents held in escrow to be released
incrementally to the Company upon presentation of certificates as to
completion of certain performance milestones pursuant to the notes payable.
 
 (f) Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the respective assets, generally three to five years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful
life or the related lease term.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(continued)
 
 (g) Debt Issuance Costs
 
  Underwriting, legal, and accounting fees associated with the issuance of the
notes payable are being amortized to interest expense using the effective
interest method over the anticipated term of the notes. Amortization expense
in 1996, 1997, and 1998 and for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to
June 30, 1998, was $16,000, $188,000, $609,000, and $813,000, respectively.
 
 (h) Intangible Assets
 
  Intangible assets consist principally of core technology and assembled
workforce.  Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over 3
years.  The Company's policy is to evaluate the excess of cost over the net
assets of businesses acquired based on an evaluation of such factors as the
occurrence of a significant adverse event or change in the environment in
which the business operates or if the expected future net cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest) would become less than the carrying amount
of the asset.  An impairment loss would be recorded in the period such
determination is made based on the fair value of the related business.
Accumulated amortization as of June 30, 1998, was $517,000.
 
 (i) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
  The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
might not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets are considered to
be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by
which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.
Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell.
 
 (j) Stock-Based Compensation
 
  The Company uses the intrinsic value-based method to account for all of its
employee stock-based compensation plans. The Company uses fair value to
account for nonemployee stock-based transactions.
 
 (k) Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share
 
  Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using net loss adjusted for
the accretion of the redeemable warrants (see Note 4) and the weighted-average
number of outstanding shares of common stock.  Potentially dilutive securities
have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because
the effect of the inclusion would be antidilutive.  Notes 6 and 7 of notes to
consolidated financial statements set forth information regarding potentially
dilutive securities.
 
 (l) Stock Split
 
  In March 1998, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split.  All
applicable share and per share data have been adjusted for the stock split.
 
 (m) Revenue Recognition
 
  Monthly customer subscription revenues and access revenues are recognized in
the period in which the services are provided.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(continued)
 
 (n) Engineering and Development
 
  Engineering and development costs, including payments made in conjunction
with research and development arrangements, are charged to operations as
incurred.
 
 (o) Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
 (p) Income Taxes
 
  The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach
that results in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The measurement of
deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any
tax benefits whose future realization is uncertain.
 
 (q) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  The carrying amount of financial instruments, including cash, cash
equivalents, and short-term investment cash, approximated fair values as of
June 30, 1998, due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments.
The Company's notes payable are held by a number of financial institutions and
are not publicly traded.  The Company estimates that the fair value of the
notes payable as of June 30, 1998, based on limited dealer-to-dealer
transactions, approximated $227,000,000.
 
 (r) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) recently issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income.  SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and displaying
comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.  It does not,
however, require a specific format, but requires the Company to display an
amount representing total comprehensive income for the period in its
consolidated financial statements.  For all periods presented, comprehensive
loss equals net loss.
 
  The FASB also recently issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information.  SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for
the way public business enterprises are to report information about operating
segments in annual financial statements and requires those enterprises to
report selected information about operating segments in interim financial
reports.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997.  The Company has determined that it does
not have any separately reportable business segments.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(continued)
 
  In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA) issued Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 98-1, "Software for Internal
Use," which provides guidance on accounting for the cost of computer software
developed or obtained for internal use. SOP No. 98-1 is effective for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. The
Company does not expect that the adoption of SOP No. 98-1 will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities," which provides guidance on the financial reporting of
start-up costs and organization costs. It requires costs of start-up
activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. SOP No. 98-5 is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SOP 98-5 will have
a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
 (s) Year 2000
 
  Many computer systems and software and electronic products are coded to
accept only two-digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates.  As a result, computer systems and software ("IT Systems")
and other property and equipment not directly associated with information and
billing systems ("Non-IT Systems"), such as phones, other office equipment
used by many companies, including the Company and MSOs, may need to be
upgraded, repaired or replaced to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.
 
  The Company has conducted an internal review of most of its internal
corporate headquarters IT Systems, including finance, human resources,
Intranet applications and payroll systems.  DIVA has contacted most of the
vendors of its internal corporate headquarters IT Systems to determine
potential exposure to Year 2000 issues and has obtained certificates developed
in cooperation with DIVA's independent auditors from such vendors assuring
Year 2000 compliance.  Although DIVA has determined that most of its principal
internal corporate headquarters IT Systems are Year 2000 compliant, certain of
such internal systems, including DIVA's Windows NT operating system and
internal networking systems are not Year 2000 compliant or have not been
evaluated by DIVA.
 
  The Company has appointed a task force (the "Task Force") to oversee Year
2000 issues.  The Task Force is expected to review all IT Systems and Non-IT
Systems that have not been determined to be Year 2000 compliant and will
attempt to identify and implement solutions to ensure such compliance.  To
date, DIVA has spent an immaterial amount to remediate its Year 2000 issues.
DIVA presently estimates that the total cost of addressing its Year 2000
issues will be immaterial.  These estimates were derived utilizing numerous
assumptions, including the assumption that it has already identified its most
significant Year 2000 issues and that the plans of its third-party suppliers
and MSOs which currently deploy DIVA's VOD service will be fulfilled in a
timely manner without cost to the Company.  However, these assumptions may not
be accurate, and actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated.
 
  The Company has been informed by most of its suppliers and MSOs which
currently deploy DIVA's VOD service that such suppliers and MSOs will be Year
2000 compliant by the Year 2000.  The Company has been informed that the
companies that perform billing services for MSOs may not be fully Year 2000
compliant.  The Company understands that these companies have devoted
resources to becoming Year 2000 compliant.  Any failure of these third parties
systems to timely achieve Year 2000 compliance could have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects of the Company.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(continued)
 
  The Company has not determined the state of compliance of certain third-
party suppliers of services such as phone companies, long distance carriers,
financial institutions and electric companies, the failure of any one of which
could severely disrupt the Company's ability to carry on its business as well
as disrupt the business of the Company's customers.
 
  Failure to provide Year 2000 compliant business solutions to MSOs or to
receive such business solutions from its suppliers could result in liability
to the Company or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.  The
Company could be affected through disruptions in the operation of the
enterprises with which it interacts or from general widespread problems or an
economic crisis resulting from noncompliant Year 2000 systems.  Despite the
Company's efforts to address the Year 2000 effect on its internal systems and
business operations, such effect could result in a material disruption of its
business or have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition or results of operations.  DIVA has not developed a contingency plan
to respond to any of the foregoing consequences of internal and external
failures to be Year 2000, but expects the Task Force to develop such a plan.
 
(2) Financial Statement Details
 
 (a) Property and Equipment
 
  A summary of property and equipment follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   June 30,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1997    1998
                                                                ------  -------
      <S>                                                       <C>     <C>
      Furniture and fixtures................................... $  217  $   653
      Office equipment.........................................  2,150    2,771
      VOD systems..............................................  5,040   20,351
      Leasehold improvements...................................    578    1,242
      Construction-in-progress.................................     --      515
                                                                ------  -------
                                                                 7,985   25,532
      Accumulated depreciation and amortization................   (922)  (6,183)
                                                                ------  -------
                                                                $7,063  $19,349
                                                                ======  =======
</TABLE>
 
 (b) Deposits and Other Assets
 
  A summary of deposits and other assets follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      June 30,
                                                                     -----------
                                                                      1997  1998
                                                                     ------ ----
      <S>                                                            <C>    <C>
      Server deposits............................................... $4,063 $ --
      Other assets..................................................    120  354
                                                                     ------ ----
                                                                     $4,183 $354
                                                                     ====== ====
</TABLE>
 
  Server deposits relate to deposits on servers ordered from Sarnoff Real Time
Corporation (SRTC). (See Note 3).
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(2) Financial Statement Details (continued)
 
 (c) Other Current Liabilities
 
  A summary of other current liabilities follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     June 30,
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    1997  1998
                                                                    ---- ------
      <S>                                                           <C>  <C>
      Accrued compensation......................................... $237 $  644
      Deferred interest income on restricted cash..................  417     --
      Other accrued liabilities....................................  140    656
                                                                    ---- ------
                                                                    $794 $1,300
                                                                    ==== ======
</TABLE>
 
(3) Affiliate Transactions
 
 (a) Initial Investment
 
  In December 1995, the Company entered into a joint equity investment and
license agreement (the License Agreement) with SRTC, whereby the Company
acquired 8,067,074 shares of SRTC common stock, representing approximately 40%
ownership interest in the equity of SRTC on a fully diluted basis, in exchange
for 6,654,000 shares of the Company's common stock, plus two shares of Class B
common stock.  This transaction was recorded at the estimated fair value of
the Company's common stock issued. The value of DIVA's common stock, estimated
at $0.075 per share, was determined by the board of directors based on the
current financial condition, business outlook, status of product development
efforts, preferences of outstanding senior securities, book value, and
business risks and opportunities relevant to the Company.  The Company had
sold preferred stock in December 1995 at $0.825 per share.  There were no
significant contemporaneous sales of common stock for cash during this time.
This investment was accounted for using the equity method.  The amount of the
purchase price that exceeded the Company's percentage ownership of SRTC's net
book value at the date of the acquisition is separately attributed to the
Company's interest in in-process research and development being performed by
SRTC.  Such amount, $659,000, was expensed in determining the Company's equity
in the results of operations of SRTC for the year ended June 30, 1996.  There
was no comparable expense for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.  No
value was attributed to the License Agreement.
 
  In February 1996, SRTC effected a pro rata dividend distribution to its
stockholders of substantially all the Company's common stock held by SRTC.
SRTC's board of directors believed shareholder value would be enhanced by
distributing the Company's common stock directly to the SRTC shareholders.
Accordingly, as a result of its 40% ownership, the Company received 2,618,898
shares in conjunction with this distribution; however, the Company's ownership
percentage in SRTC remained unchanged as a result of the transaction.  The
transaction was accounted for as a retirement of common stock at historical
cost, which approximated fair value.  A certain shareholder (and board member)
who also owned SRTC common stock received additional DIVA common stock as a
result of this distribution.
 
  The License Agreement provided the Company with exclusive rights to purchase
SRTC servers for use in the Company's business in certain markets.  During the
years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company purchased server components
and related spare parts from SRTC totaling approximately $2,265,000 and
$6,152,944, respectively, which are included as VOD systems in property and
equipment and deposits and other
assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Pursuant to the terms
of the License Agreement, the
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(3) Affiliate Transactions (continued)
 
Company also agreed to pay an aggregate amount of $8,000,000 through December
1996 to support SRTC's research and development efforts.  For the years ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company paid $4,850,000 and $3,150,000,
respectively, for research and development efforts under the terms of the
License Agreement.
 
  During the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company paid SRTC
$154,500 and $89,000, respectively, for administrative and marketing services
rendered on behalf of the Company.
 
  On December 4, 1997, the Company and SRTC entered into a Development
Services Agreement.  The Development Services Agreement required the Company
to pay SRTC $4,900,000 in development fees in exchange for SRTC's continued
technology development of the Sarnoff Server, for the Company's video-on-
demand service.  In addition, the Company agreed to pay $2,300,000 for servers
to be delivered in fiscal 1998 and 1999.  For the year ended June 30, 1998,
the Company paid $2,950,000 for engineering and development expense and
$2,300,000 for servers under the Development Services Agreement.
 
 (b) Acquisition of SRTC
 
  On January 15, 1998, the Company and SRTC executed an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization setting forth their agreement to merge SRTC into the Company,
with the Company as the surviving corporation (the "SRTC Transaction").  On
that date, the Company held approximately 40% of the outstanding capital stock
of SRTC.  In exchange for the remaining approximately 60% of the issued and
outstanding stock of SRTC, the Company issued 3,277,539 shares of Series AA
preferred stock valued at $6.50 per share.  The fair value was determined by
the Board of Directors based on the most recent sales of preferred securities
and the then current financial condition of the Company, as well as other
business considerations.  In addition, the Company reserved 276,792 shares of
its Series AA preferred stock for issuance upon exercise of options assumed by
the Company in the transaction.  These options were valued at $1,744,000 using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model and were included in the purchase
price. Assumptions used were as follows: Expected life of 3 years; Volatility
of 90%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of 5.62%.  The Company also
reserved 380,767 shares of its common stock for use in connection with the
future issuance of options to SRTC employees (see Note 8). The purchase price
of $23,049,000 is comprised of the fair value of the preferred stock issued
($21,305,000) and the fair value of options assumed ($1,744,000).
 
  The Company completed the SRTC Transaction in April 1998.  The Company
accounted for the merger as a purchase, and, accordingly, the operating
results of SRTC have been included in the Company's consolidated financial
statements since the date of acquisition.  The Company allocated the purchase
price based on an appraisal by an independent third party using the cost
approach, which is the approach often used to value an early stage
technology.  The purchase price of $23,049,000 has been allocated as follows:
$2,886,000 to the fair value of acquired assets; $4,693,000 to assumed
liabilities; $5,665,000 to core technology; $535,000 to assumed work force;
and $18,656,000 to acquired in-process research and development.  The
technology acquired from SRTC has been identified as "core technology" and
"in-process research and development."  The fair value of the core technology
("the Sarnoff Server") has been estimated at $5,665,000.  The Company believes
it will be able to leverage this technology into future products.  The
acquired in-process research and development has been valued at $18,656,000
and has not yet reached technological feasibility.  At this point, the in-
process research and development has no future alternative use until it is
further developed.  The Company believes it will have to incur a significant
amount of research and development to develop the in-process technology into a
commercially viable product.  There were no contingent payments, options, or
commitments included in the purchase.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(3) Affiliate Transactions (continued)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations have
been prepared as if the acquisition of SRTC had occurred as of the beginning
of fiscal 1997 and 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997    1998
     (in thousands, except per share data)                      ------- -------
     <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
     Net loss before extraordinary item........................ $39,060 $78,941
     Net loss.................................................. $39,060 $89,617
     Basic and diluted net loss per share before extraordinary
      item..................................................... $  2.56 $  4.85
     Basic and diluted net loss per share...................... $  2.56 $  5.50
</TABLE>
 
  The pro forma results include amortization of the core technology and
assumed workforce of $2,068,000 and $1,551,000 for the years ended June 30,
1997 and 1998, respectively.  The pro forma results are not necessarily
indicative of what actually would have occurred if the acquisition had been
completed as of the beginning of each of the fiscal periods presented, nor are
they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results.
 
(4) Notes Payable
 
  Notes payable as of June 30, 1997, were comprised of $47,000,000 of
Subordinated Discount Notes (the "1996 Notes") due May 15, 2006, issued as
47,000 units of one note and one warrant to purchase 40.4 shares of common
stock at $0.005 per share (the "1996 Warrants").  The 1996 Notes were
subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company.
 
  Pursuant to the 1996 Notes, approximately $18,000,000 of restricted cash was
deposited in an escrow account during 1996, subject to completion of specified
performance milestones.  In the event milestones were not achieved, the
Company would have been required to retire the 1996 Notes up to the amount of
the remaining restricted cash.  As of June 30, 1997 and 1998, approximately
$15,000,000 and $18,230,000, respectively, of restricted cash had been
released.
 
  The 1996 Notes were initially zero coupon, with an original issue discount
that accreted to interest expense at an effective rate of 13.8% per annum,
compounded semiannually.  Commencing November 15, 2001, cash interest would
have been payable on the 1996 Notes semiannually in arrears on each May 15 and
November 15 at the rate of 13% per annum.  Under certain provisions of the
indenture, the interest rate could have been increased to 15% per annum in May
1999.
 
  Pursuant to a warrant agreement dated as of May 15, 1996 by and between the
Company and The Bank of New York as the warrant agent, in the event the
Company has not consummated an initial public offering of its Common Stock
prior to May 15, 2006, holders of the 1996 Warrants may require the Company
(i) to repurchase the 1996 Warrants (the "Put") at the fair market value of
the underlying Common Stock (the "Put Price") or (ii) to extend the expiration
date of the 1996 Warrants to May 15, 2011, at which time the holders may
exercise the Put at the Put Price.  At May 15, 1996 a value of $285,000 was
ascribed to the 1996 Warrants and recorded as redeemable warrants since the
warrant holders, under certain circumstances, may require the Company to
purchase the warrants at fair value on May 15, 2006.  The redeemable warrants
are being accreted to their redemption value by May 15, 2006.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(4) Notes Payable (continued)
 
  In connection with the Company's February 1998 debt offering discussed
below, all the outstanding 1996 Notes were exchanged.  For the year ended June
30, 1998, the Company recorded an extraordinary loss of $10,676,000 resulting
from the exchange of the 1996 Notes.
 
  On February 19, 1998, the Company completed a debt offering for $463,000,000
of 12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes (the "1998 Notes") due March 1, 2008.  The
1998 Notes consist of 463,000 units, of which 404,998 were offered for sale
and 58,002 were offered in exchange for all of the 1996 Notes.  Each unit
consists of one 1998 Note due 2008 and three warrants each to purchase two
shares of the Company's common stock at $0.005 per
share (the "1998 Warrants").  The 1998 Notes are senior unsecured indebtedness
of the Company and rank pari passu with any future unsubordinated unsecured
indebtedness and will be senior to any future subordinated indebtedness of the
Company.
 
  The 1998 Notes are initially zero coupon with an original issue discount of
$212,980,000.  Commencing March 1, 2003, cash interest will be payable on the
notes semiannually in arrears on each March 1 and September 1 at the rate of
12 5/8% per annum.  Under certain provisions of the indenture, the interest
rate could be increased.
 
  Pursuant to a warrant agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 by and between
the Company and The Bank of New York as the warrant agent, upon the occurrence
of certain consolidations and mergers and assets sales and subject to certain
conditions and limitations, the Company will be required to offer to
repurchase all outstanding 1998 Warrants at the Repurchase Price, as defined.
 
  The gross proceeds to the Company from the debt offering were $250,020,000.
In connection with the offering, the Company recorded $18,057,000 in
additional paid-in capital representing the fair value of the warrants
calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Assumptions used
were as follows: Expected life of 10 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield
of 0%; Risk-free rate of 6%.  In addition, the Company recorded an
extraordinary loss of $10,676,000, consisting primarily of a cash premium paid
to holders of the 1996 Notes, resulting from the exchange of the 1996 Notes.
 
  The effective interest rate of the 1998 Notes, reflecting the allocation for
warrants and costs associated with the debt offering, is 14.1%.
 
  The 1998 Notes are callable at a declining premium after March 1, 2003,
after which the Company may redeem in whole or in part the 1998 Notes prior to
March 1, 2003, by paying a specified premium over the accreted principal
value.  The redemption premiums are as follows, during the period commencing
March 1 of such year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Year                                                          Percentage
        ----                                                          ----------
        <S>                                                           <C>
        2001.........................................................   106.31%
        2002.........................................................   104.20%
        2003.........................................................   102.10%
        2004 and thereafter..........................................   100.00%
</TABLE>
 
  In addition, at any time prior to March 1, 2001, the Company may redeem up
to 35% of the accreted value of the 1998 Notes with the proceeds of one or
more sales of the Company's stock, at any time or from time to time in part,
at a redemption price of 112.625% of the accreted value plus accrued and
unpaid interest provided that the 1998 Notes, representing at least
$301,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity, remain outstanding after
each such redemption.
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(5) Income Taxes
 
  Total income tax benefit differs from expected tax benefit (computed by
multiplying the U.S. income statutory rate of 34% by loss before income tax)
as a result of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           June 30,
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                    1997      1997      1998
                                                   -------  --------  --------
      <S>                                          <C>      <C>       <C>
      Expected tax benefit........................ $(3,832) $(11,549) $(31,062)
      Net operating losses and temporary differ-
       ences for which no benefit was recognized..   3,827    11,134    22,455
      Research credit adjustment..................      --       388     8,451
      Other permanent differences.................       5        27       156
                                                   -------  --------  --------
          Accumulated depreciation and
           amortization........................... $    --  $     --  $     --
                                                   =======  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 June 30,
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1997      1998
                                                             --------  --------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
       Loss carryovers and deferred start-up expenditures... $ 14,655  $ 39,891
       Technology asset.....................................    1,871     1,683
       Equity in losses of investee.........................      469        --
       State tax credit carryforwards.......................    1,595     2,130
       Debt financing costs.................................    1,515     4,568
       Accruals, reserves, and other........................       90       364
       Fixed assets.........................................       41        47
                                                             --------  --------
          Total gross deferred tax assets...................   20,236    48,683
       Valuation allowance..................................  (20,236)  (48,683)
                                                             --------  --------
          Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance... $     --  $     --
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  Because the Company has incurred significant net losses and the realization
of its deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company's ability to
successfully develop and market its video-on-demand service, a valuation
allowance has been recorded against such deferred tax assets.
 
  As of June 30, 1998, the Company has cumulative federal net operating losses
of approximately $94,227,000, which can be used to offset future income
subject to federal income taxes.  The federal tax loss carryforwards will
expire beginning in 2011 through 2012.  As of June 30, 1998, the Company has
cumulative California net operating losses of approximately $70,360,000, which
can be used to offset future income subject to California taxes.  The
California tax loss carryforwards will expire in 2004.  As of June 30, 1998,
the Company has cumulative New Jersey net operating losses of approximately
$4,500,000, which can be used to offset future income subject to New Jersey
taxes.  The New Jersey tax loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2000
through 2004.
 
  As of June 30, 1998, the Company has federal research tax credit
carryforwards for income tax return purposes of approximately $1,486,000
available to reduce future income subject to income taxes.  The federal
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(5) Income Taxes (continued)
 
research credit carryforwards expire in 2012.  As of June 30, 1998, the
Company has unused California research and development tax credits of
approximately $644,000; these research credits will carryforward indefinitely
until utilized.
 
  Federal and state tax laws impose restrictions on the utilization of net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an "ownership
change" as defined by the Internal Revenue code.  The Company has not yet
determined to what extent these provisions will restrict its ability to
utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards pursuant to these
provisions.
 
(6) Preferred Stock
 
  The Company has authorized 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock as of June
30, 1998, of which the following are designated as issued and outstanding:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Shares
                                                            Shares   Issued and
      Series                                              Designated Outstanding
      ------                                              ---------- -----------
      <S>                                                 <C>        <C>
      AA.................................................  3,750,000  3,298,655
      A..................................................    205,600    205,600
      B..................................................  4,493,748  3,419,842
      C..................................................  6,918,600  6,168,600
      D..................................................  8,517,352  8,279,590
                                                          ---------- ----------
                                                          23,885,300 21,372,287
                                                          ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
  The rights, preferences, and privileges of these series of preferred stock
are explained below.
 
 (a) Conversion
 
  Each share of preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the option
of the holder at a rate of one share of common stock for each share of
preferred stock, subject to adjustment to protect against dilution. Each share
of Series D preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of
common stock immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public
offering of at least $6.80 per share and an aggregate offering price of not
less than $15,000,000.  Each share of Series C preferred stock shall
automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to
the closing of an underwritten public offering of at least $5.00 per share and
an aggregate offering price of not less than $15,000,000.  Each share of
Series A and B preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of
common stock immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public
offering of at least $2.00 per share and an aggregate offering price of not
less than $10,000,000.  Each share of Series AA preferred stock shall
automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to
the closing of an underwritten public offering with an aggregate offering
price of not less than $15,000,000.  The Company has reserved 23,651,896
shares of common stock in the event of conversion.
 
 (b) Liquidation Preferences
 
  In the event of liquidation or sale of the Company, distributions to the
Company's stockholders shall be made in the following manner: first, $5.72 per
share for Series D preferred stock and $4.205 per share for Series C preferred
stock; then $0.855 per share for Series B preferred stock; then $0.50 per
share for Series A preferred
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(6) Preferred Stock (continued)
 
stock; and then $6.50 per share for Series AA preferred stock.  The holders of
preferred stock are further entitled to any remaining assets which will be
distributed ratably among the holders of Class C common stock (see Note 7),
common stock, and preferred stock on an "as if converted" basis after payment
of preferential amounts to the holders of Class C common stock, common stock,
and Class B common stock.
 
 (c) Voting
 
  Holders of preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common
stock into which such shares can be converted.
 
 (d) Dividends
 
  In any fiscal year, the Company's Board of Directors may declare
noncumulative cash dividends out of legally available assets at the rates of
$0.03, $0.055, $0.25, $0.345, and $0.39 per share for Series A, B, C, D, and
AA preferred stock, respectively.  If declared, such dividends must be paid
before any dividends on common stock.  The holders of Series D and C preferred
stock have preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on Series A,
B, and AA preferred stock and common stock.  The holders of Series B preferred
stock have preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on Series A
and AA preferred stock and common stock.  The holders of Series A preferred
stock have preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on Series AA
preferred stock and common stock.  The holders of Series AA preferred stock
have preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on common stock.
As of June 30, 1997 and 1998, no dividends had been declared.
 
(7) Common Stock
 
  The Company has authorized 65,000,000 shares of common stock as of June 30,
1998, of which two shares have been designated Class B common stock and
857,370 shares have been designated Class C common stock. As of June 30, 1998,
16,342,808 shares of common stock and 857,370 shares of Class C common stock
were issued and outstanding.
 
  The relative designations, rights, preferences, and restrictions of the
Class B and C common stock are as follows:
 
 (a) Conversion
 
  Each share of Class C common stock is convertible into common stock at the
option of the holder at a rate of one share of common stock for each share of
Class C common stock, subject to adjustment to protect against dilution.  Each
share of Class C common stock shall automatically be converted into shares of
common stock immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public
offering of at least $2.00 per share and an aggregate offering price of not
less than $10,000,000.
 
 (b) Liquidation Preferences
 
  In the event of any liquidation and after payment to all holders of
preferred stock of their full preferential amounts, the holders of Class C
common stock shall be paid $0.82 per share.  If there are insufficient funds
to distribute among all holders of Class C common stock, then the entire
remaining assets shall be distributed among
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(7) Common Stock (continued)
 
the holders of Class C common stock on a pro rata basis.  After payment to the
holders of Class C common stock, then the holders of common stock shall be
entitled to $0.025 per share.  After payment to the holders of common stock,
the holders of Class B common stock shall be entitled to $5.00 per share.  Any
remaining assets shall be distributed to all holders of Series A, B, and C
preferred stock, Class C common stock, and common stock on a pro rata basis,
based on the number of shares of common stock on an "as if converted" basis.
 
 (c) Dividends
 
  No dividends shall be paid on any share of common stock unless a dividend is
paid on shares of Series A, B, C, D, and AA preferred stock.
 
  In August and October 1995, in connection with a consulting agreement,
1,294,000 shares of the Company's common stock were sold at fair value, $0.005
per share, subject to repurchase by the Company.  The Company's right to
repurchase lapses through October 1997 for 360,000 shares.  The Company's
right to repurchase the remaining 934,000 shares lapses based on the Company's
ability to secure financing.  As of June 30, 1998, no shares remained subject
to repurchase.
 
(8) Options and Warrants
 
 (a) Warrants
 
  In connection with the issuance of the 1996 Notes the fair value of the
Common Stock warrants was determined to be $285,000 using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model with the following assumptions: Expected life of 10
years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of 6% (see note
4).  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase 40.4 shares of common stock
for $0.005 per share.  The warrants expire on the earlier of an exercise
event, as defined, or 10 years from the date of issuance.
 
  Warrants to purchase 1,073,906 shares of Series B preferred stock at $0.855
and $1.50 per share were issued in October 1995 and May 1996, respectively, in
connection with bridge financings that were repaid in October 1995 and June
1996, respectively.  The term of these warrants is five years from date of
issue.  The fair value of these warrants, totaling approximately $207,000, was
calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
assumptions: Expected life of 3 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield of
0%; Risk-free rate of 6%.  The impact on the consolidated financial statements
was deemed immaterial.
 
  In June 1996, the Company's Board of Directors granted warrants to key
contractors to purchase 71,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price
of $2.00 per share.  The term of these warrants is 10 years, and these
warrants only become exercisable upon the earlier of 5 years from the date of
grant or upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company's stock
or an acquisition of the Company.  The fair value of these warrants, totaling
approximately $1,000, was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model with the following assumptions: Expected life of 3 years; Volatility of
50%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of 6%.  The impact on the
consolidated financial statements was deemed immaterial.  During the year
ended June 30, 1998, warrants to purchase 5,000 shares of the Company's common
stock were canceled.
 
  In October 1996, the Company issued warrants to an employee to purchase
1,000,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.21 per share.  These
warrants are immediately exercisable and expire in 5 years. In August 1997,
warrants to purchase 650,000 shares were canceled.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(8) Options and Warrants (continued)
 
  In October 1996, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 200,000 shares
of Series C preferred stock at $4.21 per share to a vendor for consideration
of future marketing services.  These warrants vest at a rate of 5% every three
months starting after October 1996.  The term of these warrants is five years
from the date of issue.  The expense associated with these warrants was not
recorded as the impact on the consolidated financial statements was deemed
immaterial.  This determination was made based upon the fair value of these
warrants, totaling approximately $434,000, which would have been amortized
over the term of the warrant.  Fair value was calculated using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: Expected life of
5 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of 6%.
 
  In October 1996, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 200,000 shares
of Series C preferred stock at $4.21 per share to a customer.  These warrants
are exercisable in full upon the occurrence of certain events. The term of the
warrants is 10 years from the date of issue.  The expense associated with
these warrants was not recorded as the impact on the consolidated financial
statement was deemed immaterial.  This determination was based upon the fair
value of these warrants, totaling approximately $270,000, and was calculated
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
Expected life of 2 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free
rate of 6%.
 
  In October 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of
Series D preferred stock at $5.72 per share to a customer.  The warrants are
immediately exercisable and expire 5 years from date of issue.  The fair value
of these warrants, totaling approximately $590,000, was calculated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: Expected
life of 5 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of
6%.  The impact on the consolidated financial statements was deemed
immaterial.
 
  In connection with the issuance of the 1998 Notes (see Note 4), $18,057,000
of the proceeds has been allocated to the common stock warrants.  Such amount
has been included in debt discount and is being amortized to interest expense
using the effective interest method over the period that the 1998 Notes are
outstanding.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase two shares of
common stock for $0.005 per share for an aggregate of 2,778,000 shares of
common stock.  The warrants are exercisable beginning one year after the
closing date of the 1998 Notes and expire upon maturity of the 1998 Notes.
 
  In May 1998, the Company's Board of Directors granted warrants to
consultants to purchase 20,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price
of $4.00 per share.  The term of these warrants is 10 years, and these
warrants only become exercisable upon the earlier of 5 years from the date of
grant or upon the closing of an initial public offering of Company's common
stock or an acquisition of the Company.  The fair value of these warrants,
totaling approximately $29,000 to be amortized over the vesting period, 4
years, was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following assumptions: Expected life of 10 years; Volatility of 50%; Dividend
yield of 0%; Risk-free rate of 6%. The impact on the consolidated financial
statements was deemed immaterial.
 
 (b) Stock Plans
 
  In August 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Plan (the 1995 Plan)
under which incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options may be
granted to employees and consultants of the Company.  The exercise price for
incentive stock options is at least 100% of the fair market value on the date
of grant for employees owning less than 10% of the voting power of all classes
of stock and at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant for
employees owning more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock.
For
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(8) Options and Warrants (continued)
 
nonstatutory stock options, the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair
market value on the date of grant for employees owning more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of stock and at least 85% for employees owning
less than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock.  Options generally
expire in 10 years; however, they may be limited to 5 years if the optionee
owns stock representing more than 10% of the Company.  Vesting periods are
determined by the Company's Board of Directors and generally provide for
ratable vesting over 4 to 5 years.
 
  In August 1995, the Company granted immediately exercisable nonstatutory
stock options to the founders of the Company, subject to repurchase by the
Company at a rate equivalent to the vesting schedule of each option.  As of
June 30, 1997 and 1998, 392,400 and 261,600 shares, respectively, were subject
to repurchase.
 
  In April 1998, in connection with the merger of SRTC, the Company adopted
the 1998 Stock Plan (the "1998 Plan") whereby the Company reserved 380,767
shares of its common stock for issuance through incentive stock options and
nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors, and consultants of SRTC.
In April 1998, all options under the 1998 Plan were granted at an exercise
price of $2.40.  The options expire 10 years from the vesting commencement
date, generally the hire date.  The options are exercisable in accordance with
the following vesting schedule: 10% of the shares subject to option shall vest
6 months after the vesting
commencement date and 5% of the shares subject to option shall vest each 3-
month period thereafter.  However, in the event that the option holder is no
longer a service provider to the Company prior to October 1, 1998, no shares
subject to the option shall vest.
 
  In April 1998, in connection with the merger of SRTC, the Company reserved
276,792 shares of its Series AA preferred stock for issuance upon exercise of
options to purchase common stock of SRTC, which were assumed by the Company.
Each option assumed by the Company continues to be subject to the terms and
conditions, including vesting, set forth in the original SRTC option plan.
All stock options have 10 year terms and vest ratably over 4 years from the
date of grant.  During the year ended June 30, 1998, 21,116 options were
exercised.  As of June 30, 1998, 110,312 shares were vested.
 
 (c) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
 
  The Company uses the intrinsic value method in accounting for its common
stock option plans.  Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements because the exercise price
of each option approximated the fair value of the underlying common stock as
of the grant date for each stock option. The Company considered the cash sales
of preferred stock in determining the fair value of its common stock.
Compensation cost related to grants to nonemployees in 1997 and 1998 was not
material.  Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation
plan been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma net
loss would have been increased to approximately $11,296,000, $34,022,000,
$85,767,000, and $131,085,000 for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997, and
1998, and for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30, 1998,
respectively.
 
  Pro forma net loss reflects only options granted in 1996, 1997, and 1998.
Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options
under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net loss amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options'
vesting period of five years and compensation cost for options granted prior
to July 31, 1996, is not considered.
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(8) Options and Warrants (continued)
 
  The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the
minimum value method with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            June 30,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1997       1997       1998
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
      Dividends................................         --         --         --
      Expected life............................ 2.42 years 3.52 years 3.18 years
      Risk-free interest rate..................      5.68%      6.21%      5.64%
</TABLE>
 
  A summary of the status of the Company's common stock option plans follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1996                 1997                 1998
                          -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                                     Weighted-            Weighted-            Weighted-
                                      average              average              average
                                     Exercise             Exercise             Exercise
                           Shares      Price    Shares      Price    Shares      Price
                          ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  ---------
<S>                       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning
 of year................         --    $  --     841,000    $0.13   3,105,500    $0.52
 Granted................  1,625,000     0.08   2,608,000     0.63   2,901,750     1.63
 Exercised..............   (664,000)    0.01    (301,000)    0.35    (565,050)    0.47
 Canceled...............   (120,000)    0.10     (42,500)    0.51    (466,380)    0.77
                          ---------            ---------            ---------
Outstanding at end of
 year...................    841,000     0.13   3,105,500     0.52   4,975,820     1.14
                          =========            =========            =========
Options exercisable at
 end of year............    179,750     0.09     895,600     0.25     912,738     0.63
                          =========            =========            =========
Weighted-average fair
 value of options
 granted during the year
 at market..............  1,625,000     0.02   2,608,000     0.12   2,901,750     0.26
                          =========            =========            =========
</TABLE>
 
  The following table summarizes information about common stock options
outstanding as of June 30, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Outstanding                 Exercisable
                  ------------------------------------ -----------------
                               Weighted-
                                average      Weighted-         Weighted-
                               Remaining      average           average
    Range of                Contractual Life Exercise          Exercise
 Exercise Price    Shares       (years)        Price   Shares    Price
 --------------   --------- ---------------- --------- ------- ---------
 <S>              <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>     <C>
 $0.005 -- 0.372    404,500       7.37         $0.07   197,200   $0.07
  0.373 -- 0.625  2,104,350       8.55          0.62   552,250    0.63
          1.25    1,360,020       9.30          1.25   154,690    1.25
          2.40    1,106,950       9.82          2.40     8,598    2.40
                  ---------       ----         -----   -------   -----
                  4,975,820       8.94          1.14   912,738    0.63
                  =========       ====         =====   =======   =====
</TABLE>
 
(9) Relationship with Systems Integrator
 
  The Company has a license agreement with a systems integrator (the
"Integrator") whose primary market is the U.S. Federal Government, under which
the Company granted the Integrator exclusive rights to the U.S. Government
Intelligence and Surveillance market sectors.  Commencing January 1, 2000, the
Integrator shall pay the Company a running royalty of 5% of gross sales by the
Integrator with a minimum of $500,000 per year. The Integrator may cancel this
agreement upon 180 days written notice to the Company.  The Company may cancel
this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events.
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                           DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                            June 30, 1997 and 1998
 
 
(10) Acquisition of Norstar Multimedia, Inc.
 
  On July 22, 1996, the Company acquired Norstar Multimedia, Inc. in a
business combination accounted for by the purchase method.  The purchase price
of $4,061,000 was paid in the form of $3,358,000 in cash and 857,370 shares of
Class C common stock at $0.82 per share.  There were no contingent payments,
options, or commitments included in the purchase.
 
  The entire purchase price of $4,061,000 was allocated to the acquisition of
in-process research and development and was charged to expense during the year
ended June 30, 1997.  The Company acquired Norstar because Norstar was
developing a business model for a consumer-based VOD service, similar to the
Company's, and had developed very preliminary technology related to a set-top
box for VOD service.  However, the Norstar technology had not reached
technological feasibility, i.e., no working prototype was ever developed, and
there was no future alternative use for this technology.  After acquiring
Norstar, the Company analyzed the acquired technology and identified its
weaknesses. Based upon its review, the Company determined it did not intend to
pursue any further development of the acquired technology or integrate
Norstar's technology into the Company's. The Company's decision not to use the
Norstar technology was made in the same period as the acquisition.
 
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
 
 (a) Leases
 
  The Company leases its facilities under operating leases that expire through
2001.  The future minimum lease payments pursuant to these leases are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Year ending June 30,
        --------------------
        <S>                                                   <C>
        1999................................................. $1,021
        2000.................................................    477
        2001.................................................    398
                                                              ------
                                                              $1,896
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
  Total rent expense for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997, and 1998, and
for the period from July 1, 1995 (inception) to June 30, 1998, was $36,000,
$223,000, $597,000, and $856,000, respectively.
 
 (b) Litigation
 
  The Company is a party to certain claims arising out of the normal conduct
of its business.  While the ultimate resolution of such claims against the
Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that these
matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Sarnoff Real Time Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Sarnoff Real Time
Corporation (a development stage company) as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and the related statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit) equity and
cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31,
1997 and for the period from May 21, 1993 (date of inception) to December 31,
1997.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Sarnoff Real Time
Corporation (a development stage company) as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in
the two-year period ended December 31, 1997 and for the period from May 21,
1993 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
  The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern.  As discussed in Note 2 to the
financial statements, the Company is in the development stage and has incurred
net losses and negative operating cash flows since inception that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2.
The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from
the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
                                          KPMG LLP
 
Short Hills, New Jersey
February 11, 1998
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                           1996        1997
                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                        (in thousands, except
                                                             share data)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents............................. $    2,547  $      460
 Accounts receivable -- affiliated company.............        770          --
 Inventory.............................................      3,055       1,889
 Prepaid and other current assets......................         52          74
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Total current assets...............................      6,424       2,423
                                                        ----------  ----------
Fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation..........      1,098       1,162
Security deposit.......................................        250         250
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Total assets....................................... $    7,772  $    3,835
                                                        ==========  ==========
 
                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses................. $    4,209  $    2,014
 Customer deposits -- affiliated company...............      2,044       4,809
 Unearned revenue......................................        787          --
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Total current liabilities..........................      7,040       6,823
                                                        ----------  ----------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
  authorized:
  Series A, convertible, 7,430,344 shares issued and
   outstanding in 1996 and 1997 (liquidation preference
   $6,811).............................................         74          74
  Series B, 1 share issued and outstanding.............         --          --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value; 30,000,000 shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding 12,364,319 shares
  in 1996 and 12,804,849 shares in 1997................        124         128
 Additional paid-in capital............................      6,653       6,666
 Deficit accumulated during the development stage......     (6,119)     (9,856)
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Total stockholders' (deficit) equity...............        732      (2,988)
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit)
     equity............................................ $    7,772  $    3,835
                                                        ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Period from
                                                                     Inception
                                                     Years ended      (May 21,
                                                     December 31,     1993) to
                                                    --------------  December 31,
                                                     1996   1997        1997
                                                    ------ -------  ------------
                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>      <C>
Revenue:
 Sales -- affiliated company....................... $3,219 $ 5,407    $ 8,626
 Sales -- other....................................    651      --        717
 Research and development contract.................  5,763   2,837     10,050
 Licensing agreement...............................    150      --      1,800
                                                    ------ -------    -------
    Total revenue..................................  9,783   8,244     21,193
                                                    ------ -------    -------
Costs and expenses:
 Cost of sales.....................................  2,530   2,843      5,388
 Research and development..........................  5,758   7,884     20,444
 General and administrative........................  1,452   1,357      4,995
                                                    ------ -------    -------
    Total costs and expenses.......................  9,740  12,084     30,827
                                                    ------ -------    -------
Earnings (loss) from operations....................     43  (3,840)    (9,634)
Interest income (expense)..........................    107     103       (222)
                                                    ------ -------    -------
Net earnings (loss)................................ $  150 $(3,737)   $(9,856)
                                                    ====== =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
       For the period from May 21, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Deficit
                                                                        accumulated
                         Preferred stock    Common stock     Additional during the
                         ---------------- ------------------  paid-in   development
                          Shares   Amount   Shares    Amount  capital      stage     Total
                         --------- ------ ----------  ------ ---------- ----------- -------
                                         (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                      <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>
Issuance of shares of
 common stock upon
 incorporation (May 21,
 1993)..................        --  $--          100   $ --    $   --     $    --   $    --
                         ---------  ---   ----------   ----    ------     -------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1993...................        --   --          100     --        --          --        --
 Issuance of common
  stock.................        --   --           17     --        23          --        23
 20,000 for 1 common
  stock split...........        --   --    2,329,883     23       (23)         --        --
 Exercise of options....        --   --      670,000      7        --          --         7
 Net loss...............        --   --           --     --        --      (5,001)   (5,001)
                         ---------  ---   ----------   ----    ------     -------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1994...................        --   --    3,000,000     30        --      (5,001)   (4,971)
 Repurchase and
  retirement of common
  stock.................        --   --      (40,000)    --       (20)         --       (20)
 Exercise of options....        --   --      631,250      6        --          --         6
 Issuance of preferred
  stock upon debt
  conversion............ 7,430,344   74           --     --     6,737          --     6,811
 Issuance of common
  stock in exchange for
  common stock of
  affiliate.............         1   --    8,067,074     81       418          --       499
 Net loss...............        --   --           --     --        --      (1,268)   (1,268)
                         ---------  ---   ----------   ----    ------     -------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1995................... 7,430,345   74   11,658,324    117     7,135      (6,269)    1,057
 Distribution of common
  stock of affiliate....        --   --           --     --      (482)         --      (482)
 Exercise of options....        --   --      705,995      7        --          --         7
 Net earnings...........        --   --           --     --        --         150       150
                         ---------  ---   ----------   ----    ------     -------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1996................... 7,430,345   74   12,364,319    124     6,653      (6,119)      732
 Exercise of options....        --   --      478,551      4        13          --        17
 Repurchase and
  retirement of common
  stock.................        --   --      (38,021)    --        --          --        --
 Net earnings...........        --   --           --     --        --      (3,737)   (3,737)
                         ---------  ---   ----------   ----    ------     -------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1997................... 7,430,345  $74   12,804,849   $128    $6,666     $(9,856)  $(2,988)
                         =========  ===   ==========   ====    ======     =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Period from
                                                                    Inception
                                                   Years ended       (May 21,
                                                  December 31,       1993) to
                                                 ----------------  December 31,
                                                  1996     1997        1997
                                                 -------  -------  ------------
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>      <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings (loss)............................ $   150  $(3,737)   $(9,856)
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to
  net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities:
  Depreciation..................................      60      274        340
  Changes in net assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable and other current assets.    (770)     770         --
   Inventory....................................  (2,775)   1,166     (1,889)
   Prepaid and other current assets.............      (4)     (22)       (74)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses........   3,627   (2,195)     2,014
   Customer deposits -- affiliated company......   2,044    2,765      4,809
   Unearned revenue.............................     646     (787)        --
                                                 -------  -------    -------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating
     activities.................................   2,978   (1,766)    (4,656)
                                                 -------  -------    -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Security deposit...............................    (250)      --       (250)
 Capital expenditures...........................  (1,100)    (338)    (1,502)
 Employee purchase of securities................      17       --         17
                                                 -------  -------    -------
    Net cash used in investing activities.......  (1,333)    (338)    (1,735)
                                                 -------  -------    -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Issuance of common stock.......................      --       --         23
 Repurchase of common stock.....................      --       --        (20)
 Exercise of options............................       7       17         37
 Proceeds from convertible debt.................      --       --      6,811
                                                 -------  -------    -------
    Net cash provided by financing activities...       7       17      6,851
                                                 -------  -------    -------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.......   1,652   (2,087)       460
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..     895    2,547         --
                                                 -------  -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period........ $ 2,547  $   460    $   460
                                                 =======  =======    =======
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
 information:
 Noncash financing and investing activities:
 Issuance of common stock in exchange for
  affiliate stock............................... $    --  $    --    $   499
                                                 =======  =======    =======
 Distribution of affiliate stock................ $   482  $    --    $   482
                                                 =======  =======    =======
 Issuance of preferred stock upon debt
  conversion.................................... $    --  $    --    $ 6,811
                                                 =======  =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
(1) Pending Merger
 
  On January 15, 1998, Sarnoff Real Time Corporation (the Company) and DIVA
Systems Corporation (DIVA) entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization, pursuant to which the Company will merge with and into DIVA,
with DIVA as the surviving entity.  DIVA currently owns approximately 40% of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company.  In exchange for the
remaining 60% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, DIVA
will issue approximately 1,634,700 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock to
Company stockholders, other than DIVA.  Consummation of the merger is subject
to, among other things, receipt of a permit from the California Department of
Corporations, the approval of the Company's and DIVA's stockholders, and other
conditions customary for transactions of this type.  See note 4 for further
details on the Company's relationship with DIVA.
 
(2) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices
 
 Description of Business
 
  The Company, a Delaware corporation, was formed in May 1993 (inception) to
develop high performance digital processing systems.  The Company's systems
are video servers for the distribution of content on networks and as a tool
for the development of digital components and content (e.g., video system
simulators and encoders). Substantially all of the Company's revenues are
derived through its relationship with an affiliated company (note 4).
 
  The Company achieves its performance attributes through operating,
application, and program software that exploit a proprietary computing
platform designed at the Sarnoff Corporation (Sarnoff), a video system
developer.  All rights to this platform held by Sarnoff have been licensed to
the Company on an exclusive, perpetual and royalty-free basis.  As of December
31, 1997, Sarnoff holds approximately a 42.0% interest in the outstanding
capital stock of the Company (39.9% on a fully diluted basis).
 
  Since inception, the Company has been preparing this platform for
commercialization, hiring engineers and executive personnel, developing
software, and meeting with prospective customers and strategic partners.  In
1995, the Company tested alpha systems.  Sales of beta units began in January
1996.  To date, these beta systems have been used in laboratories and test
development sites, but they have not been deployed commercially.  The Company
anticipates continuing beta testing through the middle of 1998.
 
  The Company has incurred cumulative net losses and negative operating cash
flows since inception that raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.  The accompanying financial statements have been
prepared contemplating the Company continuing in existence as a going
concern.  Should the merger discussed in note 1 not be consummated,
continuation of the Company as a going concern will be dependent upon
management's ability to obtain additional financing and the successful
development and marketing of its products.  There is no assurance that
additional financing will be available.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments such
as commercial paper with maturities of less than 90 days.
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, and consist of work-in-process.
 
                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(2) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices (continued)
 
 Fixed Assets
 
  Fixed assets consist of lab, computer and office equipment and office
furniture.  Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the respective assets, generally five years.  Repairs and
maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenue from sales of systems when the systems are
accepted at customer sites. The Company recognizes revenue under research and
development arrangements with DIVA as the Company incurs research and
development expenses for the video-on-demand application.
 
 Research and Development
 
  Research and development costs include costs incurred in the design and
development of the Company's configured video servers.  Research and
development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  Deferred income taxes
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are anticipated to be
in effect when the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled.
 
 Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company accounts for its stock option plan using the intrinsic value
method as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, and related interpretations and
provides the pro-forma disclosures as if the fair value method defined in SFAS
123 had been applied.
 
 Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of
 
  The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets.  Assets
to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair
value less costs to sell.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(2) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices (continued)
 
 Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  The carrying value of financial instruments, including cash and cash
equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses and customer deposits --
affiliated companies approximated fair value as of December 31, 1997, due to
the relatively short maturities of these instruments.
 
(3) Fixed Assets
 
  The following is a summary of fixed assets at cost, less accumulated
depreciation at December 31, 1996 and 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996   1997
                                                                  ------  -----
     <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
     Research and development equipment.......................... $  414    685
     Furniture and fixtures and other equipment..................    750    817
                                                                  ------  -----
                                                                   1,164  1,502
     Less accumulated depreciation...............................    (66)  (340)
                                                                  ------  -----
         Equipment, net.......................................... $1,098  1,162
                                                                  ======  =====
</TABLE>
 
  Depreciation expense charged to operations was $60 in 1996, $274 in 1997,
and $340 since inception.
 
(4) Relationship with DIVA
 
  In December 1995, the Company entered into a joint equity investment and
license agreement (the License Agreement) with DIVA, whereby the Company
acquired 3,327,000 shares of DIVA's common stock, representing a 37.5%
ownership interest in the equity of DIVA on a fully diluted basis, plus one
share of Class B common stock in exchange for 8,067,074 shares of the
Company's common stock representing a 37.5% ownership in the Company on a
fully diluted basis, plus one share of Series B preferred stock.  This
transaction was recorded at the estimated fair values of the Company's and
DIVA's common and preferred stock exchanged.
 
  In February 1996, the Company declared a dividend payable in DIVA common
stock to its shareholders.  The dividend was recorded at an estimated fair
value of $0.075 per share. At the same time, the Company granted option
holders the right to purchase 215,114 shares of DIVA common stock at a price
of $0.075 per share.  Consequently, all of the DIVA common stock held by the
Company was distributed through these transactions to its equity holders
(shareholders and option holders) on a pro rata basis.
 
  Under the License Agreement the Company grants to DIVA the exclusive right
to purchase the Company's servers for use in DIVA's business for all consumer
video, audio, and data applications in the Americas and Europe.  During the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company sold to DIVA server
components and related spare parts totaling $3,219 and $5,407, respectively
and $8,626 inception to date.  No amounts were sold to DIVA prior to 1996.
 
  The License Agreement also provides for advance payments, guaranteed gross
margins and minimum volumes upon full commercial deployment of the Company's
products.  Pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement, DIVA also agreed to
pay the Company an aggregate amount of $8,000 to support the Company's
research and development efforts.  The Company received $1,450 in 1995 and
$6,550 in 1996, and $8,000 inception to date under this research and
development arrangement.  A portion of the development funds were unearned as
of December 31, 1996.  The Company has received all research and development
funding due under the License Agreement.
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(4) Relationship with DIVA (continued)
 
  On December 4, 1997, the Company and DIVA entered into a Development
Services Agreement.  The Development Services Agreement requires DIVA to pay
the Company $4,900 in development fees and $2,300 as advance deposits on
servers in exchange for the Company's continued development of the Sarnoff
Server for DIVA's video-on-demand application.  In 1997, the Company received
$3,000 under this agreement.  The Company recorded $2,050 as research and
development contract revenue in 1997 and inception to date and $950 as server
deposits.
 
  The Company also received reimbursement from DIVA totaling $149 in 1996 and
$210 from inception to date for certain administrative and marketing services
rendered by the Company on their behalf.  The Company did not receive any such
reimbursement in 1997.
 
  Accounts receivable due from DIVA were $760 at December 31, 1996.  No
amounts are outstanding as of December 31, 1997.
 
(5) Relationship with Sarnoff Corporation
 
  As discussed in note 2, Sarnoff developed the underlying technology being
commercialized by the Company.  Subsequent to the Company's formation, Sarnoff
provided additional funding of $6,811 (including interest of $474 from
inception to November 1995) for the Company's continuing research and
development efforts through a borrowing arrangement.  In November 1995,
Sarnoff and the Company agreed to convert the indebtedness into equity.
Sarnoff received 7,430,344 shares of the Company's Series A convertible
preferred stock (see note 9) in satisfaction of the outstanding indebtedness.
 
  Prior to November 1996, the Company rented space and equipment and utilized
administrative services from Sarnoff.  In November 1996, the Company moved
outside Sarnoff to rented research and office space, but continues to rent
equipment from Sarnoff.  Payments to Sarnoff for the aforementioned services
were $373 in 1996, $203 in 1997, and $854 since inception.
 
(6) Relationship with Systems Integrator
 
  The Company has a license agreement with a systems integrator (the
Integrator) whose primary market is the U.S. Federal Government, under which
the Company granted the Integrator exclusive rights to the U.S. Government
Intelligence and Surveillance market sectors.  Commencing January 1, 2000, the
integrator shall pay the Company a running royalty of 5% of gross sales by the
Integrator with a minimum of $500 per year.  In lieu of running royalty
payments from the effective date to December 31, 1999, the Integrator paid the
Company a non-refundable prepaid royalty of $1,800.  In 1996, the Company sold
$651 of beta systems to this Integrator. No systems were sold to this
Integrator in 1997 and prior to 1996.  The Integrator may cancel this
agreement upon 180 days written notice to the Company.  The Company may cancel
this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events.
 
  In September 1995, the Company entered into a cancelable Purchase Agreement
with the contract manufacturing division of the same Integrator (the Contract
Manufacturer).  Under this agreement, the Contract Manufacturer agreed to
produce the Company's system hardware requirements for a three-year period,
and the Company has agreed to purchase all of its production requirements from
the Contract Manufacturer.  The Purchase Agreement does not contain any
minimum purchase requirements.
 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(7) Commitments
 
  The Company leases office facilities and computer equipment under non-
cancelable operating leases. Minimum rental commitments are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Amount
                                                     ------
           <S>                                       <C>
           1998..................................... $  477
           1999.....................................    469
           2000.....................................    463
           2001.....................................    386
                                                     ------
                                                     $1,795
                                                     ======
</TABLE>
 
  Rent expense under operating leases during 1996 and 1997 was $482 and $690,
respectively, and $1,642 since inception.
 
  The office facility lessor requires the Company to maintain a letter of
credit for $500 in favor of the lessor. As security for the letter of credit
the bank requires the Company to establish and maintain a cash collateral
account in the amount of $250 which is included in security deposit on the
accompanying balance sheets. Drawings on the letter of credit, if any, will
bear interest at the bank's prime rate (8.50% at December 31, 1997) plus 3%.
No amounts have been drawn as of December 31, 1997.
 
(8) Income Taxes
 
  Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying
the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax earnings (loss) as a result
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Period from
                                                                    inception
                                                    Year ended       (May 21,
                                                   December 31,      1993) to
                                                   --------------  December 31,
                                                   1996    1997        1997
                                                   ------ -------  ------------
      <S>                                          <C>    <C>      <C>
      Computed tax expense (benefit) at 34%....... $  51   (1,271)    (3,351)
      Permanent differences at 34%................     4        8         16
      (Decrease) increase in valuation allowance
       for
       Federal deferred tax assets................   (55)   1,263      3,335
                                                   -----  -------     ------
                                                   $  --       --         --
                                                   =====  =======     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-33
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(8) Income Taxes (continued)
 
  The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December
31, 1996 and 1997 are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996     1997
                                                                -------  ------
     <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
     Deferred tax assets:
      Federal and state net operating loss carryforward........ $ 2,348   3,884
      Non-deductible accruals..................................     165     140
      Other....................................................      73      70
                                                                -------  ------
         Total gross deferred tax assets.......................   2,586   4,094
      Less valuation allowance.................................  (2,562) (4,001)
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                     24      93
     Deferred tax liabilities:
      Book vs. tax basis accumulated depreciation..............     (24)     93
                                                                -------  ------
         Net deferred tax assets............................... $    --      --
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has provided a valuation allowance of $2,562 and $4,001 at
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, against its deferred tax assets
since management believes that sufficient uncertainty exists as to whether the
deferred tax assets will be realized.  The net change in the total valuation
allowance for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 was a decrease of $65
and an increase of $1,439, respectively.
 
  As of December 31, 1997, the Company has cumulative federal net operating
losses of approximately $9,806 which can be used to offset future income
subject to federal taxes.  The federal tax loss carryforwards will expire
beginning 2008 through 2012.  The Company has cumulative state net operating
losses of approximately $9,271, which can be used to offset future income
subject to New Jersey taxes.  The New Jersey tax loss carryforwards will
expire beginning 2000 through 2004.
 
  The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes restrictions on the utilization of net
operating loss carryforwards in the event of an "ownership change" as defined
by the Internal Revenue Code.  If an "ownership change," as defined, has
occurred or may occur as a result of the pending merger described in note 1,
the Company's ability to utilize its net operating loss may be limited.
 
(9) Preferred and Common Stock
 
  The Company was incorporated in 1993 with the issuance of 100 shares of
common stock.  In December 1994, the Company increased the number of common
shares authorized from 3,000 to 20,000,000.  On December 16, 1994, the Company
effected a stock split, whereby stockholders of record were entitled to 20,000
common shares for each common share held.  In 1996, the Company increased the
number of common stock authorized to 30,000,000.  Also in December 1994, the
Company authorized 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  The common and
preferred shares contain certain registration an first refusal rights as
defined in their respective agreements.
 
  The preferred stock issued has been designated into two classes: Series A
Convertible, and Series B.  The Series A stock is convertible at any time into
common stock on a one share per one share basis; the Series B stock is not
convertible, but is redeemable (in certain circumstances) at a price of ten
dollars a share at the option of the Company.  There are 7,430,344 shares of
common stock reserved for the Series A conversion.  The Company can not pay
dividends on the common stock unless it simultaneously pays an equal dividend
on the
 
                                     F-34
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(9) Preferred and Common Stock (continued)
 
Series A preferred stock; Series B stock pays no dividends.  The Series A
shares have liquidation preference up to $6,811 and the Series B share has a
preference up to ten dollars.  Beyond these amounts, Series A shares can
participate in any remaining distribution on a pro rata basis once the common
shareholders have also received $6,811.
 
  The Series B share is not entitled to participate beyond the ten dollars.
With regard to voting rights, the Series A stockholder is entitled to the
number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is
convertible; the Series B stockholder is not entitled to vote on any matter.
Both Series A and Series B shareholders, voting as separate classes, are each
entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors and any successor
thereto.
 
(10) Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company has a stock option plan (the "Plan") pursuant to which the
Company's Board of Directors may grant stock options to officers and
employees.  The Plan authorizes grants of options to purchase up to 3,500,000
shares of authorized but unissued common stock.  Accordingly, 3,500,000 shares
of the Company's common stock have been reserved.  Stock options are granted
with an option price equal to the stock's fair market value as determined by
the Board of Directors at the date of grant.  All stock options have 10-year
terms and vest and become fully exercisable ratably over four years from the
date of grant.
 
  On January 7, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors resolved that no
further options be granted under the Plan and adopted the 1998 Stock Option
Plan (the 1998 Plan).  Under the 1998 Plan the maximum number of shares of
common stock which may be subject to option and sold is 1,415,080 shares.
 
  The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during
1996 and 1997 was $.03 and $.02 on the date of grant using the minimum value
method with the following weighted average assumptions: 1996 -- expected
dividend yield 0%, risk-free interest rate of 6.50%, and an expected life of 7
years; 1997 -- expected dividend yield 0%, risk-free interest rate of 6.26%,
and an expected life of 3.25 years.
 
  The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plan and,
accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its options in the
financial statements.  Had the Company recorded compensation cost based on the
fair value at the grant date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123, the
effect on the Company's net earnings (loss) would have been changed to the pro
forma amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1996  1997
                                                                    ---- ------
       <S>                                                          <C>  <C>
       Net earnings (loss)
         As reported............................................... $150 (3,737)
         Pro forma................................................. $149 (3,741)
</TABLE>
 
  The pro forma net earnings (loss) reflects only options granted since
December 31, 1994.  Consequently, the full impact of calculating compensation
cost for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the
aforementioned results because compensation cost is incurred under SFAS 123
over the respective vesting period of such options, and options granted by the
Company prior to January 1, 1995 are not reflected in the aforementioned
results.
 
                                     F-35
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
 
(10) Stock Option Plan (continued)
 
  Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Weighted-
                                                        Number       average
                                                       of shares  exercise price
                                                       ---------  --------------
      <S>                                              <C>        <C>
      Balance, December 31, 1993......................        --       $ --
       Granted........................................ 1,620,380       0.01
                                                       ---------
      Balance, December 31, 1994...................... 1,620,380       0.01
       Granted........................................   390,000       0.01
       Exercised......................................  (631,250)      0.01
       Forfeited......................................   (68,300)      0.01
                                                       ---------
      Balance, December 31, 1995...................... 1,310,830
       Granted........................................   551,500       0.07
       Exercised......................................  (705,995)      0.01
       Forfeited......................................    (9,209)      0.03
                                                       ---------
      Balance, December 31, 1996...................... 1,147,126
       Granted........................................   820,300       0.10
       Exercised......................................  (478,551)      0.04
       Forfeited......................................  (454,971)      0.09
                                                       ---------
      Balance, December 31, 1997...................... 1,033,904
                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1997, the range of exercise prices and weighted-average
remaining contractual life of outstanding options was $.01 -- $.10 and 8.5
years, respectively.
 
  At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the number of options exercisable was 517,305
and 333,604, respectively, and the weighted-average exercise price of those
options was $.01 and $.03, respectively.
 
(11)401(k) Plan
 
  The Company has a non-contributory salary deferral 401(k) Retirement Plan
(the Plan) covering substantially all employees.  To be eligible for
participation, employees must work full time for the Company.
 
                                     F-36
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                       (in thousands, except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       December 31,  March 31,
                                                           1997        1998
                                                       ------------ -----------
                        ASSETS                                      (unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents............................    $  460      $  402
 Inventory............................................     1,889       2,943
 Prepaids and other current assets....................        74          64
                                                          ------      ------
    Total current assets..............................     2,423       3,409
                                                          ------      ------
Fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.........     1,162       1,240
Security deposit......................................       250         250
                                                          ------      ------
    Total assets......................................    $3,835      $4,899
                                                          ======      ======
        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses................    $2,014      $2,627
 Customer deposits -- affiliated company..............     4,809       5,195
                                                          ------      ------
    Total current liabilities.........................     6,823       7,822
                                                          ------      ------
Stockholders' deficit:
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
  authorized:
  Series A, convertible, 7,430,344 shares issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1997, and March 31,
   1998 (liquidation preference $6,811)...............        74          74
  Series B, 1 share issued............................        --          --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value; 30,000,000 shares
  authorized; 12,804,849 and 12,817,348 shares issued
  and outstanding at December 31, 1997, and March 31,
  1998................................................       128         128
 Additional paid-in capital...........................     6,666       6,666
 Deficit accumulated during the development stage.....    (9,856)     (9,791)
                                                          ------      ------
    Total stockholders' deficit.......................    (2,988)     (2,923)
                                                          ------      ------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit.......    $3,835      $4,899
                                                          ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (in thousands)
                                   Unaudited
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Three months    Period from
                                                  ended March      Inception
                                                      31,        (May 21, 1993)
                                                 ---------------       to
                                                  1997     1998  March 31, 1998
                                                 -------  ------ --------------
<S>                                              <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenue:
 Sales -- affiliated company.................... $    --  $1,965    $10,591
 Sales -- other.................................      --      --        717
 Research and development contract -- affiliated
  company.......................................     787     900     10,950
 Licensing agreement............................      --      --      1,800
                                                 -------  ------    -------
    Total revenue...............................     787   2,865     24,058
                                                 -------  ------    -------
Costs and expenses:
 Cost of sales..................................      --   1,018      6,406
 Research and development.......................   1,649   1,353     21,797
 General and administrative.....................     289     443      5,438
                                                 -------  ------    -------
    Total costs and expenses....................   1,938   2,814     33,641
                                                 -------  ------    -------
(Loss) earnings from operations.................  (1,151)     51     (9,583)
Interest income (expense).......................      44      14       (208)
                                                 -------  ------    -------
Net (loss) earnings............................. $(1,107) $   65    $(9,791)
                                                 =======  ======    =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
           Three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 and the period
                from May 21, 1993 (inception) to March 31, 1998
                             (dollars in thousands)
                                   Unaudited
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Period from
                                           Three months ended      Inception
                                                March 31,        (May 21, 1993)
                                           --------------------   to March 31,
                                             1997       1998          1998
                                           ---------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net (loss) earnings...................... $ ( 1,107) $      65     $(9,791)
 Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)
  earnings to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating
  activities:
  Depreciation............................        59         77         417
  Changes in net assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable -- affiliated
    company...............................       770         --          --
   Inventory..............................      (638)    (1,054)     (2,943)
   Prepaids and other current assets......      (210)        10         (64)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses..        11        613       2,627
   Customer deposits -- affiliated
    company...............................     2,000        386       5,195
   Unearned revenue.......................      (787)        --          --
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
    Net cash provided (used in) by
     operating activities.................        98         97      (4,559)
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Security deposit.........................        --         --        (250)
 Capital expenditures.....................      (181)      (155)     (1,657)
 Employee purchase of securities..........        --         --          17
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
    Net cash used in investing activities.      (181)      (155)     (1,890)
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Issuance of common stock.................        --         --          23
 Repurchase of common stock...............        --         --         (20)
 Exercise of options......................        --         --          37
 Proceeds.................................        --         --       6,811
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
    Net cash provided by financing
     activities...........................        --         --       6,851
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
 equivalents..............................       (83)       (58)        402
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 period...................................     2,547        460          --
                                           ---------  ---------     -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.. $   2,464  $     402     $   402
                                           =========  =========     =======
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
 information:
 Non cash financing and investing
  activities:
 Issuance of common stock in exchange for
  affiliate stock......................... $      --  $      --     $   499
                                           =========  =========     =======
 Distribution of affiliate securities..... $      --  $      --     $   482
                                           =========  =========     =======
 Issuance of preferred stock upon debt
  conversion.............................. $      --  $      --     $ 6,811
                                           =========  =========     =======
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
 
                         SARNOFF REAL TIME CORPORATION
                         (A Development Stage Company)
 
                     NOTES TO INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                March 31, 1998
 
The Company and Basis of Presentation
 
  Sarnoff Real Time Corporation (the Company), a Delaware corporation, was
formed in May 1993 to develop high performance digital processing systems.
The Company's systems will be configured as video servers for the distribution
of digital content on networks and as a tool for the development of digital
components and content (e.g., video system simulators and encoders).  The
Company is in the development stage, and its primary activities to date have
been preparing its products for commercialization, hiring engineers and
executive personnel, developing software, meeting with prospective customers
and strategic partners, and deploying products in trial sites.
 
  The interim financial statements are unaudited and reflect all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that, in the opinion of
management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the
interim periods.  The results of operations for the current interim period are
not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the current year or
any other period.
 
  These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's
annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
Subsequent Event
 
  On April 1, 1998, the Company merged with and into DIVA Systems Corporation
(DIVA), with DIVA as the surviving entity.  DIVA had been a 40% shareholder of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company.  DIVA acquired the
remaining 60% of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company in exchange
for 3,277,539 shares of DIVA Series AA Preferred Stock and the assumption of
all of the Company's options.
 
 
                                     F-40
<PAGE>
 
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                     INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Information......................... P-2
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations............. P-3
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements....... P-4
</TABLE>
 
                                      P-1
<PAGE>
 
              Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Information
                                  (Unaudited)
 
  On January 15, 1998, the Company and SRTC executed an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization setting forth their agreement to merge SRTC into the Company,
with the Company as the surviving corporation (the SRTC Transaction).  On that
date, the Company held approximately 40% of the outstanding capital stock of
SRTC. On April 1, 1998, in exchange for the remaining approximately 60% of the
issued and outstanding stock of SRTC, the Company issued 3,277,539 shares of
Series AA preferred stock and assumed outstanding SRTC options.  The following
unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations including the
notes thereto give effect to the SRTC Transaction accounted for by the
purchase method of accounting.
 
  The total purchase price was allocated to the Company's assets and
liabilities based on their fair values.  The purchase price was allocated as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                <C>
     Fair value of Series AA preferred stock........................... $21,305
     Fair value of options assumed.....................................   1,744
                                                                        -------
       Total purchase price............................................ $23,049
                                                                        =======
     Tangible assets acquired.......................................... $ 2,886
     Core technology...................................................   5,665
     Workforce.........................................................     535
     In-process research and development...............................  18,656
     Liabilities assumed...............................................  (4,693)
                                                                        -------
       Net assets acquired............................................. $23,049
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
 
  The Company recorded a charge of $18,656,000 for the fair value of acquired
in process research and development related to the net assets acquired.  Such
charge has not been included in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed
statement of operations.  The core technology and workforce will be amortized
over their estimated useful lives which is three years.
 
  The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations combines
DIVA's results of operations for the year ended June 30, 1998, with SRTC's
results of operations for the nine-month period ended March 31, 1998, giving
effect to the business combination as if it had occurred as of the beginning
of the periods presented.
 
  The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations
is not necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the
Company or the results of operations which would have resulted had the Company
and SRTC been combined during the period presented.  In addition, the pro
forma results are not intended to be a projection of future results.  The
unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements DIVA and SRTC appearing elsewhere in
this registration statement.
 
                                      P-2
<PAGE>
 
                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                            Year Ended June 30, 1998
                                 (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Pro Forma      Pro
                                        DIVA     SRTC   Adjustments    Forma
                                      --------  ------  -----------   --------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>
Revenue:
  Sales.............................. $     82  $6,434    $(6,434)(A) $     82
  Research and development contract..       --   2,950     (2,950)(C)       --
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
    Total revenue....................       82   9,384     (9,384)          82
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales......................       --   3,407     (3,407)(A)       --
  Programming........................    5,370      --         --        5,370
  Operations.........................    4,542      --         --        4,542
  Engineering and development........   18,070   5,843     (2,950)(C)   20,963
  Sales and marketing................    4,384      --         --        4,384
  General and administrative.........    8,552   1,174         --        9,726
  Depreciation.......................    5,261      --         --        5,261
  Amortization of intangibles........      517      --      1,551(D)     2,068
  Acquired in-process research and
   development.......................   18,656      --         --       18,656
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
    Total operating expenses.........   65,352  10,424     (4,806)      70,970
Net operating loss...................  (65,270) (1,040)    (4,578)     (70,888)
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
Other (income) expense, net:
  Equity in loss of investee.........    1,631      --     (1,235)(A)       --
                                                             (396)(B)
  Interest income....................   (5,632)    (45)        --       (5,677)
  Interest expense (loss)............   13,730      --         --       13,730
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
    Total other (income) expense,
     net.............................    9,729     (45)    (1,631)       8,053
                                      --------  ------    -------     --------
Loss before extraordinary item....... $(74,999) $ (995)   $(2,947)    $(78,941)
                                      ========  ======    =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      P-3
<PAGE>
 
                         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                    COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1. Periods Combined
 
  The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statements of operations combine
DIVA's results of operations for the year ended June 30, 1998, with SRTC's
results of operations for the nine-month period ended March 31, 1998, giving
effect to the business combination as if it had occurred as of the beginning
of the period presented.
 
Note 2. Pro Forma Adjustments
 
  The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations gives effect to the
following pro forma adjustments:
 
  A. Represents the elimination of the intercompany profit in servers
  purchased by DIVA from SRTC.
 
  B. Represents the elimination of DIVA's share of SRTC losses for the
  period.
 
  C. Represents the elimination of funded research and development payments
  made by DIVA to SRTC
 
  D. Represents additional amortization of the intangible assets.
 
 
                                      P-4
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 No dealer, salesperson or any other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation in connection with the offer other
than those contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such
information or representation must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to
sell or the solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than those to
which it relates, nor does it constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation
of an offer to buy, to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or
solicitation is not authorized, or in which the person making such offer or
solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is
unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.  Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any offer or sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the information contained
herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.
 
                               ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    1
Risk Factors..............................................................   10
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   27
Dividend Policy...........................................................   27
Capitalization............................................................   28
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................   29
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations ..............................................................   31
Business..................................................................   41
Management................................................................   54
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions......................   60
Principal Stockholders....................................................   63
The Exchange Offer........................................................   65
Description of the Old Notes..............................................   72
Description of the New Notes..............................................   97
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   98
Federal Income Tax Considerations.........................................  102
Plan of Distribution......................................................  107
Legal Matters.............................................................  107
Experts...................................................................  107
Available Information.....................................................
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
Index to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements......  P-1
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 $463,000,000
 
                         Principal Amount at Maturity
 
                           DIVA Systems Corporation
 
                    12 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2008
 
                               ----------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                               ----------------
                                
                             January 21, 1999     
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
  Article XII of the Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest
extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
  Article VI of the Registrant's Bylaws provides for the indemnification of
officers, directors, employees and agents of the corporation if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not
opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding the indemnified party had no reason to believe
his conduct was unlawful.
 
  Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to
include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation
and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of
indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.
 
  The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its
directors and executive officers, and intends to enter into indemnification
agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
 
  The Registrant maintains liability insurance coverage for its directors and
officers.
 
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
  (a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                                Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <S>
  *3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  *3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  *4.1   Indenture dated as of February 19, 1998 between the Registrant and The
          Bank of New York, including form of Senior Discount Note Due 2008.
  *4.2   Specimen 12 5/8% Senior Discount Note Due 2008, Series B.
  *5.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
 *10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant
          and all executive officers and directors.
 *10.2   Employment Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995 between the Registrant
          and Alan H. Bushell.
 *10.3   1995 Stock Plan and forms of agreements used thereunder.
 *10.4   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 among the
          Registrant and the Initial Purchasers.
 *10.5   Warrant Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 between the Registrant
          and The Bank of New York.
 *10.6   Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998
          among the Registrant and the Initial Purchasers.
 *10.7   Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996, as
          amended, by and among the Registrant, Smith Barney Inc. and Toronto
          Dominion Securities (USA) Inc.
 *10.8   Warrant Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996 between the Registrant and
          The Bank of New York.
 *10.9   Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement dated March 26,
          1998 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
 *10.10  Lease entered into July 13, 1995 between the Registrant and SRI
          International, as amended.
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                            Description
 -------                           -----------
 <C>     <S>
 *10.11  Lease entered into November 11, 1996 between the Registrant and
          College Road Associates, Limited Partnership.
 *21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent auditors.
  23.2   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 *24.1   Power of Attorney (included on II-4).
 *25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
 *27.1   Financial Data Schedule
 *99.1   Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to Exchange Offer.
 *99.2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 *99.3   Form of Exchange Agent Agreement.
</TABLE>
- --------
*Previously filed with this Registration Statement.
 
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
  Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information to be
set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or
Notes thereto.
 
Item 22. Undertaking
 
  1. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  2. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means.  This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through
the date of responding to the request.
 
  3. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.
 
  4. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
  post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
      (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
    Securities Act of 1933;
 
      (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
    the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
    post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
    the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
    forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
    increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
    dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
    registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
    maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
    with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
    changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
    maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
    Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.
 
      (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
    any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
    (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
  to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
  therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
  to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
  any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
  termination of the offering.
 
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Menlo
Park, State of California on the 20th day of January, 1999.     
 
                                          DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 
                                                /s/ Paul M. Cook
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                   Paul M. Cook
                                           Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                      Officer
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
on the 20th day of January, 1999 in the capacities indicated:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
             Signature                              Title
             ---------                              -----
 
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>
       /s/ Paul M. Cook              Chairman of the Board of Directors,
____________________________________  Chief Executive Officer (Principal
            Paul M. Cook              Executive Officer)
 
 
                 *                   Vice President, Finance and
____________________________________  Administration, and Chief Financial
     William M. Scharninghausen       Officer (Principal Financial and
                                      Accounting Officer)
 
                 *                   Director
____________________________________
          Alan H. Bushell
 
                 *                   Director
____________________________________
          John W. Goddard
 
                 *                   Director
____________________________________
          Jules Haimovitz
 
                 *                   Director
____________________________________
         John A. Rollwagen
 
                 *                   Director
____________________________________
          Barry E. Taylor
</TABLE>    
 
*By:     /s/ Paul M. Cook
  _______________________________
         Attorney-in-Fact
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                            DIVA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 
                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                                Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <S>
  *3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  *3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  *4.1   Indenture dated as of February 19, 1998 between the Registrant and The
          Bank of New York, including form of Senior Discount Note Due 2008.
  *4.2   Specimen 12 5/8% Senior Discount Note Due 2008, Series B.
  *5.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
 *10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant
          and all executive officers and directors.
 *10.2   Employment Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995 between the Registrant
          and Alan H. Bushell.
 *10.3   1995 Stock Plan and forms of agreements used thereunder.
 *10.4   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 among the
          Registrant and the Initial Purchasers.
 *10.5   Warrant Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 between the Registrant
          and The Bank of New York.
 *10.6   Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998
          among the Registrant and the Initial Purchasers.
 *10.7   Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996, as
          amended, by and among the Registrant, Smith Barney Inc. and Toronto
          Dominion Securities (USA) Inc.
 *10.8   Warrant Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996 between the Registrant and
          The Bank of New York.
 *10.9   Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement dated March 26,
          1998 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
 *10.10  Lease entered into July 13, 1995 between the Registrant and SRI
          International, as amended.
 *10.11  Lease entered into November 11, 1996 between the Registrant and
          College Road Associates, Limited Partnership.
 *21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent auditors.
  23.2   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 *24.1   Power of Attorney (included on II-4).
 *25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
 *27.1   Financial Data Schedule
 *99.1   Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to Exchange Offer.
 *99.2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 *99.3   Form of Exchange Agent Agreement.
</TABLE>    
- --------
*Previously filed with this Registration Statement.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1
 
                        Consent of Independent Auditors
 
The Board of Directors
DIVA Systems Corporation:
 
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
                                             
                                          KPMG LLP     
 
Mountain View, California
   
January 20, 1999     


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission